HomeMy WebLinkAboutIFB 8833 Baker Offsite Sewer Project Manual - SPECS
PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
Baker Offsite Sewer
IFB 8833
Gerard Hudspeth Sara Hensley
Mayor City Manager
Seth Garcia
Director, Capital Projects
Steven Gay
Director, Water and Wastewater
Prepared for
The City of Denton
FEBRUARY 2026
Prepared by:
Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-928
KHA No. 063248015
Effective January 2021
City of Denton
Table of Contents
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division 00 - General Conditions
00 05 15 Addenda
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
00 41 00 Bid Form
00 42 43 Unit Price Bid Form
00 43 13 Bid Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder
00 45 13 Bidder’s Minimum Qualification Statement
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law
00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories
00 52 43 Agreement
00 61 13 Performance Bond
00 61 14 Payment Bond
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance
00 72 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
00 73 73 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties
Division 01 - General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 29 76 Stored Materials and Equipment (Materials On Hand)
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting
01 31 20 Project Meetings
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video
01 33 00 Submittals
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey
01 74 23 Cleaning
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 39 Project Record Documents
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 02 – Existing Conditions
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition
02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment
02 41 15 Paving Removal
Division 03 – Concrete
03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
Division 26 – Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems
26 05 13 Zinc Coated Steel Wire
26 05 19 Signal Cables
26 05 20 Tray Cables
26 05 26 Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, and Power Lead-in Cable
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 35 Ground Boxes
26 56 00 Roadway Illumination Assemblies
Division 31 – Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation
31 24 00 Embankment
31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control
31 34 19 Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement
31 36 00 Gabions
31 37 00 Riprap
Division 32 – Exterior Improvements
32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair
32 01 29 Concrete Repair
32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses
32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways
32 17 23 Pavement Markings
32 31 00 Fences and Gates
32 32 00 Retaining Walls
32 84 00 Irrigation Installation and Restoration
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
32 93 00 Plantings
Division 33 – Utilities
33 01 10 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force Mains
33 01 12 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation
33 01 30 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection
33 01 31 Sewer and Manhole Testing
33 01 32 Cleaning of Sewer Mains
33 01 33 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
33 01 34 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP)
33 01 40 Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures
33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade
33 05 02 Water Line Lowering
33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill
33 05 07 Steel Casing Pipe
33 05 08 Tunnel Liner Plate
33 05 10 Auger Boring
33 05 11 Hand Tunneling
33 05 15 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate
33 05 61 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes
33 05 62 Precast Concrete Manholes
33 05 63 Concrete Water Vaults
33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes
33 05 81 Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings
33 05 97 Utility Markers/Locators
33 05 98 Location of Existing Utilities
33 14 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets
33 14 10 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
33 14 11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe
33 14 12 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type
33 14 13 Buried Steel Pipe
33 14 14 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
33 14 17 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch
33 14 18 Large Water Meters
33 14 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
33 14 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves
33 14 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains
33 14 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems
33 14 40 Fire Hydrants
33 31 10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers
33 31 14 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe
33 31 16 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Lines
33 31 23 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains
33 32 11 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems
33 42 11 Stormwater Pipe and Boxes
33 42 23 Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments
33 42 30 Stormwater Junction Boxes
33 42 33 Stormwater Curb Inlets and Drop Inlets
33 46 00 Subdrainage
00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
Division 34 – Transportation
34 41 10 Signal Heads
34 41 11 Accessible Pedestrian Signal
34 41 12 Radar Detection Equipment and Cable
34 41 14 Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System (VIVDS) - 360 Degree Fish-Eye
Camera
34 41 15 Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable
34 41 16 Battery Back-up System
34 41 21 Traffic Signal Structures
34 41 23 Treated Timber Poles
34 41 24 Drilled Shaft Foundations
34 41 26 LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs
34 41 27 Signal Controller and Cabinet Assembly
34 41 28 Traffic Signal LED Luminaire
34 41 29 Pan-Tilt Zoom Camera
34 41 32 Temporary Traffic Signals
34 41 33 Removing Traffic Signals
34 41 34 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon
34 41 35 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal
34 41 50 Aluminum Signs and Signposts
34 71 13 Traffic Control
Division 41 – Bulk Material Processing Equipment
41 14 00 Batching Equipment
Appendix
GC-5.01 Availability of Lands
GC-5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC-5.05 Underground Facilities
GC-5.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC-7.08 Required Subcontractors
GC-7.11 Permits and Utilities
END OF SECTION
00 05 15
ADDENDA
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 05 15 1
ADDENDA 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
END OF SECTION 22
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 11 13 1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS 2
RECEIPT OF BIDS 3
Sealed bids for the construction of Baker Offsite Sewer will be received by the City of Denton 4
Purchasing Office as outlined at http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx. 5
6
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 7
The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: 8
• ~ 4,100 LF of 18-Inch ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC by open cut and associated 9
appurtenances 10
• ~4,700 LF of 21-Inch ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC by open cut and associated 11
appurtenances 12
• ~100 LF of 36-Inch steel casing pipe by other than open cut with 21-Inch carrier pipe 13
(ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC). 14
• ~260 LF of 30-Inch steel casing pipe by other than open cut with 18-Inch carrier pipe 15
(ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC). 16
• 1 – Lift Station Abandonment with associated appurtenances, electrical equipment, and 17
force main pipe. 18
• 2 – Force Main PVC tie-in to proposed manhole. 19
20
DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 21
The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City 22
of Denton’s Purchasing Division website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The Contract Documents 23
may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The 24
contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the 25
form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the 26
City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 27
28
PREBID CONFERENCE 29
A prebid conference will be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 30
BIDDERS at the following location, date, and time outlined in the City’s solicitation website. To 31
view pre-bid invitation log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 32
‘Activities’ tab of this solicitation. 33
34
CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS 35
City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. 36
37
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
INQUIRIES 1
All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 2
To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 3
‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 4
5
END OF SECTION 6
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1
SECTION 00 21 13 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3
1. Defined Terms 4
5
1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00 72 6
00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7
8
1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the 9
meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 10
11
1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting 12
directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing 13
the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 14
15
1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 16
corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 17
bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose 18
principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 19
20
1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City 21
(on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 22
23
1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of bids 24
from vendors for City contracts. 25
26
2. Copies of Bidding Documents 27
28
2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations 29
resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 30
31
2.2. City and Engineer in making Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of 32
obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any 33
other use. 34
35
3. Minimum Qualifications 36
37
3.1. The following minimum requirements must be demonstrated in order for the submission 38
to be considered responsive. The form can be found in Section 00 45 13 – Bidder’s 39
Minimum Qualification Statement. 40
41
3.1.1. Bidder shall provide documentation demonstrating three (3) years minimum 42
experience providing services similar to those indicated in Section 00 11 13 – 43
Invitation to Bidders. 44
45
3.1.2. Bidder shall provide documentation of three (3) references from governmental 46
entities for which Bidder has performed similar services to those indicated in 47
Section 00 11 13 – Invitation to Bidders. 48
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1
3.1.3. Bidder shall fill out provided safety record questionnaire. 2
3
4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 4
5
4.1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall: 6
7
4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 8
identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 9
Paragraph 5.2 below). No information given by City or any representative of the 10
City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 11
promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 12
13
4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and 14
site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 15
Work. 16
17
4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 18
progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 19
20
4.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 21
contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 22
surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 23
have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 24
data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 25
at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 26
reliable "technical data." 27
28
4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 29
the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 30
which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 31
shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 32
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 33
Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 34
the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 35
binding upon the City. 36
37
4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 38
as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 39
encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 40
each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 41
explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a 42
Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 43
conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 44
45
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 1
cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 2
required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 3
own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 4
necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 5
It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 6
Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims 7
for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 8
encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 9
allowed. 10
11
4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 12
between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 13
shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 14
and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 15
be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 16
17
4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 18
19
4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 20
the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 21
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 22
Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 23
conditions which actually exist. 24
25
4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 26
subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 27
the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 28
29
4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder 30
on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 31
Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled 32
to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03. of the General Conditions has been identified 33
and established in Paragraph SC 5.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is 34
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or 35
any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 36
37
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i) 38
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 5, (ii) that without 39
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the 40
Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or 41
procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required 42
by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all 43
conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the 44
written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, 45
etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in 46
Paragraph 7, and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate 47
and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the 48
Work. 49
50
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 5, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 1
biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 2
Paragraph 5.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 3
Documents. 4
5
4.5. The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 6
Ordinance No. 23-1165. 7
8
5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 9
10
5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 11
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 12
are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 13
required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 14
materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 15
by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 16
facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 17
Contract Documents. 18
19
5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 20
in Paragraph SC 5.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-21
of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 22
the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the 23
project. 24
25
5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-26
way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 27
construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 28
and/or easements. 29
30
6. Interpretations and Addenda 31
32
6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to 33
the City in Ionwave on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 34
http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 35
responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 36
to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 37
having received the Bidding Documents or by responding to individual questions via this 38
solicitation’s page at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by formal 39
written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be 40
without legal effect. 41
42
Address questions for this solicitation’s IONWAVE page to the ‘Questions’ tab 43
(dentontx.ionwave.net). 44
45
6.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by 46
City. 47
48
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
6.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 1
located by visiting and logging-in to the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website 2
at http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 3
4
6.4. A pre-bid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 5
INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the 6
Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will 7
transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary 8
in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied 9
upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 10
11
7. Bid Security 12
13
7.1. Each Bid for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to 14
City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, 15
issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 of the General 16
Conditions. 17
18
7.2. The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award 19
have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete 20
Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in 21
default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. 22
Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all 23
other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award 24
will be retained by City until final contract execution. 25
26
8. Contract Times 27
The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in 28
accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for 29
Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the 30
attached Bid Form. 31
32
9. Liquidated Damages 33
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 34
35
10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 36
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the 37
Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. 38
Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or-39
equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to 40
City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective 41
Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor 42
and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 7.06 and 7.07 of the General Conditions 43
and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 44
45
11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 46
47
11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person 48
or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 49
50
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
12. Bid Form 1
2
12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be 3
obtained from the City. 4
5
12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed. Erasures or 6
alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be 7
indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case 8
of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may 9
be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, in both words and numerals, for which the 10
Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. If 11
handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price 12
in written/typed words and the price in written/typed numerals, the price in 13
written/typed words shall govern. 14
15
12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a 16
vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 17
sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 43 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized 18
Signatories. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below 19
the signature. 20
21
12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 22
partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 23
authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 24
signature. 25
26
12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a 27
member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of 28
the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 29
30
12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 31
32
12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated 33
on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 34
35
12.8. All names shall be typed below the signature. 36
37
12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of 38
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 39
40
12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 41
Bid shall be shown. 42
43
12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of 44
Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 – Vendor Compliance 45
to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 46
47
13. Submission of Bids 48
49
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
13.1. Bids may be submitted electronically or by hard copy. Electronic submittals must be 1
submitted using this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Electronic 2
submittals will not be accepted via email. 3
4
13.2. Hard copies of bid bonds shall be submitted for both electronic and hard copy 5
submissions. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed envelope before the due date and 6
time as indicated in Section 00 11 13 – Invitation to Bidders. 7
8
13.3. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding 9
Documents, at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION 10
TO BIDDERS. 11
12
13.4. Hard copy submittals shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with 13
the Bid Number, Project Title, the name and address of Bidder, and accompanied by 14
the Bid security and other required documents, as indicated in Section 00 41 00 – Bid 15
Form. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed 16
envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID 17
ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 18
19
13.5. Hard copy submissions shall also include a flash drive, containing a complete copy of 20
the response 21
22
13.6. Address Hard copy submissions as follows: 23
24
City of Denton 25
901-B Texas Street 26
Denton, TX 76209 27
Attn: Purchasing Division, IFB 8833 - Baker Offsite Sewer28
29
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 1
2
14.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division may 3
be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be 4
made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid 5
must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any 6
time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are 7
opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been 8
properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened. 9
10
14.2. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the 11
time set for the closing of Bid receipt. 12
13
15. Opening of Bids 14
15
15.1. Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be 16
submitted. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) 17
will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 18
19
16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 20
21
16.1. All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of 22
Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. 23
City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior 24
to that date. 25
26
17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 27
28
17.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights 29
to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids 30
and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best 31
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is 32
not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to 33
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves 34
the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the 35
Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units 36
of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies 37
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will 38
be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures 39
will be resolved in favor of the words. 40
41
17.1.1. The Bid is not signed by a person empowered to bind the Offeror. 42
17.1.2. The Bid is not accompanied by an acceptable Bid Bond, with Power of Attorney 43
attached. 44
17.1.3. The Bid is submitted by an Offeror that has submitted more than one Bid. 45
17.1.4. There is evidence of collusion between the Offeror submitting the Proposal and 46
one or more other Offerors. 47
17.1.5. The Bidder did not attend or have an authorized agent attend a mandatory Pre-48
Proposal Conference, if applicable. 49
17.1.6. The Bidder is under debarment or suspension by the Owner. 50
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
17.1.7. The Bidder or a principal of the Bidder is currently debarred or suspended by a 1
Federal, State or local governmental agency. (Applicable for Proposal amounts 2
equal to or in excess of $25,000.00) 3
17.1.8. The Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, or City or Offeror 4
may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, or Offeror is in 5
arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract. 6
17.1.9. The Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. 7
17.1.10. The Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgement of the City will 8
prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 9
17.1.11. Incompleteness or an omission, alteration of form, or addition, or the inclusion of 10
a qualification or condition not called for or authorized in the Bid Documents. 11
17.1.12. Ambiguity or lack of clarity in a Bid, in which case the City reserves the right to 12
interpret the Bid in the most advantageous manner for the City, or to reject the 13
Bid. 14
17.1.13. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. 15
17.1.14. Failure to identify a dollar amount for one or more unit prices required to be 16
provided in the Unit Price Proposal Form. 17
17.1.15. Failure to submit post-bid information within the allotted time(s). 18
17.1.16. Failure to timely execute and deliver the Contract to the City after award. 19
20
17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and 21
other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 22
the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must 23
be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 24
City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 25
data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 26
incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 27
Notice of Award. 28
29
17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 30
evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial 31
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and 32
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 33
Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 34
35
17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a minimum value as 36
outlined in Section 00 43 36 – Proposed Subcontractors Form, unless otherwise 37
approved by the City. Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 36 – 38
Proposed Subcontractors Form. 39
40
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and 41
responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the 42
best interests of the City. 43
44
17.6. Additional approvals could be required if outside funding is used. 45
46
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
17.7. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 1
contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder’s bid is lower than 2
the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a 3
Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a 4
comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of 5
business is located. 6
7
17.8. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 8
to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the Bid 9
opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute 10
acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by 11
the City. 12
13
17.9. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 14
15
17.10. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 16
the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be 17
presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 18
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 19
20
18. Signing of Agreement 21
22
18.1. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied 23
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days 24
thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the 25
Agreement to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other 26
required documentation. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to 27
Contractor. 28
29
END OF SECTION 30
00 35 13
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 35 13 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT 2
END OF SECTION 3
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ
For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session.
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as
defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after
the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code.
A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a
misdemeanor.
1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
2
Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.
(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the
date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.)
3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed.
Name of Officer
This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship
as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor?
Yes No
B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer
named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity?
Yes No
C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an
officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more?
Yes No
D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section.
4
I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose.
5
Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
SECTION 00 41 00 1
BID FORM 2
TO: City of Denton 3
c/o: Purchasing Division 4
901-B Texas Street 5
Denton, Texas 76209 6
7
FOR: IFB 8833 – Baker Offsite Sewer 8
9
1 Enter Into Agreement 10
11
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement 12
with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as 13
specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time 14
indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract 15
Documents. 16
17
2 BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 18
19
2.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION 20
TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those 21
dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 22
2.2 Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 23
award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 24
days of notification of award. 25
2.3 Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any 26
undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 27
agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 28
2.4 Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false 29
or sham Bid. 30
2.5 Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 31
2.6 Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing 32
for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 33
a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything 34
of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. 35
36
b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to 37
influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices 38
at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free 39
and open competition. 40
41
c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more 42
Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to 43
establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. 44
45
d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, 46
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or 47
affect the execution of the Contract. 48
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
1
2.7 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 2
Ordinance No. 23-1165. 3
4
3 Time of Completion 5
6
3.1 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 300 Working Days after the date 7
when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to 8
Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General 9
Conditions. 10
11
3.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of 12
failure to obtain Milestones (if applicable) and Final Acceptance within the times specified 13
in the Agreement. 14
15
4 Attached to this Bid 16
17
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: 18
a. Section 00 35 13 – Conflict of Interest Affidavit 19
b. Section 00 41 00 – This Bid Form 20
c. Section 00 42 43 – Unit Price Proposal Form – Electronic Copy (either included 21
in the Bid, or submitted via Ion Wave) 22
d. Section 00 42 13 – Required Bid Bond, issued by a surety meeting the requirements 23
of Paragraph 6.01 of the General Conditions 24
e. Section 00 43 36 – Proposed Subcontractors Form 25
f. Section 00 43 37 – Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder 26
g. Section 00 45 13 – Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement 27
h. Section 00 45 26 – Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law 28
i. Section 00 45 43 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories 29
j. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 00 21 13 – Instructions to 30
Bidders 31
32
33
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised January 31, 2024
Effective January 31, 2024
5 Total Bid Amount 1
2
5.1 3
4
5
5.2
6
7
8
9
10
5.3
Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the
following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for
this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening.
It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid
amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the
unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this
proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts.
Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items
11
12
Total Bid Amount: $____________________________
13
14
15
16
17
18 6 Bid Submittal
19
20 This Bid is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity named below.
21
22
23
Respectfully submitted, 24
25
By: ______________________________ 26
(Signature) 27
28
_________________________________ 29
(Printed Name) 30
31
Title: _____________________________ 32
33
Company: _________________________ 34
35
Address: __________________________ 36
___________________________ 37
State of Incorporation: _______________ 38
Email: ____________________________ 39
Phone: ____________________________ 40
41
END OF SECTION 42
Receipt is
acknowledged of the
following Addenda:
Initial
Addenda No. 1:
Addenda No. 2:
Addenda No. 3:
Addenda No. 4:
Addenda No. 5:
To:From:
IFB:8833
ENG
PMO:
Item
No.Spec. Section No.Description UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price
1 00 61 13 PERFORMACE BOND EA 1
2 00 61 14 PAYMENT BOND EA 1
3 00 61 19 MAINTENANCE BOND EA 1
4 01 11 00 SURVEY, PLATTING, ENGINEERING, PERMITTING & CPS EA 1
5 01 11 00 MISCELLANEOUS PERMITTING FEE ALLOWANCE EA 1
6 01 45 23 TESTING (PRESSURE & T.V.)LF 9,105
7 01 45 23 TESTING (GEOTECH)LF 9,105
8 01 45 23 INSPECTION FEE EA 1
9 01 50 00 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT ACQUISITION SF 225,000
10 01 57 13 SWPPP, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE, & OTHER LS 1
11 01 74 23 CLEANING AND GRUBBING AC 9
12 02 41 13 FENCE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT IN KIND LS 1
13 02 41 13 OPEN CUT AND REPLACE EXISTING GRAVEL DRIVE SY 3,373
14 02 41 15 DEMOLISH EXISTING LIFT STATION LS 2
15 02 41 15
REMOVAL OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN (SAME
TRENCH)LF 1,019
16 31 10 00 ESA RESTORATION ALLOWANCE LS 1
17 31 23 16 TRENCH SAFETY LF 9,105
18 31 25 14 EROSION CONTROL (SILT FENCE)LF 11,700
19 31 25 14 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE LS 1
20 31 37 00 12'' STONE RIPRAP, GROUTED (ASSUMES 1.5' OF DEPTH)CY 180
21 33 05 07 30'' STEEL CASING BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT (1/2'' THICK)LF 263
22 33 05 07 36'' STEEL CASING BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT (5/8'' THICK)LF 106
23 33 05 10 SEWER LINE BORE LF 369
24 33 05 61 4' DIAMETER CONCRETE MANHOLE (0' - 6') AND LINER EA 2
25 33 05 61 5' DIAMETER CONCRETE MANHOLE (0' - 6') AND LINER EA 17
26 33 05 61 5' DIAMETER CONCRETE MANHOLE AND LINER EXTRA DEPTH VF 117
27 33 05 62
5' DIAMETER MONOLITHICALLY PRECAST FIBERGLASS MANHOLE
(0' - 6')EA 2
28 33 05 62
5' DIAMETER MONOLITHICALLY PRECAST FIBERGLASS MANHOLE
EXTRA DEPTH VF 17
29 33 05 62
5' DIAMETER MONOLITHICALLY PRECAST FIBERGLASS DROP
MANHOLE PLACED ON EXISTING LINE (0' - 6')EA 1
30 33 05 62
5' DIAMETER MONOLITHICALLY PRECAST FIBERGLASS DROP
MANHOLE PLACED ON EXISTING LINE (0' - 6')VF 19
31 33 14 13 8'' ATSM F679 PS-115 PVC SANTITARY SEWER PIPE LF 420
32 33 14 13 18'' ATSM F679 PS-115 PVC SANTITARY SEWER PIPE LF 4,274
33 33 14 13 21'' ATSM F679 PS-115 PVC SANTITARY SEWER PIPE LF 4,831
34 33 14 13 18'' ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC SANITARY SEWER CARRIER PIPE LF 263
35 33 14 13 21'' ASTM F679 PS-115 PVC SANITARY SEWER CARRIER PIPE LF 106
36 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING ALLOWANCE (EX. SERVICE & MAINS)LS 1
-$
Baker Offsite Sewer
TOTAL PROJECT BID AMOUNT:
PROJ.:
901-B Texas Street
Denton, TX 76209
BIDDERS APPLICATION - UNIT PRICE BID
STREET ADDRESS
CITY, STATE
CONTACT
PHONE
EMAIL
SECTION 00 42 43 - UNIT PRICE BID FORM
Purchasing Dept.
Baker Offsite Sewer
City of Denton - Capital Projects COMPANY NAME
00 43 13
BID BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 43 13 1
BID BOND 2
3
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4
That we, (Bidder Name)___________________________________________________, 5
known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6
corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7
are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation 8
created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent 9
(5%) of Bidder’s maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, 10
Denton County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind 11
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, 12
firmly by these presents. 13
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 14
project designated as 15
IFB 8833 – Baker Offsite Sewer 16
17
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 18
award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 19
requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the 20
Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation 21
shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in 22
accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for 23
the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of 24
the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate 25
City for the difference between Principal’s total bid amount and the next selected bidder’s total 26
bid amount. 27
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 28
the state district court of Denton County, Texas. 29
30
00 43 13
BID BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of 2
____________________, 20___. 3
4
5
By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6
(Principal Name) 7
8
______________________________________________________________________________ 9
(Signature and Title of Principal) 10
11
*By: __________________________________________________________________________ 12
(Surety Name) 13
14
______________________________________________________________________________ 15
(Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16
17
*Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact 18
END OF SECTION 19
Impressed
Surety Seal
Only
00 43 36
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 43 36 1
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM 2
3
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4
the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5
overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Bidder is reminded that a minimum of 35% 6
of the Contract must be performed by Bidder’s company. 7
8
Company Name Type of Work to be Performed
Overall
Contract
Percentage (%)
General Contractor:
Subcontractors:
9
10
The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 11
be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 12
13
BIDDER: 14
15
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 16
Company (Please Print) 17
18
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 19
Address 20
21
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 22
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 23
24
Date: __________________________________ 25
26
END OF SECTION 27
00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 43 37 1
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON- RESIDENT BIDDER 2
3
Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4
bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident 5
bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside 6
the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at 7
an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident 8
bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable 9
contract in the State which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 10
The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your 11
bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically 12
disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. 13
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of ______________________, our principal place of 14
business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident bidders by State 15
Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 16
Nonresident bidders in the State of _____________________, our principal place of business, 17
are not required to underbid resident bidders. 18
B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is 19
in the State of Texas. 20
21
BIDDER: 22
23
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 24
Company (Please Print) 25
26
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 27
Address 28
29
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 30
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 31
32
Date: __________________________________ 33
34
END OF SECTION 35
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 45 13 1
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 2
3
List three (3) Government references, other than the City of Denton, who can verify the quality of service 4
your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work to this solicitation. 5
6
REFERENCE ONE
7
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 8
LOCATION: 9
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 10
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 11
SCOPE OF WORK: 12
CONTRACT PERIOD: 13
14
REFERENCE TWO
15
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 16
LOCATION: 17
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 18
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 19
SCOPE OF WORK: 20
CONTRACT PERIOD: 21
22
REFERENCE THREE
23
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 24
LOCATION: 25
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 26
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 27
SCOPE OF WORK: 28
CONTRACT PERIOD: 29
30
31
32
33
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 1
2
Detail three (3) of the most recent projects Bidder’s firm has completed providing 3
services similar to this project: 4
5
Project #1 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________ 38
39
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
6
Project #2 7
Name of Project: 8
9
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 10
11
Original Contract Amount: 12
13
Final Contract Amount: 14
15
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 16
17
Start Date for Project: 18
19
Final Completion Date for Project: 20
21
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 22
23
24
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 25
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 26
27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
_________________________________________________________________________________________40
__ 41
42
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
Project #3 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
__ 40
41
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 1
2
The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 3
Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 4
contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 5
adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 6
of a respondent prior to awarding City contracts. 7
8
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a respondent for this consideration 9
shall be: 10
11
The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the respondent in determining the 12
responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 13
safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 14
mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 15
may consider, among other things: 16
A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review 17
Commission (OSHRC), against the respondent for violations of OSHA regulations 18
within the past three (3) years. 19
B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined 20
below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection 21
Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of 22
Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 23
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental 24
Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) 25
(predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of Health (TDH), the Texas Parks 26
and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), 27
agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or 28
worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other 29
states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of 30
enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines 31
assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative 32
orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. 33
C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in 34
bodily harm or death. 35
D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in 36
determining the responsibility of the respondent and his or her ability to perform the 37
services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe environment, both 38
for the workers and other employees of respondent and the citizens of the City of 39
Denton. 40
41
In order to obtain proper information from respondents so that City of Denton may consider the 42
safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Denton 43
requires that respondents answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their 44
submissions: 45
46
47
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
QUESTION ONE 1
2
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 3
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 4
citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 5
6
YES NO 7
8
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number one above, the respondent must provide 9
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 10
citation: 11
12
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 13
offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 14
15
QUESTION TWO 16
17
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 18
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 19
citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, 20
within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, 21
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending 22
criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, 23
and judicial final judgments. 24
25
YES NO 26
27
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number two above, the respondent must provide 28
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 29
conviction: 30
31
Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 32
of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 33
34
QUESTION THREE 35
36
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by respondent, 37
or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, 38
within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or 39
death? 40
41
YES NO 42
43
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number three above, the respondent must 44
provide to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each 45
such conviction: 46
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 47
any, and penalty assessed. 48
49
00 45 13
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
Bidder must provide records, with its submission, supporting the Safety Record Rates for the past 1
5 years listed below: 2
3
Experience Modification Rate (EMR) 4
5 2025: _____________
6 2024: _____________
7 2023: _____________
8 2022: _____________
9 2021: _____________
Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) 10
11 2025: _____________
12 2024: _____________
13 2023: _____________
14 2022: _____________
15 2021: _____________
16
END OF SECTION 17
00 45 26
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Bakr Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 45 26 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 2
3
Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 4
provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on Baker 5
Offsite Sewer. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 6
406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor’s certificates of compliance with 7
worker’s compensation coverage. 8
9
CONTRACTOR: 10
11
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 12
Company (Please Print) 13
14
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 15
Address 16
17
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 18
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 19
20
21
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 22
23
COUNTY OF DENTON § 24
25
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 26
___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 27
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 28
the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 29
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 30
31
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 32
_______________________, 20__. 33
34
35
__________________________________ 36
Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 37
38
END OF SECTION 39
40
00 45 43
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 45 43 1
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
1
SECTION 00 52 43 2
AGREEMENT – UNIT PRICE BID 3
4
THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton, 5
a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, 6
(“City”), and ______________________________________________________________, 7
authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, 8
(“Contractor”). 9
City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 10
Article 1. WORK 11
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 12
Project identified herein. 13
Article 2. PROJECT 14
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 15
generally described as follows: 16
Baker Offsite Sewer 17
IFB 8833 18
Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 19
City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 20
Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars 21
($___________________). At the sole option of the City, five (5) percent contingency in the 22
amount of __________________________________Dollars ($___________________) may be 23
used for a total not-to-exceed amount of __________________________________Dollars 24
($___________________). 25
Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 26
4.1 Time is of the essence. 27
All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract 28
Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 29
4.2 Final Acceptance. 30
The Work will be completed for Final Acceptance within 300 Working Days after the date 31
when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to 32
Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General 33
Conditions. 34
35
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
4.4 Liquidated Damages: 1
A.Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence to achieve Milestones and Final2
Acceptance of the Work, and City will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is3
not completed within the times specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor4
also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal or5
arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work related to the6
Milestones or Final Acceptance is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of7
requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that liquidated damages for delay (but not8
as a penalty):9
1.Final Acceptance: If Contractor neglects, refuse, or fails to complete the Work10
within the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph11
4.2, for completion and readiness for Final Payment, Contractor shall pay City12
_Six Hundred and Twenty Five___ Dollars ($__625.00___) for each day that13
expires after such time, until the date determined by City as stated in the City-14
issued Letter of Final Acceptance.15
Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 16
5.1 CONTENTS: 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
A. The Contract comprises the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the
Work and consists of this Agreement and the items set forth below. The Contract
Documents consist of all items below other than this Agreement.
1.Attachments to this Agreement:
a.Proposal Form1)Bid Form2)Unit Price Proposal Form
3)Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror4)State and Federal documents (project specific)b.Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table
c.Worker’s Compensation Affidavitd.General Conditions.e.Supplementary Conditions.
2.The following located in File 8833 at:31
https://lfpubweb.cityofdenton.com/MaterialsManagement/Browse.aspx?id=19&32
dbid=0&repo=MaterialsManagement&cr=1 33
a.Specifications described in the Table of Contents of the Project’s Contract34
Documents.35
b.Drawings.36
c.Addenda.37
d.Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.38
3.The following which shall be issued after the Effective Date and delivered to the City39
within ten (10) days of the Effective Date and before beginning Work:40
a.Payment Bond41
b.Performance Bond42
c.Maintenance Bond43
d.Power of Attorney for the Bonds44
e.Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties (email to purchasing)45
f.Insurance Certificate46
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
4. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, 1
if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents 2
of the Project’s Contract Documents. 3
5. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 4
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: 5
a. Notice to Proceed. 6
b. Field Orders. 7
c. Change Orders. 8
d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 9
Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 10
6.1 CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD 11
HARMLESS AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, 12
ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND 13
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, 14
ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN 15
CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE 16
CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 17
LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS 18
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE 19
AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR 20
SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN 21
PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. THIS 22
INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT 23
LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES AND 24
LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH 25
CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS. 26
27
6.2 CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD 28
HARMLESS AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, 29
ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND 30
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR, LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, OR 31
DESTRUCTION OF, PROPERTY OF THE CITY OR OF A THIRD PARTY, 32
ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN 33
CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE 34
CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 35
LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS 36
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE 37
AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR 38
SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN 39
PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. THIS 40
INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT 41
LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES AND 42
LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH 43
CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS. 44
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 45
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
7.1 Capitalized Terms. 1
Unless otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are 2
defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General 3
Conditions. 4
7.2 Assignment of Contract. 5
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 6
Contractor without the advance express written consent of the City. 7
7.3 Successors and Assigns. 8
City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 9
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 10
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 11
7.4 Severability. 12
Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 13
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 14
remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. 15
7.5 Venue and Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. 16
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 17
Texas. Venue shall be in the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. The City’s 18
sovereign immunity is waived only to the extent set forth and in accordance with the 19
provisions of Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as otherwise 20
specifically waived by law. The City does not waive its sovereign immunity to suit in federal 21
court. 22
7.6 Authority to Sign. 23
Contractor hereby certifies that the person signing the Agreement on its behalf is the duly 24
authorized signatory of the Contractor. 25
7.7 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel. 26
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government 27
Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or 28
services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does 29
not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms 30
“boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 31
808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that 32
Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not 33
boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 34
7.8 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Energy Companies 35
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government 1
Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services 2
unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not boycott 3
energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. 4
The terms “boycott energy company” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to 5
those terms in Section 809.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement, 6
Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that 7
Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy 8
companies during the term of the agreement. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements 9
under this provision will be considered a material breach. 10
7.9 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Firearm Entities and Firearm 11
Trade Associations. 12
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government 13
Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services 14
unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not have a 15
practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm 16
trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a 17
firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms “discriminate against a firearm entity 18
or firearm trade association,” “firearm entity” and “firearm trade association” shall have the 19
meanings ascribed to those terms in Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. By 20
signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written 21
verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or 22
directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) 23
will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm 24
trade association. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be 25
considered a material breach. 26
7.10 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Iran, Sudan, or a Foreign 27
Terrorist Organization 28
Sections 2252 and 2270 of the Texas Government Code restricts CITY from contracting with 29
companies that do business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist organization. By signing 30
this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written 31
verification to the City that Contractor, pursuant to Chapters 2252 and 2270, is not 32
ineligible to enter into this agreement and will not become ineligible to receive payments 33
under this agreement by doing business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist 34
organization. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be 35
considered a material breach. 36
7.11 Termination Right for Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Certain Foreign- 37
Owned Companies 38
The City of Denton may terminate this Contract immediately without any further liability if 39
the City of Denton determines, in its sole judgment, that this Contract meets the requirements 40
under Chapter 2274, and Contractor is, or will be in the future, (i) owned by or the majority 41
of stock or other ownership interest of the company is held or controlled by individuals who 42
are citizens of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country (ii) directly 43
controlled by the Government of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated 44
country, or (iii) is headquartered in China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated 45
country. 46
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
7.12 Immigration Nationality Act. 1
Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform 2
work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification 3
Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms 4
and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this 5
Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish 6
appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor 7
employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL 8
INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, 9
LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY 10
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 11
AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right 12
to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 13
7.13 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. 14
This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor 15
and there are no third-party beneficiaries. 16
7.14 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. 17
Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their 18
sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and 19
subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering 20
services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. 21
The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site 22
representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way 23
responsible to Contractor or any other entity for those duties that belong to the City, and do 24
not relieve Contractor or any other entity of its obligations, duties, and responsibilities, 25
including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and 26
procedures necessary for performing, coordinating and completing all portions of the Work 27
in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety precautions required by 28
such Work. The Engineer and its personnel have no authority to exercise any control over 29
any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work 30
or any health or safety precautions. 31
32
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW 33
34
00 52 43
AGREEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 21, 2021
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective 1
as of the date subscribed by the City’s City Manager or his designee (“Effective Date”). 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
ATTEST: 39
INGRID REX, CITY SECRETARY 40
41
42
_______________________________________ 43
44
45
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: 46
MACK REINWAND, CITY ATTORNEY 47
48
49
_______________________________________ 50
CITY OF DENTON
BY: ___________________________________
TITLE: _________________________________
DATE: _________________________________
CONTRACTOR
BY: ___________________________________
AUTHORIZED AGENT
_______________________________________
NAME
_______________________________________
TITLE
_______________________________________
PHONE NUMBER
_______________________________________
EMAIL ADDRESS
_______________________________________ 51
TEXAS ETHICS COMMISSION 52
1295 CERTIFICATE NUMBER 53
THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN
BOTH REVIEWED AND APPROVED
as to financial and operational obligations
and business terms.
_______________ ________________
SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME
__________________________________
TITLE
__________________________________
DEPARTMENT
00 61 13 - 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 13 1
PERFORMANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
7
That we, _______________________________________________, known as “Principal” 8
herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety(sureties, if 9
more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein 10
(whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation 11
created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of, 12
___________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________________), 13
lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton County, Texas for the payment of 14
which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, 15
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 16
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 17
the _____ day of ________________, 20____, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a 18
part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and 19
other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as 20
provided for in said Contract designated as Baker Offsite Sewer. 21
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 22
shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully 23
perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 24
specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 25
extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be 26
and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 27
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 28
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Sherman 29
Division. 30
00 61 13 - 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2
accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this 4
instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______day of ____________, 20 5
. 6
PRINCIPAL: 7
____________________________________ 8
____________________________________ 9
10
BY: ________________________________ 11
Signature 12
ATTEST: 13
14
______________________________ ____________________________________ 15
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16
17
Address: ____________________________ 18
____________________________ 19
____________________________ 20
_____________________________ 21
Witness as to Principal 22
SURETY: 23
____________________________________ 24
____________________________________ 25
26
BY: ________________________________ 27
Signature 28
29
____________________________________ 30
Name and Title 31
32
Address: ____________________________ 33
____________________________ 34
____________________________ 35
_____________________________ 36
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37
38
39
40
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 44
45
00 61 14 - 1
PAYMENT BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 14 1
PAYMENT BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 7
“Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 8
corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” 9
herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal 10
corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal 11
sum of___________________________________________ Dollars 12
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 13
County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 14
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: 15
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 16
_____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and made 17
a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor 18
and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said 19
Contract and designated as Baker Offsite Sewer. 20
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 21
Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 22
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 23
the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 24
force and effect. 25
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 26
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 27
accordance with the provisions of said statute. 28
29
00 61 14 - 2
PAYMENT BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _________ day of 2
___________________, 20_____. 3
4
PRINCIPAL:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
___________________________________ _____________________________
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
___________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Principal
SURETY:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
__________________________________ _____________________________
(Surety) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
__________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Surety
Telephone Number: ________________
5
Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws 6
showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical address is 7
different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 8
9
THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 10
TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED. 11
END OF SECTION 12
13
00 61 19 - 1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 19 1
MAINTENANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6
7
That we_____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 9
(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12
in the sum of_________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its 15
successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 16
and severally, firmly by these presents. 17
18
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 19
the_____ day of , 20 , which Contract is hereby 20
referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all 21
materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 22
Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, 23
the “Work”) as provided for in said contract and designated as Baker Offsite Sewer; and 24
25
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 26
accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 27
remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 28
after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 29
30
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 31
upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance 32
Period. 33
34
00 61 19 - 2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 1
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion 2
satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in 3
full force and effect. 4
5
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 6
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 7
be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and 8
the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 9
10
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 11
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 12
Sherman Division; and 13
14
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 15
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 16
17
18
19
00 61 19 - 3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1
instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 2
, 20 __. 3
4
PRINCIPAL: 5
____________________________________ 6
____________________________________ 7
8
BY: ________________________________ 9
Signature 10
ATTEST: 11
12
______________________________ ____________________________________ 13
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14
15
Address: ____________________________ 16
____________________________ 17
____________________________ 18
_____________________________ 19
Witness as to Principal 20
SURETY: 21
____________________________________ 22
____________________________________ 23
24
BY: ________________________________ 25
Signature 26
27
____________________________________ 28
ATTEST: Name and Title 29
30
_____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31
(Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32
____________________________ 33
_____________________________ 34
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35
36
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40
41
00 61 25
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 61 25 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page i of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page ii of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .............................................................................. 1
1.01 Defined Terms .............................................................................................................................. 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 6
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................ 7
2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance ........................................ 7
2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................... 7
2.03 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7
2.04 Preconstruction ConferenceMeeting ............................................................................................. 7
2.05 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 7
2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .................................................................................................... 8
2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals ........................................................................................ 8
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE ............................... 8
3.01 Intent ............................................................................................................................................. 8
3.02 Reference Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ....................................................................................... 9
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents .................................................................................. 10
3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 10
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK................................................ 10
4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ............................................................... 10
4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 10
4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress .................................................................................................. 10
ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................... 12
5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 12
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 13
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ........................................................................................... 14
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions .............................................................................. 15
5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 15
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 16
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page iii of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE .............................................................................................. 18
6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers .................................................................................................... 18
6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ........................................................................ 18
6.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 18
6.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 20
6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ............................................................ 21
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................... 21
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction ..................................................................... 21
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence ............................................................................................... 22
7.03 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 22
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment ............................................................................................ 22
7.05 Project Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 23
7.06 “Or Equals” ................................................................................................................................. 23
7.07 Substitutions ................................................................................................................................ 24
7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers .................................................................................. 26
7.09 Wage Rates ................................................................................................................................. 27
7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 28
7.11 Permits and Utilities .................................................................................................................... 28
7.12 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 29
7.13 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 29
7.14 Record Documents ...................................................................................................................... 30
7.15 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 30
7.16 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 31
7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification ............................................................................................... 31
7.18 Submittals ................................................................................................................................... 32
7.19 Continuing the Work ................................................................................................................... 33
7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................................... 33
7.21 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 34
7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................................................... 34
7.23 Right to Audit ............................................................................................................................. 35
7.24 Nondiscrimination ....................................................................................................................... 36
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE .......................................................................................... 36
8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 36
8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 37
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page iv of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
8.03 Legal Relationships ..................................................................................................................... 37
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................ 37
9.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................................................... 37
9.02 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 38
9.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 38
9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings ................................................................. 38
9.05 Change Orders ............................................................................................................................ 38
9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 38
9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................ 38
9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ..................................................................... 38
9.09 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................... 38
ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION ................................................ 38
10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative .................................................. 38
10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................ 39
10.03 Determinations for Work Performed ...................................................................................... 39
10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 39
ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK ............................................... 39
11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract ........................................................................... 39
11.02 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 40
11.03 Field Orders ............................................................................................................................ 40
11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work ..................................................................... 40
11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 40
11.06 Dispute of Extra Work ............................................................................................................ 40
11.07 Contract Claims Process ......................................................................................................... 41
11.08 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 42
11.09 Change of Contract Time ........................................................................................................ 43
11.10 Notification to Surety .............................................................................................................. 43
ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY
MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 43
12.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 43
12.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 46
12.03 Unit Price Work ...................................................................................................................... 46
12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment .......................... 47
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page v of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK .................................................................................................................................. 48
13.01 Access to Work ....................................................................................................................... 48
13.02 Tests, Inspections .................................................................................................................... 48
13.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 49
13.04 Rejecting Defective Work ....................................................................................................... 50
13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................... 50
13.06 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 50
13.07 City May Stop the Work ......................................................................................................... 50
13.08 City May Correct Defective Work .......................................................................................... 51
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD ............ 51
14.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 51
14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................ 54
14.03 Partial Utilization .................................................................................................................... 54
14.04 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 55
14.05 Final Acceptance ..................................................................................................................... 55
14.06 Final Payment ......................................................................................................................... 55
14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release ...................................................... 56
14.08 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................... 56
14.09 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 56
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ......................................................... 57
15.01 City May Suspend Work ......................................................................................................... 57
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ................................................................................................ 58
15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience..................................................................................... 59
ARTICLE 16 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ........................................................................... 61
16.01 Methods and Procedures ......................................................................................................... 61
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................................................................... 62
17.01 Giving Notice .......................................................................................................................... 62
17.02 Computation of Times ............................................................................................................ 62
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................. 62
17.04 Limitation of Damages ............................................................................................................ 62
17.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................... 62
17.06 Survival of Obligations ........................................................................................................... 62
17.07 Assignment of Contract .......................................................................................................... 63
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page vi of vi
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 20, 2020
17.08 Successors and Assigns ........................................................................................................... 63
17.09 Headings ................................................................................................................................. 63
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in the Contract or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have
the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words
denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. When used in a context
consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined
below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined,
terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified
articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which
clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract
Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument titled “Agreement”, “Agreement – CSP”, or
“Agreement – Unit Price Bid” executed by the City and Contractor for the Work, setting
forth the name of the Project, Contract Price, Contract Time and the items included in the
Contract.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to
be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract.
4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
5. Award—Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement.
6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work to be performed. The term “Bid” shall be defined to include the term
“Proposal” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than
an Invitation for Bid.
7. Bidder—The individual or entity that submits a Bid directly to City. The term “Bidder”
shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances where
the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid.
8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda). The term “Bidding Documents” shall be defined to include the
terms “Proposal Documents” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for
Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid.
9. Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders,
Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments.
The term “Bidding Requirements” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposal
Requirements” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather
than an Invitation for Bid and will include the Request for Proposal or Invitation to
Offerors, Instructions to Offerors, Offerors Bond or other Proposal security, if any, the
Proposal Form, and the Proposal with any attachments.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
10. Business Day—A day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through
Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
11. Calendar Day—A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next
midnight.
12. Change Order—A document which is prepared by the Contractor or City, approved by
the City, and signed by Contractor and City, authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision
in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or
after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
13. City—The City of Denton is, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City
Council through its City Manager or his or her designee.
14. City Attorney—The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton or his or her
designee.
15. City Council—The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton.
16. City Manager—The officially appointed authorized City Manager of the City of Denton.
17. Contract—The entire and integrated set of written instruments between the City and
Contractor concerning the Work comprised of the Agreement and all Contract
Documents, which written instruments supersede all prior negotiations, representations,
or agreements, whether written or oral, concerning the Work.
18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment
of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim.
19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated as “Contract Documents.” in the
Agreement at Paragraph 5.1.A. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and
the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract
Documents.
20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 12.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). The Contract Price does
not include any “Incentive”, if applicable.
21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (a) achieve
Milestones, if any and (bb) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance.
22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement.
23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 12.01 of these General Conditions for definition.
24. Damage Claims—A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from
a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim.
25. Day or day—A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
26. Drawings—The part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by an Engineer
that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals, as defined, are not considered Drawings as so defined here.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which it
becomes effective,, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the
Agreement is signed and delivered by the City.
28. Electronic Document—Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to
correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including but
not limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or digital
format.
29. Electronic Means—Electronic mail (email), upload/download from a secure Project
website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission or
communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of transmissions,
including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted Electronic Document by the
recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the Electronic Document by sender and
recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the Electronic Document for purposes permitted
by the Contract. Electronic Means does not include the use of text messaging, or of
Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or similar social media services for transmission of
Electronic Documents.
30. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State
of Texas performing professional services for the City.
31. Extra Work—Additional work made necessary by City-approved changes or alterations
to the Contract Documents. Extra Work shall be part of the Work.
32. Field Order—A written directive issued by City that requires changes in the Work but
does not involve a change to the Contract Price, Contract Time, or Drawings, Plan, or
Shop Drawings.
33. Final Acceptance—The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work
specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City.
34. Final Inspection—The inspection performed by the City to determine whether the
Contractor has completed each and every part or appurtenance of the Work fully, entirely,
and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
35. General Requirements—Sections of The information set forth in “Division 101 – General
Requirements” of the Standard Construction Specification Documents.
36. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs ,
Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or any other substance, product, waste
or materials, in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to
persons or property exposed thereto.
37. Hazardous Waste—Any solid waste listed as hazardous or which possesses one or more
hazardous characteristics as defined in applicable Laws and Regulations.
38. Incidental or incidental—Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs
for which are included under the various bid items of the Project.
39. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and binding decrees, resolutions, and orders of any and all
governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Site
or any portion or part of the Work to be performed.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
40. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property,
or personal property.
41. Major Item—An item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost
equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price.
42. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to the
performance of an identified portion of the Work by an intermediate Contract Time prior
to Final Acceptance of the Work.
43. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon
timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed in such
notice, City will sign and deliver the Agreement.
44. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which
the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform
the Work specified in Contract Documents.
45. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.
46. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at
standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds
per square inch absolute), and including but not limited to oil, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil
refuse, gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste
and crude oils.
47. Plans—This term will have the same definition of as “Drawings”.
48. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract.
49. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the
Project.
50. Project Manual—The documentary information prepared for bidding or proposing and
furnishing the Work.
51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance
with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities
comprising Contractor’s plan to achieve each Milestone and accomplish the Work within
the Contract Time.
52. Public Meeting—An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements toto support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating
portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for
reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
56. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or
information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and
submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether
approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents.
57. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City
upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements
for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the
use of Contractor.
58. Specifications or Technical Specifications —The part of the Contract that consists of
written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as
applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters
applicable to the Work. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract
Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as
indicated in the Table of Contents (Section 00 00 00) of the Project.
59. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with
any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
60. Submittal—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to the City to illustrate some portion of the Work.
61. Subsidiary or subsidiary—These terms will have the same definition as “Incidental. or
incidental”.
62. Successful Bidder—The Bidder to whom City issues a Notice of Award. The term
“Bidder” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances
where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid and is the
Proposer or Offeror submitting the proposal or offer that provides the best value to the
City and to whom the City issues a Notice of Award.
63. Superintendent—The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and
able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor.
64. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract set forth at Division 00 73 00 that
amends or supplements these General Conditions.
65. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor
having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials
or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor.
66. Underground Facilities—All underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements,
cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the
Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit,
distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic
transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid
petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or
chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
67. Unit Price Work—Work for which the Contract Price is determined by multiplying the
unit price for the item by the estimated quantity of the item.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
68. Weekend Working Hours—Those hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Saturday,
and between 1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Sunday or on a federal or state holiday observed
by the City, as approved in advance by the City for performing Work.
69. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce
such construction including any Change Order or Field Order,, and furnishing, installing,
and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by
the Contract Documents.
70. Working Day—Defined as a Business Day but excluding any days that weather or other
conditions beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor prevents the performance of
the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours
between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraphs 1.02.B, C, D, and E are not defined terms that
require initial capital letters, but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract, have
the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: The Contract includes the terms “as allowed,” “as
approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise
of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,”
“proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or
determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of judgment, action, or
determination will be to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in
the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise).
C. Defective: The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
1. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
2. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
3. has been damaged prior to City’s written notice of Final Acceptance.
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide
1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
means to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some
other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.
2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment,
means to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment
complete and ready for intended use.
3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or
equipment, means to execute, carry out, furnish and install said services, materials, or
equipment complete and ready for intended use.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 7 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific
services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words
“furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said
services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract in accordance with such
recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance
A. Performance and Payment Bonds: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the
Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City the performance bond , payment bond
and maintenance bond that comply with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas
Government Code. Work will not be allowed to begin until the performance and payment
bonds have been provided by the Contractor to the City.
B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the
Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured
(as identified in the Contract), the certificates, endorsements, and other evidence of insurance
required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. Work will not be allowed
to begin until the evidence of insurance has been provided by the Contractor to the City.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of
the Contract, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional printed copies will
be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.03 Before Starting Construction
Baseline starting Work, Contractor shall submit for review by City the following in accordance
with the Contract Documents:
A. Baseline Schedules in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 16.
B. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals.
C. Preliminary Schedule of Values: For lump sum contracts, a Schedule of Values for all of the
Work that includes quantities and prices of items that when added together equal the Contract
Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis
for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.
2.04 Preconstruction Meeting
A. Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Meeting
as specified in Section 01 31 19.
2.05 Public Meeting
A. Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials, or resources to the Site prior to
Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 8 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
A. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable Project Schedules are
submitted to City in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals
A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may send, and
shall accept, Electronic Documents transmitted by Electronic Means.
B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for Electronic Means, then City and Contractor
shall jointly develop such protocols.
C. Subject to any governing protocols for Electronic Means, when transmitting Electronic
Documents by Electronic Means, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long-
term compatibility, usability, or readability of the Electronic Documents resulting from the
recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the Electronic Documents.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one Contract Document is
as binding as if required by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract to describe a functionally complete Project to be constructed in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or
equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing
custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided
whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City.
C. City will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein.
D. The Specifications may vary in form, forma and style. Some Specification sections may be
written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style, and some sections may be
relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor
shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined
sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of
provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the
format of the section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format
or style in making Contract Claims or Damage Claims.
E. The cross-referencing of Specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related
Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification
section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely
on the cross-referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under
the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not cross-referencing is
provided in each section or whether the cross-referencing is complete or accurate.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 9 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference
standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or
Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, means the standard
specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the
time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids),
except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, and
no instruction of a Supplier, will be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of
City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from
those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be
effective to assign to City or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies
1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check
and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to
applicable field measurements, and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in
writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers,
or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby.
2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the
Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the
Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or
Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference
standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly
report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby
(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.1717) until the conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by City, or by
an amendment or supplement to the Contract issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge
thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions
of the Contract Documents take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and:
a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or
the instruction of any Supplier; or
b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work
(unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would
result in violation of such Law or Regulation).
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 10 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions,
Drawings shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern
over General Conditions and Specifications.
3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents
A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor shall submit to the
City in writing all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents
(sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the
acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters
arise. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of
the acceptability of the Work.
B. City will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision
on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents.
City’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor,
unless Contractor appeals by filing a Contract Claim.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or
other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or
its consultants, including electronic media versions, or reuse any such Drawings,
Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any
other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or
adaptation by Engineer; or
2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any
such Contract Documents for any purpose without City’s express written consent, or
violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein precludes Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed
A. The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A
Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the
Contract.
4.02 Starting the Work
A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to
run. No Work may be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences
to run.
4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress
A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained
by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. The City shall
be liable only to the extent allowed by the provisions of the Contract and as allowed by
Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code.
B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delay,
disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption,
and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be within the control of Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except
when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City
to provide information or material, if any, that the Contract specifies is to be furnished by the
City.
D. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by
unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of City, Contractor, and those for
whom they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in
Contract Time. Such an adjustment will be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the
delays, disruption, and interference described in this Paragraph 4.03. D. The Contractor is
responsible for the prompt submission of a request for an adjustment to the Contract Time
under this Paragraph to the City. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise
to an adjustment in Contract Time under this Paragraph include but are not limited to the
following:
1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and
earthquakes;
2. Abnormal weather conditions;
3. Acts or failures to act of third-party utility owners or other third-party entities (other than
those third-party utility owners or other third-party entities performing other work at or
adjacent to the Site as arranged by or under contract with City, as contemplated in
Article 8); and
4. Acts of war or terrorism.
E. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of Contract Time or Contract Price is limited as
follows:
1. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Time is conditioned on the
delay, disruption, or interference adversely affecting an activity on the critical path to
completion of the Work, as of the time of the delay, disruption, or interference.
2. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price for any delay,
disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or
interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Such a concurrent delay by
Contractor shall not preclude an adjustment of Contract Time to which Contractor is
otherwise entitled.
3. Adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Price are subject to the provisions of
Article 11.
F. Each Contractor request or Change Order seeking an increase in Contract Time or Contract
Price must be supplemented by supporting data that sets forth in detail the following:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 12 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. The circumstances that form the basis for the requested adjustment;
2. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference began to affect the
progress of the Work;
3. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference ceased to affect the
progress of the Work;
4. The number of days’ increase in Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such
cause of delay, disruption, or interference; and
5. The impact on Contract Price, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08.
6. Contractor shall also furnish such additional supporting documentation as City may
require including, where appropriate, a revised Project Schedule indicating all the
activities affected by the delay, disruption, or interference, and an explanation of the
effect of the delay, disruption, or interference on the critical path to completion of the
Work.
G. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from
the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable
accuracy, and those resulting from undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are
governed by Article 5, together with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.03.F and 4.03.G.
ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor in writing of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which
Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will be responsible for obtaining any
necessary easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or
easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired
in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project
Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must
consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements.
2. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the City has or anticipates moving
and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding movement or
relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set
forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor
in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or
obstructions to be moved and/or relocated by others.
B. Upon reasonable written request of Contractor, City shall furnish Contractor with a current
statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 13 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
C. Contractor shall provide for any additional lands and access thereto not included in the Site
that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. The cost
of such shall be part of the Contract Price.
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the
storage of materials and equipment, worker car parking and the operations of workers to
the Site, to adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction
easements or otherwise, and to other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with worker
car parking, construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other
adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or
areas, or to improvements, structures, utilities, or similar facilities located at such
adjacent lands or areas; and (d) for injuries, including death, and damage to or losses of
property sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that
such damage, losses, injuries or deaths arose out of or result from the performance of the
Work or arose out of or resulted from any other actions or conduct of the Contractor or
those for whom Contractor is responsible.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or
is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than
is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to
reduce the area impacted to only that necessary for proper execution of the Work and/or
to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on
any additional area of the Site.
3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment
and supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows,
shall not be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work.
4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant adversely impacted
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the
Damage Claim.
5. PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 7.21, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS CITY AND ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED
OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS,
LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY CLAIM OR
ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE, BROUGHT BY ANY SUCH ADVERSELY
IMPACTED OWNER OR OCCUPANT AGAINST CITY.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the
Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish,
and other debris will conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: If 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up at the Site is insufficient or occurring in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, the
Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory condition and/or procedures, the City may take
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 14 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to
the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct corrective action, plus 25 %
of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor under
the Contract.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site
and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City and any adjacent property owners, if
applicable. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent
areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, surplus materials, waste
materials, rubbish and other debris and shall restore to original condition or better all areas
impacted or disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be
loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of
the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them.
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. Those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site; and
2. Those drawings known to City of existing physical conditions at or contiguous to the
Site, including those drawings known to City depicting existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities.).
B. Underground Facilities: Underground Facilities are shown or indicated on the Drawings,
pursuant to Paragraph 5.05, and not in the drawings referred to in Paragraph 5.03.A.
Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities are not
intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as technical data.
C. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data
identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its
use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such
information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not
make any Contract Claim against City, or any of theirits officers, elected or appointed officials,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect
to:
1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings; or
3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record
drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents
concerning the Site; or
4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 15 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is
uncovered or revealed at the Site either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents;
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith
(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), notify City in writing about such
condition.
B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments
1. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time
if:
a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a
final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the
submission of a Bid or becoming bound under the Contract; or
b. The existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed
as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or
c. Contractor failed to give the written notice required by Paragraph 5.04.A.
C. Underground Facilities; Hazardous Environmental Conditions: Paragraph 5.05 governs
rights and responsibilities regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities.
Paragraph 5.06 governs rights and responsibilities regarding Hazardous Environmental
Conditions. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03 and 5.04 are not applicable to the presence or
location of Underground Facilities, or to Hazardous Environmental Conditions.
5.05 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and
data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including
City, or by others, unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions::
1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following are included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all information and data;
b. verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or indicated in
the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by the Work, by exposing
such Underground Facilities during the course of construction;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 16 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners (including City) of such
Underground Facilities, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and
repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated:
1. If an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or
indicated on the Drawings or otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not
shown or indicated on the Drawings or in the Contract Documents with reasonable
accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), identify the owner of
such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. Contractor shall be
responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility.
2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order
may be issued to reflect and document such consequences, subject to the provisions of
Article 11.
3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of
all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including
exploratory excavation if necessary.
5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have
been identified at the Site; or
2. drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been
identified at the Site.
B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data
identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its
use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such
information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not
make any Contract Claim against City, or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect
to:
1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings; or
3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record
drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents
concerning the Site; or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 17 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any
such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site if such Hazardous Environmental Condition was not shown or indicated
in Drawings or Specifications or identified if the removal or remediation of such Hazardous
Environmental Condition was not identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope
of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created
by the actions of or with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors,
Suppliers or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible and the costs associated with the
same.
D. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose
removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within
the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates
a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or
otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in
any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17); and (3)
notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the
necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if
any.
E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with a Hazardous
Environmental Condition identified pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.D or in any affected area until
after City has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to
Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been
rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which
such Work may be resumed.
F. If, after receipt of such written notice, Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based
on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special
conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such
condition to be deleted from the Work and the Contract Price. City may have such deleted
portion of the Work performed by City’s own forces or others.
G. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS,
CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS
OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS,
PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS, AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF
EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,
AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES
OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND
ALL COURT ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) FOR
PERSONAL INJURY, DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY
CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE.
NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH 5.06.CityG OBLIGATES CONTRACTOR TO
INDEMNIFY ANY INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY FROM AND AGAINST THE
CONSEQUENCES OF THAT INDIVIDUAL’S OR ENTITY’S OWN NEGLIGENCE.
H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of a Hazardous
Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 18 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or
authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and
coverages required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional
requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, in accordance with the
provisions of the Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute and as required
by the City, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful
performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. The
performance and payment bonds must be provided by the Contractor to the City prior to the
Contractor beginning any Work.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as
security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the
Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date
of Final Acceptance by the City. The maintenance bond(s) shall be provided as directed by the
City as part of the close-out of the Contract and shall be provided prior to the final payment
being made.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents, except as provided
otherwise by Laws and Regulations, and must be issued and signed by a surety named in
“Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Department Circular 570 (as amended
and supplemented) by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A
bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that
individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority must show that it is
effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond.
D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or
the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, or its right to do business is terminated in
the State of Texas, then Contractor shall promptly notify City in writing and shall, within 30
days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of
which must comply with the bond and surety requirements above.
E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, City may refuse to allow the Contractor to
begin Work, exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise City’s termination rights under
Article 15.
F. Upon request to Contractor from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity
claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the performance of
the Work, Contractor shall provide a copy of the payment bond to such person or entity.
6.03 Certificates of Insurance
A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance and endorsements (and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 19 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) establishing
that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies and coverages required by these
General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions prior to beginning any Work.
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in
the Supplementary Conditions as “additional insureds” on all liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a “per project” or “per location”
endorsement, that shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed
in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide.
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State
of Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating
of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent
financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction City. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in
favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation
against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions
6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with
the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence
that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain
such lines of insurance coverage or to provide such certificates or other evidence of full
compliance with the insurance requirements.
7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of
the primary coverage.
8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”.
If If City agrees in writing that coverage is underwrittenmay be written on a claims-made
basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date
of the Agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-
made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the
duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance or for the
warranty period provided for under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period,
whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall
evidence such insurance coverage.
9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements that either nullify or amend the
required lines of coverage, nor or decrease the limits of said coverage unless such
endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Notice of an Award has
been issued or the Agreement executed, and the policy exclusions are determined to be
unacceptable or the City desires that the Contractor obtain additional insurance coverage
the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional
coverage plus 10%.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 20 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
10. For any proposed self-insured retention (SIR),) in excess of $25,000.00, affecting
insurance coverage, Contractor must obtain the written approval of the City in regard to
asset value and stockholders' equity. In lieu of traditional insurance, proposed alternative
coverage maintained through insurance pools or, risk retention groups, or self-funding
will also require the written approval of the City.
11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on
a first-dollar basis must be acceptable to and approved in writing by the City.
12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and limits when deemed necessary
and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory law, court
decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the
City. The City will provide prior notice of 90 days and the insurance adjustments shall
be incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
13. City shall be entitled, upon written request to Contractor and without expense to City, to
receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and. City may make any reasonable
requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions,
limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the
requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required
where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party
or the underwriter on any such policies.
14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
6.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain
such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas
Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits
for Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee
benefit acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death
of employees.
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury, including death, or property damage) arising from: premises/operations,
independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury including death,
liability under an insured contract, and explosion/collapse/underground (where those
exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive
as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary
insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City.
The Commercial General Liability policy shall have no exclusions by endorsements that
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 21 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
would alter or nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual,
personal injury, or advertising injury, that are normally contained with the policy, unless the
City approves such exclusions in writing.
For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City
may require the Contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no
less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the
Supplementary Conditions)).
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any
auto”, defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person and/or property damage arising out
of or related to the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the Work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the
Supplementary Conditions.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon
cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop Work until replacement
insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for delays or days not worked
pursuant to this section.
6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
A. If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or
insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with
Article 6 or the Supplementary Conditions on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract
Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after
receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City
such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably
request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required
by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior
to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required
coverage. Such failure to provide bonds or insurance as required by the Contract Documents
is a breach of the terms of the Contract and the City may terminate the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction.
B. If the Contract Documents note, or Contractor determines, that professional engineering or
other design services are needed to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, or for Site safety, then Contractor
shall cause such services to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, at
Contractor’s expense. Such services are not City-delegated professional design services under
this Contract, and neither City nor Engineer has any responsibility with respect to (1)
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 22 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contractor’s determination of the need for such services, (2) the qualifications or licensing of
the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor, (3) the performance of such
services, or (4) any errors, omissions, or defects in such services.
7.02 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall identify and assign a competent
superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written
notice to City of the name of the replacement superintendent. If at any time the superintendent
is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, replace the superintendent
with another satisfactory to City.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
7.03 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the
Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all
times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.
B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of Contractor’s
employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their employees; and of any other individuals
or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work, just as Contractor is responsible for
Contractor’s own acts and omissions.
C. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property
at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all
Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours on Business Days.
Contractor will not permit the performance of Work outside of regular working hours on
Business Days without City’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably
withheld)). Contractor’s written request (by letter or electronic communication) for City’s
written consent must be made as follows:
1. for Work beyond regular working hours on Business Days, request must be made by
noon at least two (2) Business Days prior;
2. for Work during Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the
preceding Wednesday; and
3. for Work on state or federal holidays observed by the City, request must be made
sufficiently in advance of the holiday, to satisfy requirements for City Council approval.
7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume
full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary
facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the
performance, Contractor required testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or
not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 23 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not
specified, shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work, and must be new and of good
quality, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and
guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required
by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as
to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied,
installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract
Documents.
D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at
the time of bid, unless otherwise specified.
7.05 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.06
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to the City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph
2.06 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that
will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments must comply with any
provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.
2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress
payment request for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the Construction
Progress Schedule, General Requirements 01 32 16.
3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. Adjustments in Contract
Time may only be made by a Change Order.
7.06 “Or Equals”
A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Whenever an item of equipment or material is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the names of one or more
proprietary items or specific Suppliers, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor
furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended
to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or
description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal”
item is permitted, Contractor may request that City permit the use of other items of equipment
or material, or items from other proposed Suppliers, under the circumstances described below.
1. If City in its sole discretion determines that an item of equipment or material proposed
by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no
change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or equal”
item. For the purposes of this Paragraph, a proposed item of equipment or material will
be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. the City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 24 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service;
and
4) it is not objectionable to City.
b. Contractor certifies that, if the proposed item is approved and incorporated into the
Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
2) the item will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item
named in the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal”
item at Contractor’s expense.
C. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each
“or-equal” request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed
“or-equal” item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be
ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines
that the proposed item is an “or-equal.” City.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its
determination.
D. Effect of City’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request will result
in any change in Contract Price. The City’s denial of an “or-equal” request will be final and
binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract.
E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If City determines that an item of equipment or material
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that
City consider the item a proposed substitution pursuant to Paragraph 7.07.
7.07 Substitutions
A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Unless the specification or description of an item
of equipment or material required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or
is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that
City permit the use of other items of equipment or material under the circumstances described
below. To the extent possible such requests must be made before commencement of related
Work at the Site.
1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitution therefor. City will not accept requests for review of
proposed substitute items of equipment or material from anyone other than Contractor.
2. The requirements for review by City will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.07.B, as
supplemented by the Specifications, and as City may decide is appropriate under the
circumstances.
3. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of equipment or material that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 25 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
a. will certify that the proposed substitute item will:
1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the
general design;
2) be substantially similar in substance to the item specified; and
3) be well-suited to the same use as the item specified.
b. will state:
1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will adversely
impact Contractor’s achievement of Final Acceptance on or before the Contract
Time;
2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change
in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the
proposed substitute item; and
3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
c. will identify:
1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from the item specified; and
2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services.
d. will contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in
Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and Damage Claims of other
contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each
substitution request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed
substitute item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered,
furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines that the
proposed item is an acceptable substitution. City’s approval determination will be evidenced
by a Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including
changes in Contract Price or Contract Time. City will advise Contractor in writing of any
denial determination.
C. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and its officers, elected and appointed officials,
employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors and anyone directly or indirectly
employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses
(including attorney’s fees) arising out of or relateds to the use of substituted materials or
equipment.
D. Reimbursement of City’s Cost: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitution
proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed
or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed
substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 26 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from
the acceptance of each proposed substitute.
E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute
at Contractor’s expense.
F. City Substitution Reimbursement: Cost savings attributable to acceptance of a substitution
shall be paid to City by Contractor by an appropriate Change Order decreasing the Contract
Price.
G. Effect of City’s Determination: If City approves the substitution request, Contractor shall
execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The City’s denial of a
substitution request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under
any provision of the Contract. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs
imposed under Paragraph 7.07.D, by timely submittal of a Change Order.
7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers
A. Contractor shall perform with its own organization, and with the assistance of workmen under
its immediate superintendence, work of a value not less than 35% of the Contract Price, unless
otherwise approved by the City.
B. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work.
Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether
initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor
shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to
furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection, except
as provided in Paragraph 7.08.C. The Contractor’s retention of a Subcontractor or Supplier for
the performance of parts of the Work will not relieve Contractor’s obligation to City to perform
and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract.
C. The City may require the use of specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or
entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work , and will provide such
requirements in the Supplementary Conditions.
D. Contractor shall provide to City as part of the Bid, the identity of all proposed Subcontractors
and Suppliers. Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to City
unless City raises a substantive, reasonable objection prior to execution of the Agreement.
E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s
own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or
entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any
moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may
otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
F. No acceptance by City of any such Subcontractor or Supplier, whether initially or as a
replacement, will constitute a waiver of the right of City to the completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents, Contract Price and Contract Time.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 27 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
G. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the tasks of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of
the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier must be pursuant to an
appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the
applicable terms and conditions of the Contract for the benefit of City. Contractor must comply
with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances or regulations, including
but not limited to immigration laws, workers compensation laws and wage laws, in the hiring
of any Subcontractor or Supplier and shall ensure that each Subcontractor or Supplier has the
same obligations.
I. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors and Suppliers from communicating with City,
except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed in
this Contract.
7.09 Wage Rates
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than
the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates
in accordance with Chapter 2258. The then current prevailing wage rates at the time of
execution of the Agreement are included in these Contract Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation: A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing
wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for
each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code Section 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause: On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to
whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in
writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination.
Upon the City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or
Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the
claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the
prevailing wage rates, such amounts being retained from successive progress payments
pending a final determination of the violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved: An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an
affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas
General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or
Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th
day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph 7.09.C. If the
persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th
day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the
petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 28 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of
competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained: The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three
(3) years following the date of Final Acceptance, maintain records that show (i) the name and
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work
provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The
records shall be available in Denton County, Texas at all reasonable hours for inspection by
the City. The provisions of Paragraph 7.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments: With each progress payment request or payroll period, whichever is less,
the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates: The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place
at the Site at all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance: The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs 7.09.A through 7.09.G.
7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all patent or license fees and royalties and pay all costs incident to the use
in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If an invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for
use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject
to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any patent or license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights will be disclosed in the Contract Documents. Failure of the
City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay
said fees or, royalties or costs to others.
B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS,
CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS
OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS,
PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF
EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,
AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES
OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND
ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS
OR COPYRIGHTS INCIDENT TO THE USE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
OR RESULTING FROM THE INCORPORATION IN THE WORK OF ANY
INVENTION, DESIGN, PROCESS, PRODUCT, OR DEVICE.
7.11 Permits and Utilities
A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract
Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. City
shall provide reasonable assistance to Contractor, if necessary, in obtaining such permits and
licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the
prosecution of the Work applicable at the time the Notice of Award is issued, except for
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 29 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
permits provided by the City as specified in Paragraph 7.11.B. City shall pay the charges of
utility service providers for connections for providing permanent service to the Work.
B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for those permits and licenses
identified as City’s responsibility in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It
will be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with and carry out the provisions of the
permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes,
the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate
regulatory agency. relating to the changes. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any
cost associated with the requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits
the City will obtain if required:
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits
4. Railroad Company Permits
5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits
C. Outstanding permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be
acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The
Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents
must consider any outstanding permits and licenses.
7.12 Taxes
A. On issuance of a Notice of Award by the City, an organization which qualifying for exemption
pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent
or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this
contract by issuing to hisits Supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption
certificate to comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code,
Subchapter H. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall
be subject to and shall comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code,
Subchapter H.
B. Texas tax permits and information may be obtained from:
1. Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711; or
2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html
7.13 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws and Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know
that it is contrary to Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall be liable for all resulting claims,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 30 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
costs losses, and damages, and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, and its officers, elected
and appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and
subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or
relating to such Work or other action.
C. Changes in Laws and Regulations not known at the time of the City’s issuance of a Notice of
Award having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of
an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time.
7.14 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, written interpretations and
clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in
good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. Contractor shall
include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. These record documents, together
with all approved Samples, will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the
Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to City prior to Final Inspection.
7.15 Safety and Protection
A. As between City and Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of persons and
property in the performance of the Work, for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work and for compliance with applicable
safety Laws and Regulations.
B. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative whose duties and
responsibilities are the prevention of Work-related accidents and the maintenance and
supervision of safety precautions and programs. Contractor shall inform the City in writing of
Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
C. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary
protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage
on or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of
construction.
D. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.1515.C.2 or 7.1515.C.3
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier,
or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any
of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be the responsibility
of and remedied by Contractor at its expense.
E. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 31 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and shall implement, erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and
protection.
F. Contractor shall notify City; the owners of adjacent property; the owners of Underground
Facilities and other utilities (if the identity of such owners is known to Contractor); and other
contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, in writing, when
Contractor knows that prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with
them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in
progress.
G. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
H. Contractor shall inform City in advance in writing of the specific requirements of Contractor’s
safety program with which City’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply
while at the Site.
I. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will continue until all the
Work is completed and City has issued a Letter of Final Acceptance.
J. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will resume whenever
Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction
obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents.
7.16 Hazard Communication Programs
A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of safety data sheets (formerly
known as material safety data sheets) or other hazard communication information required to
be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with
Laws and Regulations.
7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification
A. In the event of threatened or actual emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons
or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to
immediately act to prevent damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written
notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the
Contract Documents have been caused by an emergency or are required as a result of
Contractor’s response to an emergency. If City determines that a change in the Contract
Documents is required because of an emergency or Contractor’s response, a Change Order
may be issued.
B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies,
omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are
to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and
request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the
Contractor does not take proper action within 24 hours to fulfill this written request or fails
to show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such
remedial action with City resources or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to
the entire cost for such remedial action, plus 25% from any funds due or to become due the
Contractor on the Project.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 32 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
7.18 Submittals
A. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit required
Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of
Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.03).
1. Contractor shall submit the Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 of the General
Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals must be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to demonstrate to
City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable
City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.18.C.
3. Submittals reviewed and accepted by City for conformance with the design concept shall
be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by
City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater
detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings
and Specifications.
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct a review
or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Contractor shall submit the required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such
as catalog numbers, the use for which it is intended and other data as City may require to
enable City to review the Submittal for the limited purposes set forth in Paragraph 7.18.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will
be at the sole risk, expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review
1. City will provide timely review of Submittals in accordance with the accepted Schedule
of Submittals. City’s review and acceptance will be to determine if the items covered by
the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,
or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents), or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.
3. City’s review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the
assembly in which the item functions.
4. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 of the General
Requirements, and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific
written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 33 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
5. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal, or of a variation from the requirements of
the Contract Documents, will not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Time or
Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order.
7. Neither City’s receipt, review, or acceptance of a Submittal will result in such item
becoming a Contract Document.
8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and
commitments set forth in accepted Submittals, subject to the provisions of Section 01 33
00 of the General Requirements.
7.19 Continuing the Work
A. Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project
Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor
may otherwise agree in writing.
7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the
Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, elected and appointed
officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors
shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, or improper modification, maintenance, or operation, by persons other than
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom
Contractor is responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents is absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents, a release of Contractor’s obligation to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or a release of Contractor’s
warranty and guarantee under this Paragraph 7.20:
1. Observations by Engineer or City;
2. Recommendation by Engineer or payment by City of any progress or final payment;
3. The issuance of a letter or certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related
thereto by City;
4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. Any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. Any inspection, test, or acceptance by others; or
7. Any correction of defective Work by City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 34 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. Contractor
shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of
Paragraph 6.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
7.21 Indemnification
A. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD
HARMLESS, AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS,
ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM , FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL
CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL OR BODILY INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATED TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE
WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS
OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR
INVITEES UNDER THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS INDEMNIFICATION
PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE
EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES
BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT,
OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR
APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR
SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY
THEM. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR COSTS, EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES
INCURRED IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF
ACTIONS.
B. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD
HARMLESS, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND
APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND
SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED
BY THEM FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSS, DAMAGE OR
DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY OF THE CITY, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED
TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE WORK AND
SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS,
AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES
UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS
SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS
ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING
SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR APPOINTED
OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS
OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM.
7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services
are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 35 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor
shall cause such services or certifications to be provided pursuant to the professional standard
of care by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal must appear on
all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such
design professional. Such design professional must issue all certifications of design required
by Laws and Regulations.
C. If a Submittal related to the requirements indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B is prepared by
Contractor, a Subcontractor, or others for submittal to City, then such Submittal must bear the
written approval of Contractor’s design professional when submitted by Contractor to City.
D. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services,
certifications, and approvals performed or provided by the design professionals retained or
employed by Contractor under the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, subject to the
professional standard of care and the performance and design criteria stated in the Contract
Documents.
E. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.22, City’s review, acceptance, and other determinations regarding
design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other Submittals furnished by
Contractor pursuant to the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, will be only for the
following limited purposes:
1. Checking for conformance with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.22;
2. Confirming that Contractor (through its design professionals) has used the performance
and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents; and
3. Establishing that the design furnished by Contractor is consistent with the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents.
7.23 Right to Audit
A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations
pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and
other evidence pertaining to the Contract during the term of the Contract and for five years
thereafter, except if an audit is in progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case
records shall be kept until all audit tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records,
documents and other evidence shall be made available, in Denton County, Texas within ten
(10) Business Days of City’s written request. Further, the Contractor shall also require all
Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records, documents
and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to those
documents. All books and records will be made available within Denton County,
Texas. Except as otherwise provided herein, the cost of the audit will be borne by the City
unless the audit reveals an overpayment of 1% or greater. If the City is undertaking an audit
or inspection pursuant to Paragraph 7.09 or if an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the
City’s reasonable cost of the audit, including any travel costs, must be paid by the Contractor
within five (5) Business Days of receipt of City’s invoice for such costs.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 36 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract
and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the
terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be
construed to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are
subsequently used to generate or prepare a final printed document.
7.24 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing
transit-related projects, funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended
and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be further defined in the Supplementary
Conditions, for any project receiving Federal assistance.
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
8.01 Other Work
A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the City may perform
other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by City’s employees,
or through contracts between the City and third parties. City may also arrange to have third-
party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site.
B. If City performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or through
contracts for such other work, then City shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to
starting any such other work, if such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents.
C. Contractor shall afford proper and safe access to the Site to each contractor that performs such
other work, each utility owner performing other work, and City, if City is performing other
work with City’s employees, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work.
D. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to
properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with
such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or
otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work
with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected.
E. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work
performed by others, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in
writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to
so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work that could not
have been discovered through a proper inspection.
F. The provisions of this Article 8 are not applicable to work that is performed by third-party
utilities or other third-party entities without a contract with City, or that is performed without
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 37 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
having been arranged by City. If such work occurs, then any related delay, disruption, or
interference incurred by Contractor is governed by the provisions of Paragraph 4.03.D.3.
8.02 Coordination
A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the
Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or to arrange to
have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in
the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other
work:
1. The identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for
coordination of the activities among the various contractors;
2. An itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility;
and
3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such
coordination.
8.03 Legal Relationships
A. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying,
disrupting, or interfering with the work of City, any other contractor, or any utility owner
performing other work at or adjacent to the Site.
1. When City is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees,
Contractor shall be liable to City for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable
direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by City as a result of Contractor’s
failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to City’s other work.
B. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or
any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure
to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any Damage Claim
arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or
adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor,
City, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties
through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim
by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify, defend and
hold harmless City and Engineer, and the officers, elected and appointed officials, directors,
members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them
from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but
not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such
damage, delay, disruption, or interference.
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A. Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all
communications to Contractor.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 38 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
9.02 Furnish Data
A. City shall promptly furnish the data required of City under the Contract Documents.
9.03 Pay When Due
A. City shall make payments to Contractor when they are due in accordance with and subject to
the provisions of Article 14.
9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings
A. City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01.
B. Article 5 refers to City’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions
relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been
utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents.
9.05 Change Orders
A. City’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11.
9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
Paragraph 13.02.DD.
9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply
with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be
responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. City’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set
forth in Paragraph 5.06.
9.09 Compliance with Safety Program
A. While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific
applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed in
advance in writing pursuant to Paragraph 7.15.
ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative
A. City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction
period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project
Manager or duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract
Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 39 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
B. City’s Project Manager for these Contract Documents is as set forth in the Supplementary
Conditions. City will establish a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting
in accordance with Section 01 31 19 of the General Requirements.
10.02 Visits to Site
A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality
of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during
such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or
continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on City’s responsibility set forth
in Paragraph 99.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits or
observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority
over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
10.03 Determinations for Work Performed
A. As applicable, Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work
performed.. City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative will review with
Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written
recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed
factual conditions or more accurate data).
10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred.
C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject
to the provisions of Paragraph 11.07.
ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES ININ THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK
11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract
A. The Contract may be amended toto provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof, including in the Contract Price or Contract
Time, but such amendment will be made by Change Order only.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one of the following ways:
1. A Field Order; or
2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.18.C); or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 40 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
3. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
11.02 Execution of Change Orders
A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties,
including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed..
2. Changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 11.04,
(b) required because of City’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.05 or
City’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08, or (c) as otherwise agreed to
by the parties.
11.03 Field Orders
A. City may authorize minor variations and deviations in changes in the Work if the changes do
not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on both
the City and Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly.
11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or
from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall
proceed with the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work
will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which
may or may not precede an order of Extra Work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field
Order may be issued by City.
11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented as allowed herein, except in certain cases
of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.17.A.
11.06 Dispute of Extra Work
A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the
payment for such Extra Work, and the City requires its performance, the Contractor shall
proceed with the Extra Work after making written request for a Change Order and shall keep
accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work
shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 11.07.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such records of all deviations from the original Contract
Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected
set of plans showing the actual work performed.
C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order
shall be the full, complete and final payment for all charges, fees and costs Contractor incurs
as a result of or relating to the Extra Work, whether said charges, fees or costs are known,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 41 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any charges, fees
or costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or
unchanged work as a result of the Extra Work.
11.07 Contract Claims Process
A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph
14.08, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a
condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract
Claims.
B. Notice:
1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the
Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The
responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the
Contract Claim.
2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be
delivered to the City no later than 45 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto
(unless the City notifies Contractor in writing that City will allow additional time for
Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim).
3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance
with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08.
4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance
with the provisions of Paragraph 11.09.
5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled
as a result of said event.
6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
Contractor’s last submittal (unless in connection with the Contract Claim (unless
Contractor allows the City additional time to submit a response).
C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the
last submittal of the Contractor unless action by City’s Council is required, take one of the
following actions in writing:
1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part;
2. approve the Contract Claim; or
3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s
sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further
resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.
D. City’s written action under this Paragraph 11.07 will be final and binding, unless City or
Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of
such action or denial.
E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 11.07.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 42 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to this Paragraph 11.07, the Contract Claim is
considered to have been denied by the City.
11.08 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. TheThe value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows:
1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to
the provisions of Paragraph 12.03);
2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an
allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with
Paragraph 11.08.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are
foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or
3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum or unit price,
then on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01)
plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in
Paragraph 11.08.C).
C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit will be determined as follows:
1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. For costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and 12.01.B.3, the
Contractor’s fee will be 15 percent except for:
1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment; and
2) bonds and insurance;
b. For costs incurred under Paragraph 12.01.B.4, the Contractor’s fee will be 5 percent;
1) Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.08.C.2.a
and 11.08.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee will be based on: (1) a fee of 15
percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and
12.01.B.3 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever
tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier
higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of
5 percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the
next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, in no case shall the
cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25% of the Cost of the Work;
c. No fee will be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 12.01.B.5,
12.01.B.6, and 12.01.C;
d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which
results in a net decrease in Cost of the Work will be the amount of the actual net
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 43 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
decrease in Cost of the Work and a deduction of an additional amount equal to
5 percent of such actual net decrease in Cost of the Work; and
11.09 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed under a Change Order for Extra Work or
for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the
critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by critical path method analysis
how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path.
C. Delay, disruption, and interference in the Work, and any related changes in Contract Time, are
addressed in and governed by Paragraph 4.03.
11.10 Notification to Surety
A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not
limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect
the effect of any such change.
ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY
MEASUREMENT
12.01 Cost of the Work
A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term “Cost of the Work” means the sum
of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined
below. The provisions of this Paragraph 12.01 are used for two distinct purposes:
1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract
Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or
2. When needed to determine the value of a Change Order. When the value of any such
adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to
those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or
because of the event giving rise to the adjustment.
B. Costs Included: The term, “Cost of the Work” means the sum of all costs, except those
excluded in Paragraph 12.01.C, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper
performance of the Work. When the value of any Work is covered by a Change Order, the
costs reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required
because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those
calculated based on the prevailing wage rates contained in the Contract Documents, shall not
include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 12.01.C, and may include as applicable, but not
be limited to the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such
employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, safety managers,
safety representatives, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs
for employees not employed full time on the Work will be apportioned on the basis of
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 44 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, salaries and wages plus the cost
of fringe benefits, which include social security contributions, unemployment, excise,
and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, and
vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside
of regular working hours on Business Days, during Weekend Working Hours, or on a
state or federal holiday observed by the City, shall be included in the above to the extent
authorized by City.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including
costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in
connection therewith.
3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof, whether rented
from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved in writing by
City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and
removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental
agreements. and the Contract Documents. The rental of any such equipment, machinery,
or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors.
If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors
acceptable to City . Contractor shall deliver such bids to City, which will then determine,
which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor
is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the
Work and fee will be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work
and fee as provided in this Paragraph 12.01 and Paragraph 11.08.C.
5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed or retained for services
specifically related to the Work and specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of
job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise specifically included
in the Contract.
6. Supplemental costs consisting of the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, and temporary office or facilities at the Site,
which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of
such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor.
c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations, excluding those taxes for
which an exemption is available as described in Paragraph 7.12.
d. Deposits lost for causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for
permits and licenses.
e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 45 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from
causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses include settlements made with
the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses
will be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s
fee.
f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
g. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier
services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the
Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.
C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work does not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals,
general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants,
purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel
employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office
for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon
schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise
specifically covered in the Contract. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded
here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at
the Site.
3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose
acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective
Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any
damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind.
D. Contractor’s Fee
1. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus-a-fee, then:
a. Contractor’s fee for the Work set forth in the Contract Documents as of the Effective
Date of the Agreement will be determined as set forth in the Contract.
b. for any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the
basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee will be determined as set forth in
Paragraph 11.08.C.
2. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of a stipulated sum, or any other
basis other than cost-plus-a-fee, then Contractor’s fee for any Work covered by a Change
Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work will be
determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.08.C.2.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 46 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
E. Documentation and Audit: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined
pursuant to this Article 12, Contractor and pertinent Subcontractors will establish and maintain
records of the costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, and submit in
a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Subject
to prior written notice, City will be afforded reasonable access, during normal business hours,
to all Contractor’s accounts, records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts,
vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and Contractor’s fee.
Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after the final payment
by City. Contractor will be responsible for ensuring that pertinent Subcontractors will afford
such access to City, and preserve such documents, to the same extent as is required of
Contractor.
12.02 Allowances
A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all
allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City.
B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that:
1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all
applicable taxes; and
2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances, have been included in
the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment for
any of the foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole
use of City.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts
due Contractor for Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price will be
correspondingly adjusted.
12.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal
to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work multiplied
by the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of
the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be
made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.03.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate
to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described
in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete
installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental
to Unit Price Work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price.
D. Adjustments in Contract Price
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 47 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 11.08
if:
a. the quantity of the item of Work performed by Contractor differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
and
b. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work.
2. Adjusted unit prices will apply to all units of that item.
E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in
accordance with Paragraph 11.04.
1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of
the Work under the Contract Documents, the altered Work will be paid for at the Contract
unit price.
2. If the changes in quantities or alterations materially and significantly change the character
of the Work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order.
3. If no unit prices exist, thisany increase or decrease in quantities will be considered Extra
Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article
11.
4. A significant change in the character of Work occurs when:
a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially or significantly in kind
or nature from that in the Contract; or
b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity.
5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than
125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%.
6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than
75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price.
12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment
A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of Work performed or material
moved, handled, or placed during the term of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are
designated as final payment quantities, unless revised in accordance with the Contract.
B. If the total actual quantity measured for an individual item varies by more than 25% (or as
stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total estimated
quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment
may be made to the quantity of authorized Work done for payment purposes. The party to the
Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing
the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made
at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 11.
C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or
to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 48 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
decreased by the amount identified in the approved change, and the 25% variance provisions
of Paragraph 12.04.B will apply to the new plans quantity.
D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than
$250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans
quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans
quantity.
E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements
are not applicable.
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Access to Work
A. City and its Engineer, consultants, representatives, employees, and independent testing
laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction shall have access to the Site and the Work at
reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them
proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures
and programs so that they may comply with such procedures and programs as applicable.
13.02 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for
all required inspections and tests and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections and tests.
B. If the Contract Documents or any Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction
require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection, testing or approval, except that those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall will be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections, tests,
re-tests, and approvals required:
1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate
responsibility for a specific inspection or test to City;
2. to attain City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work;
3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents;
4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be
incorporated into the Work; and
5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to
Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections and tests will be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories,
or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 49 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03.D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all
retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed
a negative result and require a retest.
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.02.D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the
Testing Lab is paid.
E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by City or another
designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for seeking
and obtaining such approvals.
F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without the written approval of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation. Such uncovering and the recovering of such Work will be at
Contractor’s expense.
13.03 Defective Work
A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective.
B. City’s Authority: City has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject
defective Work.
C. Notice of Defects: Written notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge
will be given to Contractor.
D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective
Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed,
or completed, or, if City has rejected the defective Work, shall remove the defective Work
from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Failure to require the removal
of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work.
E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action
that would void or otherwise impair City’s warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work.
F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with
respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising
out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection,
testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines
levied against Contractor or City by governmental authorities because the Work is defective,
and the costs of repair, replacement or reconstruction of work of others resulting from
defective Work.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 50 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
13.04 Rejecting Defective Work
A. City will have authority to reject Work which City believes to be defective or will not produce
a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the
integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated
by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing
of the Work as provided in this Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or
completed.
13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers
to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, and for the diminished value
of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior
to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in
the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of the Work so accepted.
13.06 Uncovering Work
A. City has the authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not
the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.
B. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions of City
and if requested by City, Contractor shall uncover such Work for City’s observation,
inspection or testing and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense.
C. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected
or tested by others, then Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the
Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all
claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or dispute resolution
costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection,
and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited
to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). City shall be entitled to accept
defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.05 and in such case Contractor shall
still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing defective
Work.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time to the extent directly attributable to such uncovering,
exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction.
13.07 City May Stop the Work
A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or Contractor fails to perform the Work in such a way that the
completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then City may order Contractor to
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 51 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been corrected or
eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work will not give rise to any duty on the
part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or any employee or agent of, any of them.
13.08 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace defective Work as required by City, or if Contractor fails to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply
with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then City may, after providing 7 days’
advance written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency.
B. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all
or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services
related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or
for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow
City, City’s representatives, agents and employees, and City’s other contractors access to the
Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.08.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court, or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies
under this Paragraph 13.08 will be the responsibility of and will be charged against Contractor.
A Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include, but not be limited to,
all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction,
removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by City of City’s rights and remedies
under this Paragraph 13.08.
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD
14.01 Progress Payments
A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph
2.03 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of
Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments for Unit Price Work will be
based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the
provisions of Paragraph 12.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost
of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period.
B. Applications for Payments
1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of
the City.
2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress
payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to City for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 52 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the
Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in
writing, the Application for Payment must also be accompanied by: (a) bill of sale,
invoice, or purchase order payments, copies of cancelled checks or other documentation
establishing full payment by Contractor for the materials and equipment; (b) at City’s
request, documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment
free and clear of all Liens; and (c) evidence that the materials and equipment are covered
by appropriate property insurance, or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein,
all of which must be satisfactory to City.
4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application must include an
affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of
the Work by Contractor have been applied to discharge Contractor’s legitimate
obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment.
5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Contract Documents.
C. Review of Applications
1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing it will
proceed to process the Application for Payment or return the Application to Contractor
indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the
necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based
on City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that based City’s actual knowledge:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and
b. the quality and/or quantity of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract
Documents (subject to any subsequent evaluations of the Work, an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any
subsequent tests or inspections called for in the Contract Documents, a final
determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraphs
10.05 and 12.03, and any other qualifications stated).
3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:
a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress,
or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or
b. there are no other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor
to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or
c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s
performance of the Work.
4. City may refuse to process or pay the whole or any part of any payment because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 53 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
may revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be
necessary to protect City from loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor
or his subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement;
b. there are discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment;
c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
d. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 1313.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05;
e. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental
Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or
f. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.A that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify
termination for cause under the Contract Documents.
D. Retainage:
1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%).
E. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the
time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be
paid by the Contractor to the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the
City. If feasible, the parties may agree to have the liquidated damages deducted from any
amounts owned to Contractor by City instead of being paid directly to City by Contractor.
F. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment
will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents.
G. Reduction in Payment
1. City may refuse to make payment of the of the amount requested because:
a. Claims have been made against City based on Contractor’s performance or
furnishing of the Work, or City has incurred costs, losses, or damages resulting from
Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to
claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property
damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement;
b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage,
delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site;
c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance;
d. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental
Condition for which Contractor is responsible;
e. City has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews,
evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to
manufacturing or assembly facilities;
f. The Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 54 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
g. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with
Paragraph 13.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05;
h. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
i. An event has occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore
justify a termination for cause;
j. Liquidated or other damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to
achieve Milestones or Final Acceptance of the Work;
k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge
of such Liens;
l. Other items entitle City to a set-off against the payment amount requested; or
m. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.
2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor
written notice stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount
remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, within
a reasonable time after Contractor remedies the reasons for such action to the satisfaction
of City and City has confirmed such action.
14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered
by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City
no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.03 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing
to of any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use. In
addition, City may request in writing that Contractor permit City to use or occupy any such
part of the Work that City believes to be substantially complete, subject to the following
conditions:
1. At any time, Contractor may notify City that Contractor considers any such part of the
Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.03, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete,
City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization by City will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
14.04 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such
measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire
Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection.
14.05 Final Acceptance
A. Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any and all Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents, including any corrections or additional Work identified in the Final
Inspection and delivery of all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees,
bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurances, certificates of inspection, annotated record
documents and other required documents in accordance with the Contract Documents, City
will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance.
14.06 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment
1. Upon receipt of a letter of Final Acceptance from City, Contractor may make application
for Final Payment following the procedures for requesting payments in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
2. The final Application for Payment must be accompanied (except as previously delivered)
by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to
the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 6.03;
b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;
c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all
Work, materials, and equipment has passed to City free and clear of any Liens or
other title defects or will so pass upon final payment;
d. a list of all Contract Claims or Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes
are unsettled;
e. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in
connection with the Work; and
f. a completed subcontractor form identifying the subcontractor/supplier(s) and the
description of Work and/or materials provided, if any.
B. Payment Becomes Due: The final payment requested by Contractor, less previous payments
made and less any sum to which City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated
damages, will become due and payable:
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 56 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation; and
2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor; or
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to
Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution.
The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees
or other requirements of the Contract that continue thereafter.
14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release
A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may,
upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the
Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected
is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.01.D, and if bonds have been furnished as
required in Paragraph 6.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to
City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract
Claims.
B. Partial Retainage Release. If the Contract provides for separate establishment and
maintenance periods and/or test and performance periods following the completion of all other
construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion
of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City.
Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all
other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained.
14.08 Waiver of Claims
A. The acceptance of final payment will constitute a waiver and release by Contractor of all
claims, rights, causes of action, or liabilities, including Contract Claims, against City arising
out of, related to or under the Contract or for any act, omission or neglect of City.
14.09 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by the Contract Documents) any Work has been found to be defective, or
Contractor’s repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas, or areas made available for
Contractor’s use by City has been found to be defective, then after receipt of City’s written
notice of defect, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City’s
written instructions:
1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such adjacent areas, or areas made available for
Contractor’s use by City;
2. correct such defective Work;
3. remove the defective Work from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective,
if the defective Work has been rejected by City, and
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 57 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the
work of others, or to other land or areas resulting from the corrective measures.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the
defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced.
Contractor shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration
or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
work of others).
C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run
from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.
D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
repaired or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 14.09, the correction period hereunder
with respect to such Work may be extended for an additional period of one year after the end
of the initial correction period.
E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and
warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.09 are not to be construed as a substitute for,
or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor. City may fix the date on which Work will be resumed in such notice, and
Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During a temporary suspension of the
Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra
payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond
the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined
by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed
is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in
Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor
shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public
unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way; Contractor shall take every precaution to
prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; and Contractor shall provide suitable
drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary.
D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving its equipment off the job and returning
the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be
resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the
equipment and no profit or overhead will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if
the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 58 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of
limitation, may justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, or failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established
under Paragraph 2.06 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 7.05);
2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the
Contract; or
3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
or
4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or
5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or
defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or
6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the
Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other
purpose; or
7. Substantial indication that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise
financially unable to perform the Work satisfactorily; or
8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occurs, City will provide written
notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work. The conference shall be held not later than 15 days
after receipt of notice. by both Contractor and surety.
1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed
to perform the Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the
Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor
and Surety have received notice of the conference to address Contractor's failure to
perform the Work.
2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform
the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive
calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety’s performance
of its obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion
of the Work and complete it as described below.
a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the Site
and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment stored at the Site
or for which City has paid Contractor, but which are stored elsewhere, and the Work
as City may deem expedient.
3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive
any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract
Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses,
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 59 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by City, such excess will be paid to
Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses,
and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City.
Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change
Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph 15.02,
City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, elected or appointed
officials, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor
or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion
thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor.
5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the
right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely
complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim, counterclaim
or offset on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract.
6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities
as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special
guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise
under the Contract or prescribed by law.
C. Notwithstanding Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor
begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to
perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of
said notice.
D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue,
or any rights or remedies of City against Contractor or Surety. Any retention or payment of
money due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability.
E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of
Paragraph 6.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of
this Article 15.
15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience
A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate
the Contract, in whole or in part. Any termination shall be affected by giving notice of the
termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the
contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Notice
shall be deemed validly given if given in accordance with Paragraph 17.01.A.
B. After a notice of termination, has been given, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the
Contractor shall:
1. stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may
be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not
terminated;
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 60 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of
the Work terminated by notice of termination;
4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any,
directed by the City:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies
and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the
performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other
property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be
furnished to the City.
5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of
termination; and
6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in the possession of the
Contractor and in which the City has or may acquire the rest.
C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination,
the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all
items of termination inventory not previously disposed of in accordance with the Contract,
exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City.
D. Not later than 15 days after Contractor’s submission of the certified list to City pursuant to
Paragraph 15.03.C, the City shall accept title to such items, subject to verification of the list
by the City upon removal of the items or,. If the items are stored, then City shall have 45 days
after submission of the list, to verify the list submitted and accept title to such items. Any
necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination has been given, the Contractor shall
submit hisits termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by
the City. Unless an extension request is made in writing within such 60-day period by the
Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims of Contractor that are not
submitted to City within such 60-day period shall be conclusively deemed waived.
F. Should a termination claim be timely submitted to the City, Contractor shall be paid for
(without duplication of any items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract
Documents; and
3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to reasonable and necessary wind-down and
termination activities, without any overhead or profit.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 61 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be
paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on
the basis of information submitted and available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor
by reason of the termination and City shall pay to the Contractor the amounts so determined.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of, related to or resulting from such termination.
ARTICLE 16 – RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a
decision under Paragraph 11.07 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request
for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the
request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 11.07.E.
B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall
be commenced within 60 calendar days of filing of the request.
C. The parties shall agree on a mediator; however, if they cannot agree within 14 calendar days
then the Denton County Alternative Dispute Resolution Program (“DCAP”) shall appoint a
mediator. The mediation session shall be held within 45 days of the retention of the mediator,
and last for at least one full mediation day, before any party has the option to withdraw from
the process. The parties may agree to continue the mediation process beyond one day, until
there is a settlement agreement, or one party, or the mediator, states that there is no reason to
continue because of an impasse that cannot be overcome and sends a “notice of termination of
mediation.” All reasonable efforts will be made to complete the mediation within 30 days of
the first mediation session. All costs of mediation shall be borne equally by the parties.
D. All communications, both written and oral, during Phases A and B are confidential and shall
be treated as settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence; however,
documents generated in the ordinary course of business prior to the Dispute, that would
otherwise be discoverable, do not become confidential simply because they are used in the
Negotiation and/or Mediation process.
E. The process shall be confidential based on terms acceptable to the mediator and/or mediation
service provider.
F. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 11.07.C or
a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 11.07.C.3 or 11.07.D shall become final and binding 30 days
after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor:
1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court
of competent jurisdiction as set forth within the Contract Documents.
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 62 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed
to have been validly given if delivered:
1. in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, if to City, to the duly authorized
representative of City identified in the Contract Documents or to City’s Project Manager
or, if to Contractor, to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom
it is intended; or
2. by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the recipient’s place of business; or
3. by e-mail to the recipient.
17.02 Computation of Time
A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude
the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day that is a state or federal holiday observed by the City, the next
Business Day shall become the last day of the period.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any
way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are
otherwise imposed or available by Laws and Regulations, in equity, by special warranty or
guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.03 will
be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each
particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.
17.04 Limitation of Damages
A. With respect to any and all claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at
issue, neither City, nor any of its officers, directors, elected or appointed officials, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for
any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project. Further, the Contractor may only claim and the City may
only be liable for those damages that are set forth in Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas
Local Government Code and the City shall not be liable for any consequential damages,
exemplary damages or damages for unabsorbed home office overhead.
17.05 No Waiver
A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision will not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor
will it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract.
B. The City has not waived its sovereign immunity except as expressly set forth in Subchapter I,
Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as expressly waived by other statute.
17.06 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or
given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 63 of 65
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 4, 2025
Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and Final Acceptance of the Work or
termination of the Contract or of the services of Contractor.
17.07 Assignment of Contract
A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party to this Contract
of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on the other party without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money
that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except
to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically
stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or
discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract.
17.08 Successors and Assigns
A. City and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the
other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
17.09 Governing Law
A. The Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without
regard to conflicts of law principles.
17.10 Headings
A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts
of these General Conditions.
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
SECTION 00 73 00 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2
TO 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS 4
5
Supplementary Conditions 6
7
These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 8
provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 9
modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 10
of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 11
12
Defined Terms 13
14
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 15
meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 16
17
Modifications and Supplements 18
19
The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 20
other Contract Documents. 21
22
23
SC-5.01A 24
25
Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 26
Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 27
Contract Drawings. 28
29
SC-5.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 30
31
The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 32
February 18, 2026: 33
34
35
36
37
Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 38
PARCEL
NUMBER
OWNER TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 39
and do not bind the City. 40
41
If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 42
Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 43
notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 44
45
SC-5.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 46
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1
Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 2
3
The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 4
as of February 18, 2026 5
6
EXPECTED
OWNER
UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF
ADJUSTMENT
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 7
and do not bind the City. 8
9
SC-5.03A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 10
11
The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 12
13
14
The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 15
structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 16
None 17
SC-5.05 A., “Underground Facilities 18
19
The following are additional resources for identification of Underground Facilities which are at or 20
contiguous to the site of the Work, and which are not necessarily shown in the Drawings: 21
None 22
23
SC-5.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 24
25
The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 26
None 27
28
SC-6.02, “Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds” 29
30
The “Contract Price” for Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds will be the same as indicated 31
in Article 3 as listed in the Agreement. 32
33
SC-6.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 34
35
The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 36
officers, directors, agents and employees. 37
38
(1) City 39
(2) Consultant: None 40
(3) Other: None 41
42
43
SC-6.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 44
45
The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-6.04 shall provide the following 46
coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 47
48
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
6.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-6.04A. 1
2
Statutory limits 3
Employer's liability 4
$500,000 each accident/occurrence 5
$500,000 Disease - each employee 6
$500,000 Disease - policy limit 7
8
SC-6.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 9
10
6.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 11
under Paragraph GC-6.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 12
minimum limits of: 13
14
$1,000,000 each occurrence 15
$2,000,000 aggregate limit 16
17
The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 18
General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 19
20
The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 21
Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 22
23
SC 6.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 24
6.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 25
Paragraph GC-6.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 26
27
(1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", 28
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. 29
30
$1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. 31
32
SC-6.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 33
34
The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 35
material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 36
of tracks None. 37
38
The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 39
hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 40
or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 41
Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 42
Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 43
the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 44
to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 45
properties. 46
47
The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 48
coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 49
Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 50
occupy, or touch railroad property: 51
52
(1) General Aggregate: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 53
54
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
(2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 1
2
Required for this Contract X Not required for this Contract 3
4
With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 5
6
1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 7
the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 8
crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 9
railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 10
11
2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 12
railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 13
may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 14
15
3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 16
railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-17
grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 18
separation. 19
20
4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-21
way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 22
may be at two or more separate locations. 23
24
No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 25
commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 26
for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 27
each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 28
29
The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 30
has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 31
insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 32
Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 33
railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 34
35
SC 6.04F., “Contractor’s Insurance” 36
Add Paragraph 6.04F. Environmental Impairment/Pollution 37
38
Environmental Impairment/Pollution Insurance to include coverage for the handling, receiving, dispensing, 39
removal, storage, testing, transportation, disposal, discharge, dispersal release or escape of any hazardous 40
material into or upon land, or any structure on land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water, 41
including ground water, with a minimum combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage 42
limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence to be obtained upon substantial completion and acceptance of facility by 43
the City. 44
45
SC-7.08C., “Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers” 46
47
The following subcontractors shall be required to be utilized by the Contractor for specific portions of the 48
Work as indicated below: 49
50
Required Subcontractors 51
SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED
None
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED
1
SC-7.11., “Permits and Utilities” 2
3
SC-7.11A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 4
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 5
6
None 7
8
SC-7.11B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 9
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 10
11
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permit Approval 12
13
SC-7.11C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 14
15
The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of February 16
18, 2026: 17
18
Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 19
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
20
21
SC-8.02., “Coordination” 22
23
The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 24
the Site: 25
26
Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority
None
27
SC-9.01, “Communications to Contractor” 28
29
None 30
31
SC-10.01B., “City’s Project Manager” 32
33
The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Sheldon Gatewood, or his/her successor pursuant to written 34
notification from the City Engineer. 35
36
SC-13.02B., “Tests and Inspections” 37
38
None 39
40
SC-14.01G, “Reduction in Payment” 41
42
Add Paragraph 14.01G.3: 43
00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 27, 2023
Effective February 27, 2023
1
3. City may reduce payments to the Contractor, if the number of Days that have passed after the date 2
listed on the Notice to Proceed exceeds the Contract Time for Substantial Completion. 3
4
SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 5
6
None 7
8
SC – 17.01, “Documents” 9
10
Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of 11
such document. 12
13
14
15
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
00 73 73
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective January 15, 2021
SECTION 00 73 73 1
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 11 00 1
SUMMARY OF WORK 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 18
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 19
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 20
Specifications. 21
B. Incidental Work 22
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 23
project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no 24
specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be 25
considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the 26
price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 27
C. Use of Premises 28
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 29
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 30
equipment stored on the Site. 31
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 32
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 33
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 34
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction 35
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid 36
delay in the construction operations. 37
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 1
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 2
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 3
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 4
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 5
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 6
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 7
D. Work within Easements 8
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 9
obtained permission from the owner of such property. 10
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 11
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 12
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 13
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 14
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 15
Work as a part of the project construction operations. 16
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 17
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 18
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 19
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 20
other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 21
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 22
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 23
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 24
Work. 25
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 26
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 27
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 28
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 29
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 30
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 31
equipment. 32
6. Fence 33
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Work to 34
the original or a better than original condition. 35
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 36
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 37
provide site security. 38
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 39
closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 40
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. 41
01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 25 00 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6
equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7
defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8
a. Name of manufacturer 9
b. Name of vendor 10
c. Trade name 11
d. Catalog number 12
2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Request for Substitution - General 25
1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26
consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27
those specified. 28
2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29
means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30
catalog numbers. 31
a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32
consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33
trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34
determined by City. 35
3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36
under the following conditions: 37
a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38
meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39
or, 40
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3
B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4
1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5
a. After award of Contract 6
b. Under the conditions stated herein 7
2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8
representative, including: 9
a. Documentation 10
1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11
Contract Documents 12
2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13
proposed 14
3) Data relating to changes in cost 15
b. For products 16
1) Product identification 17
a) Manufacturer's name 18
b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19
c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20
product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21
product in the Contract Documents 22
2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23
product with Contract Documents 24
3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25
characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26
a) Size 27
b) Composition or materials of construction 28
c) Weight 29
d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30
4) Product experience 31
a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32
b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33
projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34
c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35
5) Samples 36
a) Provide at request of City. 37
b) Samples become the property of the City. 38
c. For construction methods: 39
1) Detailed description of proposed method 40
2) Illustration drawings 41
C. Approval or Rejection 42
1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43
2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44
of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45
3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46
will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1
5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2
a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3
b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4
c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5
design 6
d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7
consistent with the design intent 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12
A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13
represents that the Contractor: 14
1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15
superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16
it is intended 17
2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19
modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20
complete in all respects 21
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22
arise 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
EXHIBIT A 1
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2
3
TO: 4
PROJECT: DATE: 5
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the 6
above project: 7
SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8
9
10
Proposed Substitution: 11
Reason for Substitution: 12
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13
substitution will require for its proper installation. 14
15
Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24
25 26
D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28
29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30
31
Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33
specified item. 34
Submitted By: For Use by City 35
36
Signature Recommended Recommended 37
as noted 38
39
Firm Not recommended Received late 40
Address By 41
42
Date 43
Date Remarks 44
45
Telephone 46
47
48
For Use by City: 49
50
01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
Approved Rejected 1
City Date 2
3
01 29 76
STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND)
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 29 76 1
STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (MATERIALS ON HAND) 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. The procedure for requesting payment for stored materials and equipment 7
(materials on hand). 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Work associated with this item is considered incidental to the various items bid. No 17
separate payment will be allowed for this item. 18
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20
A. Request for Payment of Stored Materials and Equipment 21
1. Provide written request to City, if payment is requested on the basis of approved 22
materials and equipment delivered and stored at the Site, or other agreed upon 23
location, in accordance with the Contract Documents, and which will not be 24
incorporated into the Work for a minimum of thirty (30) days from delivery. 25
B. Payment for Materials and Equipment 26
1. Payment will be made in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions, less 27
retainage. 28
2. Payment will not exceed the total estimated quantity required to complete the 29
Work. 30
3. The amounts advanced for stored materials and equipment will be deducted from 31
payments to the Contractor as the materials or equipment are incorporated into the 32
Work. 33
4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will not constitute acceptance of the 34
relevant portion of the Work which the materials will be incorporated into. 35
C. Allowed Materials and Equipment 36
01 29 76
STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND)
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be limited to major items 1
associated with the Work. Perishable articles and small warehouse items will not 2
be considered for payment for this item. Examples of major items associated with 3
the Work include the following items: 4
a. 21-Inch carrier pipe, 18-Inch carrier pipe, 36-Inch steel encasing pipe, 30-Inch 5
steel encasing pipe, and 5-foot manholes. 6
2. All items submitted for payment will be subject to approval for payment by relevant 7
City departments and the City Project Manager. 8
D. Returned Materials/Equipment 9
1. Should stored materials/equipment that have been paid for under this Section need 10
to be returned for any reason, the Contractor shall bear any fees associated with the 11
return. 12
E. Contractor shall save the City harmless in the event of loss or damage of 13
materials/equipment for which advance payments have been made in accordance with 14
this Section. 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Provide a certified inventory of the quantity of each stored item and accompanying 17
invoice. 18
B. Within thirty (30) days after the Contractor receives payment for stored materials or 19
equipment, provide a copy of a certified paid invoice statement for each item for which 20
payment has been made by Contractor. 21
1. If certification of payment is not presented within the thirty (30) day period, the 22
advanced payment will be deducted from the next progress payment. 23
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 29
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the materials and equipment in accordance 31
with Section 01 66 00. 32
01 29 76
STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND)
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 31 19 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6
clarify construction contract administration procedures 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Coordination 19
1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24
future reference. 25
4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26
make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27
B. Preconstruction Meeting 28
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29
Agreement and before Work is started. 30
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31
2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32
and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33
the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34
3. Attendance shall include: 35
a. Project Manager 36
b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37
c. Contractor's project manager 38
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Contractor's superintendent 1
e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 2
to invite or the City may request 3
f. Other City representatives 4
g. Others as appropriate 5
4. Construction Schedule 6
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 7
provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 8
b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 9
Preconstruction Meeting. 10
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 11
a. Introduction of Project Personnel 12
b. General Description of Project 13
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 14
d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 15
e. Contract Time 16
f. Notice to Proceed 17
g. Construction Staking 18
h. Progress Payments 19
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 20
j. Field Orders 21
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 22
l. Insurance Renewals 23
m. Payroll Certification 24
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 25
o. Public Safety and Convenience 26
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 27
q. Weekend Work Notification 28
r. Legal Holidays 29
s. Trench Safety Plans 30
t. Confined Space Entry Standards 31
u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 32
systems 33
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 34
w. Coordination with other Contractors 35
x. Early Warning System 36
y. Contractor Evaluation 37
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 38
aa. Damages Claims 39
bb. Submittal Procedures 40
cc. Substitution Procedures 41
dd. Correspondence Routing 42
ee. Record Drawings 43
ff. Temporary construction facilities 44
gg. Final Acceptance 45
hh. Final Payment 46
ii. Communications Plan 47
jj. Questions or Comments 48
01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 31 20 1
PROJECT MEETINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly 7
review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of 8
potential problems 9
B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 17
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20
A. Coordination 21
1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and 22
specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 23
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 24
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 25
3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded. 26
4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested 27
by the City, Engineer or Contractor. 28
B. Progress Meetings 29
1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held _________________. Meetings 30
will be scheduled and administered by Project Manager. 31
a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the : 32
1) City 33
2) Engineer 34
3) Contractor 35
2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-36
needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: 37
a. Coordinating shutdowns 38
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Installation of piping and equipment 1
c. Coordination between other construction projects 2
d. Resolution of construction issues 3
e. Equipment approval 4
3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the 5
meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully 6
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 7
4. Attendance shall include: 8
a. Contractor's project manager 9
b. Contractor's superintendent 10
c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 11
to invite or the City may request 12
d. Engineer's representatives 13
e. City’s representatives 14
f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager 15
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 16
a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting 17
b. Field observations, problems, conflicts 18
c. Items which impede construction schedule 19
d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 20
e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other 21
construction contracts 22
f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 23
g. Revisions to construction schedule 24
h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period 25
i. Coordination of schedules 26
j. Review submittal schedules 27
k. Maintenance of quality standards 28
l. Pending changes and substitutions 29
m. Review proposed changes for: 30
1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 31
2) Effect on other contracts of the Project 32
n. Review Record Documents 33
o. Review monthly pay request 34
p. Review status of Requests for Information 35
6. Meeting Location 36
a. The City will establish a meeting location. 37
1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 38
01 31 20
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 32 16 1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6
management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Definitions 18
1. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 19
as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 20
2. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 21
progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 22
3. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 23
changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc 24
B. Reference Standards 25
1. None 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Baseline Schedule 28
1. General 29
a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path 30
Method (CPM). 31
b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding 32
of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the 33
schedule. 34
c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for 35
developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 36
B. Progress Schedule 37
38
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Update the progress Schedule monthly. 1
2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 2
3. Change Orders 3
a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in 4
the baseline Schedule. 5
C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 6
1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status 7
Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 8
date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the 9
following actions at no additional cost to the City 10
a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 11
outlining: 12
1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the 13
delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 14
2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 15
substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to 16
meet projected baseline completion dates 17
3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working 18
days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination 19
of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 20
4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 21
accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 22
2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 23
by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 24
manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday 25
work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 26
to the critical path in the approved schedule. 27
a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 28
D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 29
Contract. 30
a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 31
supplemented with the following: 32
1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 33
necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 34
under the provisions of this Contract. 35
a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting 36
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 37
writing thereof. 38
2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's 39
determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 40
shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 41
relevant to the extension. 42
a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 43
schedule. 44
b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 45
do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in 46
the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 47
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 1
days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but 2
before the date of final payment under this Contract. 3
a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 4
the foregoing time limit. 5
b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 6
time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, 7
technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 8
representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 9
schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 10
1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 11
work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 12
Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 13
a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 14
schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 15
extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 16
case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 17
extension and any additional cost to the City. 18
b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 19
as well as by the Contractor. 20
3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 21
and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 22
of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 23
a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 24
Contractor or the City. 25
b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the 26
right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. 27
c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities 28
containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 29
providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with 30
those activities. 31
E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 32
1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 33
upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the 34
Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 35
a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the 36
preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 37
in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 38
2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will 39
determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 40
to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 41
a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 42
b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 43
considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 44
1.5 SUBMITTALS 45
A. Baseline Schedule 46
1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 47
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Native file format shall be: 1
1) Microsoft Project 2
2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 3
bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 4
B. Progress Schedule 5
1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 6
2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 7
C. Schedule Narrative 8
1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format. 9
2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 10
D. Submittal Process 11
1. 12
2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Manager’s 13
duly appointed representative. 14
3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly 15
appointed representative. 16
4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 17
City, no further progress schedules are required. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22
A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 23
experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 24
B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 25
updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 26
C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 27
standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 28
01 32 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
6
END OF SECTION 7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 32 33 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 6
a. Preconstruction Videos 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Preconstruction Video 19
1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 20
vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 21
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 22
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 23
period. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 33 00 1
SUBMITTALS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6
Work-related submittals: 7
a. Shop Drawings 8
b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9
c. Samples 10
d. Mock Ups 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. No 19
separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Coordination 23
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25
2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time 28
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. 29
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 30
processing times including, but not limited to: 31
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 32
b) Coordination with other submittals 33
c) Testing 34
d) Purchasing 35
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
e) Fabrication 1
f) Delivery 2
g) Similar sequenced activities 3
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 4
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 5
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 6
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 7
contractor. 8
B. Submittal Numbering 9
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 10
identification numbering system in the following manner: 11
a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 12
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 13
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 14
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 15
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 16
submittal number would be as follows: 17
18
303-02-B 19 20
1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 21
2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 22
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 23
drawing 24
C. Contractor Certification 25
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 26
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 27
a. Field measurements 28
b. Field construction criteria 29
c. Catalog numbers and similar data 30
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 31
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 32
with a Certification Statement affixed including: 33
a. The Contractor's Company name 34
b. Signature of submittal reviewer 35
c. Certification Statement 36
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 37
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 38
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 39
item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 40
D. Submittal Format 41
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 1
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 2
3. Order 3
a. Cover Sheet 4
1) Description of Packet 5
2) Contractor Certification 6
b. List of items / Table of Contents 7
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 8
E. Submittal Content 9
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 10
2. The Project title and number 11
3. Contractor identification 12
4. The names of: 13
a. Contractor 14
b. Supplier 15
c. Manufacturer 16
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 17
paragraph(s) 18
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 19
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 20
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 21
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 22
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 23
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 24
F. Shop Drawings 25
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 26
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 27
drawings 28
b. Scheduled information 29
c. Setting diagrams 30
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 31
e. Custom templates 32
f. Special wiring diagrams 33
g. Coordination drawings 34
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 35
1) Performance curves and certifications 36
i. As applicable to the Work 37
2. Details 38
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 1
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 2
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 3
for approval. 4
G. Product Data 5
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 6
Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 7
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 8
Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 9
limited to: 10
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 11
catalog data) 12
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 13
instructions 14
2) Availability of colors and patterns 15
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 16
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 17
5) Catalog cuts 18
6) Product photographs 19
7) Standard wiring diagrams 20
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 21
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 22
10) Mill reports 23
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 24
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 25
12) As applicable to the Work 26
3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 27
Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 28
01 25 00. 29
4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 30
approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project. 31
H. Samples 32
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 33
a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 34
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 35
2) Small cuts or containers of materials 36
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 37
and range sets 38
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 39
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 1
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 2
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 3
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 4
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 5
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 6
risk. 7
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 8
required to accomplish conformity. 9
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 10
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 11
J. Submittal Distribution 12
1. Electronic Distribution 13
a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 14
duly appointed representative. 15
b. Shop Drawings 16
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 17
2) Hard Copies 18
a) Not required 19
c. Product Data 20
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 21
2) Hard Copies 22
a) Not required 23
d. Samples 24
1) Distributed to the Project Manager 25
K. Submittal Review 26
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 27
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 28
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 29
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 30
dimensions, and materials 31
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 32
provided herein 33
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 34
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 35
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 36
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 37
have no responsibility therefore. 38
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 1
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 2
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 3
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 4
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 5
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 6
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 7
exception. 8
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 9
a. Code 1 10
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 11
comments on the submittal. 12
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 13
equipment and/or material for manufacture. 14
b. Code 2 15
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 16
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 17
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 18
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 19
final product. 20
c. Code 3 21
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 22
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 23
resubmittal of the package. 24
a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 25
non-conforming items that were noted. 26
b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 27
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 28
d. Code 4 29
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 30
intent of the Contract Documents. 31
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 32
submittal into conformance. 33
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 34
to meet the Contract Documents. 35
6. Resubmittals 36
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 37
1) Corrections other than requested by the City 38
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 39
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 40
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 1
expense. 2
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 3
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative’s 4
then prevailing rates. 5
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 6
all such fees invoiced by the City. 7
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 8
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 9
Time. 10
7. Partial Submittals 11
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 12
discretion. 13
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 14
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 15
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 16
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 17
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 18
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 19
provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 20
manufacture. 21
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 22
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 23
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 24
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 25
following receipt of submittal by the City. 26
L. Mock ups 27
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily 28
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 29
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 30
M. Qualifications 31
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 32
Certification for each item required. 33
N. Request for Information (RFI) 34
1. Contractor Request for additional information 35
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 36
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 37
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 38
Specifications 39
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 1
d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 2
2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 3
3. Numbering of RFI 4
a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 5
increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 6
4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 7
information. 8
5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 9
a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 10
Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change 11
Order, as appropriate. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 18
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 19
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 20
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1
2
Project:
RFI #:
Engineering Project No.: Date Sent:
Sender: Receiver:
Copies To:
3
Subject:
Request:
Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution:
4
THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE 5
CONTRACT. 6
7
Receiver’s Response:
8
Response By:
Company:
Date:
01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1
DISTRIBUTION:
2
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 35 13 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7
b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8
c. Confined Space Entry Program 9
d. Excavation Protection 10
e. Air Pollution Watch Days 11
f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12
g. Water Utilities Notification 13
h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14
i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15
j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16
k. Dust Control 17
l. Employee Parking 18
m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean 19
Construction Specification 20
n. Tree Protection 21
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 22
1. None. 23
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 24
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 25
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Mobilization 36
2) Inspection 37
3) Safety training 38
4) Additional Insurance 39
5) Insurance Certificates 40
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 1
including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 2
property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 3
construction of the Project. 4
2. Railroad Flagmen 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9
will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 10
Site. 11
c. The price bid shall include: 12
1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 13
2) Flagmen 14
3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 15
3. All other items 16
a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items 17
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18
1.3 REFERENCES 19
A. Reference Standards 20
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 21
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 22
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 23
2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 24
High Voltage Overhead Lines. 25
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 26
Specification 27
4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards – 29 CFR Part 28
1910.146 – Permit-Required Confined Spaces 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30
A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 31
1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 32
Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 33
a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 34
therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 35
b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 36
compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 37
Transportation 38
B. Work near High Voltage Lines 39
1. Regulatory Requirements 40
a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 41
conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 42
Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 43
2. Warning sign 44
a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 45
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 1
safety features 2
a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 3
b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 4
c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 5
safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 6
4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 7
a. Notification shall be given to: 8
1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric) 9
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 10
action taken in each case. 11
b. Coordination with power company 12
1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 13
a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 14
lower the lines 15
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 16
requirements have been met. 17
C. Confined Space Entry Program 18
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 19
OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.146 requirements. 20
2. Confined Spaces include: 21
a. Manholes 22
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 23
Confined Spaces 24
D. Air Pollution Watch Days 25
1. General 26
a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 27
on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 28
b. Typical Ozone Season 29
1) May 1 through October 31. 30
c. Critical Emission Time 31
1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 32
2. Watch Days 33
a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 34
with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 35
p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 36
b. Requirements 37
1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 38
use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 39
2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 40
a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 41
b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 42
equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 43
alternative fuels such as CNG. 44
E. TCEQ Air Permit 45
1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 46
F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 47
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 1
a. Public Notification 2
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 3
prior to commencing. 4
2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with paragraph 1.4.H 5
of this Section. 6
G. Water Utilities Coordination 7
1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a 8
period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 9
Water Utilities to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those 10
lines. 11
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 12
City water line system with the City’s representative. 13
a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the 14
life of named project. 15
b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system is required to be 16
turned off or on to accommodate the construction of the project is required, 17
coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. 18
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 19
a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 20
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 21
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 22
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 23
responsibilities as a result of these actions. 24
H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 25
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block 26
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 27
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 28
shall be prepared as follows: 29
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 30
block in the project area. 31
1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 32
information: 33
a) Name of Project 34
b) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 35
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 36
d) Actual construction duration within the block 37
e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 38
f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 39
g) City’s after-hours phone number 40
2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 41
A. 42
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 43
block of the project to the inspector. 44
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 45
b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 46
delivered to all residents of the block. 47
I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 48
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 1
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 2
the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 3
2. Prepared notice as follows: 4
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 5
interruption. 6
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 7
information: 8
1) Name of the project 9
2) Date of the interruption of service 10
3) Period the interruption will take place 11
4) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 12
5) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 13
c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 14
Exhibit B. 15
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 16
for review prior to being distributed. 17
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 18
all affected residents and businesses. 19
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 20
Construction Inspector. 21
J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 22
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 23
USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 24
permit. 25
K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 26
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 27
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 28
railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 29
a. Flagmen 30
b. Inspectors 31
c. Safety training 32
d. Additional insurance 33
e. Insurance certificates 34
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 35
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 36
the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 37
with the permit guidelines. 38
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 39
requirements. 40
3. Railroad Flagmen 41
a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 42
were present on Site. 43
L. Dust Control 44
1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 45
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 46
b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 47
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
M. Employee Parking 1
1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 2
N. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean 3
Construction Specification 4
1. Equipment Requirements 5
a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall 6
meet EPA emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form 7
A.14. Schedule for Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in 8
Appendix A. Compliance may be achieved through the use of equipment 9
powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine repowers, or through the 10
use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or California Air 11
Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPA’s 12
website “Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.” 13
b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt 14
from these requirements: 15
1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years 16
old. 17
2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a 18
grant program or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such 19
obligations must be submitted to City for verification. 20
3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as 21
any piece of construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) 22
hours per week on a single public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption 23
Weekly Reporting Form will be required for all equipment for which this 24
exemption is claimed. 25
4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public 26
works need, including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary 27
sewer lines. This exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in 28
which the procurement of construction services is performed on an 29
emergency basis, as provided for by State law. 30
2. Operational Requirements 31
a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be 32
Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low 33
Emission Diesel (TxLED) program requirements. This may include TxLED- 34
compliant Biodiesel blends. 35
b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) 36
minutes, unless the idling is applicable to one or more of the following 37
exceptions: 38
1) is being used for emergency response purposes; 39
2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, 40
or diagnostic purposes; or 41
3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator. 42
c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, 43
and minimize operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, 44
fresh air intakes, hospitals, schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences. 45
3. Reporting Requirements 46
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall 1
submit to the City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece 2
of equipment to be used on the worksite. A form for submitting such 3
information will be provided by the City. This inventory may be used by the 4
City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with specification 5
elements. 6
b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the 7
Contractor shall provide this same inventory information to the City for the new 8
equipment on or before the day it begins work on-site. 9
c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site. 10
4. Enforcement Requirements 11
a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City 12
at random. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet 13
the requirements of this specification. 14
O. Tree Protection 15
1. Install tree protection in accordance with the Drawings, if applicable. 16
2. Coordinate with City Building Inspections prior to commencing and earthwork 17
activities to perform an initial tree protection inspection. 18
1.5 SUBMITTALS 19
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 20
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22
A. Construction Notice Flyer 23
B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption 24
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 28
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 32
33
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
EXHIBIT A 1
(To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2
3
4
5
Date: 6
7
EPN No.: 8
Project Name: 9
Limits of Construction: 10
11
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION 12
13
14
15
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF 16
DENTON, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 17
PROPERTY. 18
19
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 20
OF THIS NOTICE. 21
22
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 23
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 24
25
26
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
OR 29
30
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 31
32
33
PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 34
35
01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
EXHIBIT B 1
2
Date: 3
4
EPN No.: 5
6
Project Name:_____________________ 7
8
9
NOTICE OF 10
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 11
INTERRUPTION 12
13
14
Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be 15
interrupted on ___________________________________________________ 16
between the hours of __________________ and _______________________. 17
18
19
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL: 20
21
22
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 23
24
OR 25
26
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE 29
30
Thank you, 31
_________________________, Contractor 32
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 45 23 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is 16
responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, 17
re-tests, or approvals. 18
b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for 19
performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by 20
the City to be performed. 21
1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is 22
responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. 23
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments 24
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Testing 28
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29
2. Coordination 30
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in 31
advance, when testing is needed. 32
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, 33
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 34
3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35
a. Electronic Distribution 36
1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed 37
representative electronically via email. 38
39
40
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Provide Project Manager’s duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each 1
delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 2
a. Name of pit 3
b. Date of delivery 4
c. Material delivered 5
B. Inspection 6
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 7
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS 9
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11
A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional 12
Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas. 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 50 00 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6
necessarily limited to: 7
a. Temporary utilities 8
b. Sanitary facilities 9
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10
d. Dust control 11
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. Temporary Utilities 24
1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27
having jurisdiction. 28
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29
Acceptance. 30
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32
2. Construction Water 33
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35
required for the completion of the Work. 36
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37
consumption by Contractor, if required. 38
c. Coordination 39
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 40
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Metering and Payment for Construction Water 1
1) For water system improvements: 2
a) Obtain construction water meter from City to track water usage. Water 3
will be provided at no cost to Contractor. 4
2) For all other projects: 5
a) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by 6
City’s established rates. 7
3. Electricity and Lighting 8
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 9
testing of Work. 10
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 11
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 12
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 13
4. Telephone 14
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 15
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 16
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 17
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 18
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 19
B. Sanitary Facilities 20
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 21
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 22
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 23
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 24
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 25
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 26
problem. 27
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 28
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 29
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 30
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 31
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 32
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 33
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 34
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 35
ground. 36
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 37
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 38
inspection and inventory. 39
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 40
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 41
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 42
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 43
temporary and existing buildings. 44
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 45
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
D. Temporary Fencing 1
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 2
documents 3
E. Dust Control 4
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 5
project. 6
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 7
b. Must respond in a timely manner 8
F. Temporary Protection of Construction 9
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 10
to weather. 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. Temporary Facilities 26
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 27
01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7
A. Temporary Facilities 8
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 57 13 1
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Procedures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance 15
a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items 16
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17
2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance 18
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Stormwater Pollution 22
Prevention Plan”, and made in partial payments as follows: 23
a) When 1% of the Contract amount is earned, 15% of the SWPPP lump 24
sum bid will be paid. 25
b) When 10% of the Contract amount is earned, 25% of the SWPPP lump 26
sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be 27
deducted from this amount. 28
c) When 25% of the Contract amount is earned, 30% of the SWPPP lump 29
sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be 30
deducted from this amount. 31
d) When 50% of the Contract is earned, 50% of the SWPPP lump sum bid 32
will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from 33
this amount. 34
e) When 75% of the Contract is earned, 75% of the SWPPP lump sum bid 35
will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from 36
this amount. 37
f) When 100% of the Contract is earned and final stabilization has been 38
achieved, 100% of the SWPPP lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 39
payments under the item will be deducted from this amount. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Preparation of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan 42
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Implementation 1
3) Permitting fees 2
4) Final Stabilization 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 5
1. Notice of Intent: NOI 6
2. Notice of Termination: NOT 7
3. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 8
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 9
5. Notice of Change: NOC 10
A.Reference Standards 11
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 14
2. Integrated Stormwater Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction 15
Controls 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. General 18
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 19
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 20
2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will 21
complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at 22
https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/dentonconstruction. 23
3. Refer to TCEQ website for further information about stormwater permits at 24
https://www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/construction/TXR15_AIR.html. 25
B. Construction Activities resulting in: 26
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 27
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 28
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 29
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 30
Permit is required 31
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 32
1) Indicate City is a Secondary Operator 33
2) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 34
TXR150000 35
a) Post at job site 36
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed 37
Protection Division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 38
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 39
4) Project Site Operator must contact Watershed Protection Division for initial 40
inspection prior to commencing land disturbing activities to ensure 41
compliance with stormwater regulations and proper installation of 42
appropriate BMPs, Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 43
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 1
TCEQ have been met, send copy of signed Small Construction Site Notice 2
to Watershed Protection division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 3
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 4
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 5
Permit is required 6
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 7
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 8
a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division, 9
Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 10
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 11
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 12
4) Project Site Operator must contact Watershed Protection Division for initial 13
inspection prior to commencing land disturbing activities to ensure 14
compliance with stormwater regulations and proper installation of 15
appropriate BMPs, Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 16
5) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 17
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. 18
a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division, 19
Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 20
C. Sites adjacent to or encroaching into Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs): 21
1. Provide tree protective fencing at the boundary of any identified onsite ESAs and 22
approved construction activities that would result in land disturbances. 23
2. Provide signs identifying the area as an ESA and prohibiting construction activity. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS 25
A. SWPPP 26
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. 27
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 28
as follows: 29
1) 1 copy to the Project Manager 30
a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection 31
Department, Watershed@cityofdenton.com. 32
B. Modified SWPPP 33
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 34
in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35
01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Removed specific City of Denton personnel names from contact information under
Section 1.4
11
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 58 13 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Speciflcation 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Speciflcation Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Temporary Project Sign 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 19
Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 20
at the unit price bid per each “Temporary Project Sign.” 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign 23
2) Excavation 24
3) Hauling 25
4) Disposal of excess Materials 26
5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction 27
6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign 28
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 9
A. Design Criteria 10
1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below: 11
12
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
The fiag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of the stars and the “City of 1
Denton” lettering shall be blue. The lower bar of the fiag shall be red, and the 2
upper bar shall be white. The dimensions, from the 3
farthest ends, shall be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-4
inches horizontally. The fiag shall appear in the 5
dimensions shown. The contractor may request a digital 6
copy in either .jpg or .tif format. 7
8
2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed at strategic points with lettering 9
as needed to adequately describe the work. 10
3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall 11
conform to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from 12
the sign shown above shall not be allowed. 13
B. Materials 14
1. Sign 15
a. Constructed of ¾-inch flr plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. General 24
1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 25
2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end 26
of the project. 27
3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 28
B. Mounting options 29
a. Skids 30
b. Posts 31
c. Barricade 32
01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED] 1
3.6 MAINTENANCE 2
A. General 3
1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the 4
City. 5
3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
7
8
9
10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 66 00 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Scheduling of product delivery 6
2. Packaging of products for delivery 7
3. Protection of products against damage from: 8
a. Handling 9
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 18
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 27
A. Delivery Requirements 28
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation 29
and to avoid prolonged storage. 30
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 31
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 32
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 33
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 1
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 2
environmental damage. 3
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 4
location. 5
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 6
B. Handling Requirements 7
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 8
manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. 9
C. Storage Requirements 10
1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and 11
requirements of these Specifications. 12
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 13
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work in a 14
manner that prevents damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and that 15
maintains free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service 16
company installations in vicinity of Work. 17
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 18
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 19
tenants and occupants. 20
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 21
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 22
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly 23
authorized representative. 24
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 25
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 26
Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 27
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 28
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 29
7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 30
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 31
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 32
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 33
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 34
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 35
satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 36
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 37
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project 38
Manager. 39
01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 [NOT USED] 5
3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6
A. Tests and Inspections 7
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 8
B. Non-Conforming Work 9
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 10
unsatisfactory for use on the project. 11
3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.7 PROTECTION 16
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 17
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 18
storage. 19
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 20
the manufacturer. 21
3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23
END OF SECTION 24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 70 00 1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6
a. Mobilization 7
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8
to the Site 9
2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10
at the Site 11
3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12
4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13
to another location within the designated Site 14
5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15
from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16
b. Demobilization 17
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18
away from the Site including disassembly 19
2) Site Clean-up 20
3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21
Contract 22
c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 23
work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24
2. Remobilization 25
26
a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 27
Documents or as required by City includes: 28
1) Demobilization 29
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 30
supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 31
equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 32
Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 33
b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 34
2) Remobilization 35
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 36
supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 37
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 1
operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 2
3) No Payments will be made for: 3
a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 4
Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 5
b) Stand-by or idle time 6
c) Lost profits 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 15
a. Measurement 16
1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 17
b. Payment 18
1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 19
Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 20
made in partial payments as follows: 21
a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 22
earned, 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 23
b) When 25% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 24
earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 25
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 26
c) When 50% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 27
earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 28
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 29
d) When 75% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 30
earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 31
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 32
e) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of total 33
contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for 34
consideration of rejection. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 37
2) Performance Bond 38
01 70 00
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 13, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Payment Bond 1
4) Maintenance Bond 2
5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 3
6) Demobilization 4
d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 5
Item. 6
2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, as 7
required by City 8
a. Measurement and Payment 9
1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 11 10
of Section 00 72 00. 11
2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 12
with this Item. 13
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 71 23 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor. 6
2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at 7
the Site. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Construction Staking 16
a. Measurement and Payment 17
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 18
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
2. As-Built Survey 20
a. Measurement and Payment 21
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 22
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Certificates 30
1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 31
conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 32
a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 33
State of Texas. 34
B. Field Quality Control Submittals 35
1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 36
C. As-built Survey Submittal: 37
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. AutoCAD (.dwg) 1
2. ESRI Shapefile (.shp) 2
3. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns 3
4. Include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project control and benchmarks, 4
and feature descriptions 5
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8
A. Construction Staking 9
1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 10
2. Coordination 11
a. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 12
activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 13
3. General 14
a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking. 15
b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 16
been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the 17
contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-18
stake the deficient areas. 19
B. As-built Survey 20
1. As-built Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 21
2. Coordination 22
a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey and 23
required for construction remains intact. 24
b. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that 25
construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 26
c. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during 27
construction operations. 28
d. For sewer mains and water lines 12-inch and smaller in diameter, if permitted 29
by City in writing, Contractor may physically measure depth and mark the 30
location during the progress of construction and perform As-built Survey after 31
the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality 32
control required to ensure accuracy if this approach is permitted. 33
3. General 34
a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 35
logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 36
b. The Contractor perform as-built survey to obtain construction features 37
including, but not limited to, the following: 38
1) All Utility Lines 39
a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 40
junction structure 41
2) Water Lines 42
a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for water lines at the following 43
locations: 44
(1) Every 250 linear feet 45
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
(2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All 1
Fittings) 2
(3) Cathodic protection test stations 3
(4) Sampling stations 4
(5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) 5
(6) Fire lines 6
(7) Fire hydrants and valves 7
(8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves 8
(9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines 9
(10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) 10
(11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 11
(12) Pressure plane valves 12
(13) Cleaning wyes 13
(14) Casing pipe (each end) 14
b) Storm Sewer 15
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: 16
(a) Every 250 linear feet 17
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 18
c) Sanitary Sewer 19
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 20
the following locations: 21
(a) Every 250 linear feet 22
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 23
(c) Cleanouts 24
c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 25
logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line 26
and grade required by these Specifications. 27
1) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 28
the correction of it, as required. 29
2) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 30
3) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 31
joint and submit daily records to City. 32
4) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 33
the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 34
Documents. 35
d. Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all lines 36
and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 37
beginning each tunneling drive. 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 40
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 41
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 42
PART 3 - EXECUTION 43
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 44
01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2
3.4 APPLICATION 3
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 4
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 5
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6
A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance 7
with this Specification. 8
B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 74 23 1
CLEANING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6
systems specified elsewhere 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Scheduling 19
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22
inspection. 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31
those materials. 32
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Cleaning Agents 6
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 7
2. New and uncontaminated 8
3. For manufactured surfaces 9
a. Material recommended by manufacturer 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING 23
A. General 24
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 25
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 26
governing authorities. 27
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 28
storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 29
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 30
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 31
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 32
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 1
off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 2
and regulations. 3
a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 4
easement or surrounding property. 5
7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 6
8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 7
this project. 8
9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 9
of required permanent Work. 10
10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 11
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 12
11. Do not burn on-site. 13
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 14
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 15
personnel in existing facility operations. 16
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 17
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 18
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 19
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 20
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 21
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 22
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 23
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 24
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 25
C. Interior Final Cleaning 26
1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 27
foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 28
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 29
3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 30
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 31
5. Ventilating systems 32
a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 33
during construction. 34
b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 35
construction. 36
6. Replace all burned out lamps. 37
7. Broom clean process area floors. 38
8. Mop office and control room floors. 39
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 40
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 41
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 42
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 43
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 44
01 74 23
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised September 20, 2018
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 1
junction boxes and inlets. 2
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 3
City, remove erosion control from site. 4
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 77 19 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
3. Section 33 01 30 – Post Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 19
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 20
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 21
satisfactorily filed with the City. 22
B. Release of Liens or Claims 23
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 24
release of liens has been submitted to the City. 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 27
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 5
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 6
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 7
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 8
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 9
01 74 23. 10
C. Final Inspection 11
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 12
representative that the Work is completed. 13
a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 14
that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 15
b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 16
c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 17
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 18
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 19
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 20
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 21
City. 22
3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 23
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 24
of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 25
Final Inspection of the project. 26
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 27
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 28
a. Specified spare parts 29
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 30
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 31
d. Light bulbs 32
e. Fuses 33
f. Vault keys 34
g. Handwheels 35
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 36
equipment 37
D. Supporting Documentation 38
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 39
additional forms: 40
a. Final Payment Request 41
b. Statement of Contract Time 42
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 43
01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 1
E. Letter of Final Acceptance 2
1. When City has deemed the Work has been completed, and upon receiving all 3
Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue 4
Letter of Final Acceptance and release the final payment request for payment. 5
F. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 6
1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in Section 33 7
01 30 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 calendar days and 8
finished no later than 690 calendar days after the date of issuance of the Letter of 9
Final Acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 10
2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 11
manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored manholes). 12
a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 13
be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 14
3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 15
indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 16
action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 17
second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 18
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 78 23 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 6
operation of products furnished under Contract 7
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: 8
a. Traffic Controllers 9
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) 10
c. Butterfly Valves 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 19
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Schedule 23
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 24
shipment to the project site. 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 27
approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittal Form 30
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 31
2. Format 32
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 33
b. Paper 34
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 35
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal 36
c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 37
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Drawings 1
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 3
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 4
equipment. 5
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of 6
equipment. 7
2) Provide indexed tabs. 8
f. Cover 9
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 10
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 11
2) List: 12
a) Title of Project 13
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 14
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 15
3. Binders 16
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 17
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent 18
groupings. 19
4. Provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 20
B. Manual Content 21
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order 22
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 23
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 24
c. List, with each product: 25
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 26
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the 27
volume 28
3) Identify area of responsibility of each 29
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 30
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set 31
forth in Contract Documents. 32
2. Product Data 33
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 34
b. Annotate each sheet to: 35
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 36
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 37
3) Delete references to inapplicable information 38
3. Drawings 39
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 40
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 41
2) Control and flow diagrams 42
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 43
correct illustration of completed installation. 44
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 45
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 46
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 47
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 48
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued 1
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 2
1) Proper procedures in event of failure 3
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 4
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 5
1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form. 6
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 7
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 8
1) Catalog number, size, composition 9
2) Color and texture designations 10
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products 11
b. Instructions for care and maintenance 12
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 13
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 14
product 15
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 16
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 17
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 18
1) Applicable standards 19
2) Chemical composition 20
3) Details of installation 21
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair 22
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 23
1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form. 24
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 25
a. Description of unit and component parts 26
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 27
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 28
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 29
b. Operating procedures 30
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 31
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 32
3) Summer and winter operating instructions 33
4) Special operating instructions 34
c. Maintenance procedures 35
1) Routine operations 36
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 37
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 38
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking 39
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 40
1) List of lubricants required 41
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 42
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 43
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 44
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 45
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 46
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 47
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 48
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 1
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 2
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 3
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 5
a. Description of system and component parts 6
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 7
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 8
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 9
b. Circuit directories of panelboards 10
1) Electrical service 11
2) Controls 12
3) Communications 13
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 14
d. Operating procedures 15
1) Routine and normal operating instructions 16
2) Sequences required 17
3) Special operating instructions 18
e. Maintenance procedures 19
1) Routine operations 20
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 21
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 22
4) Adjustment and checking 23
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 24
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 25
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 26
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 27
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent 28
during instruction of City's personnel. 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 33
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 34
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 35
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 36
01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 01 78 39 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A.Section Includes: 5
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6
documents, including: 7
a. Record Drawings 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21
Project Manager. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26
A.Accuracy of Records 27
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32
Record Documents. 33
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34
information that the change has occurred. 35
36
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4
A.Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6
the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7
damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8
Project Record Documents. 9
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10
to the City's approval. 11
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12
Contract Documents. 13
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18
A.Job set 19
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21
B. Final Record Documents 22
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31
A.Maintenance of Job Set 32
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34
Drawings and the Project Manual. 35
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Preservation 1
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4
suitable method for protecting the job set. 5
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8
3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9
a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11
installation of the infrastructure. 12
4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14
Specifications if applicable. 15
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16
change by graphic line and note as required. 17
c. Date all entries. 18
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20
changes. 21
5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24
portray precise physical layout. 25
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26
City's approval. 27
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29
shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31
inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33
City's approval. 34
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37
reliably to the Specifications. 38
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41
by the City. 42
B. Final Project Record Documents 43
1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45
Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46
coordinating the changes as required. 47
01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 1
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 2
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 3
affected. 4
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 5
longevity and clear reproduction. 6
e. Provide GPS coordinates for all underground utility appurtenances, bends, 7
fittings, valves, manholes, junction boxes or other structures. This requirement 8
shall encompass all water, sanitary sewer, or drainage improvements. 9
f. Record Drawing documents shall be submitted in an electronic format (.pdf). 10
11
2. Transfer of data to other Documents 12
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 13
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 14
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 15
Record Documents. 16
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 17
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 18
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 19
of the City. 20
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 21
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30
END OF SECTION 31
32
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Added GPS and electronic format requirements to Record Drawings under 3.4.B.
33
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 02 41 13 1
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal and disposal of: 6
a. Steps 7
b. Fence 8
c. Guardrail 9
d. Mailbox 10
e. Riprap 11
f. Stormwater Structure 12
g. Retaining Walls Less Than 4 Feet 13
h. Retaining Walls Greater Than 4 Feet 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment. 21
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Removal of Stairs 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per square foot of horizontal surfaces only of Removal of Stairs. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per square foot of horizontal surfaces only for Removal of Stairs. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Removal of stairs constructed of any material (i.e. concrete, wood, metal, 33
etc) 34
2) Sawing 35
3) Loading 36
4) Unloading 37
5) Storing 38
6) Hauling 39
7) Disposal 40
8) Clean-up 41
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
9) Repair adjacent sidewalk or pavement damaged by the removal of steps 1
2. Removal of Fence 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Fence. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Fence. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of all post types 10
2) Removal of all fence types 11
3) Removal of all gate types 12
4) Removal of post foundations 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Disposal 18
10) Clean-up 19
3. Removal of Guardrail 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Guardrail. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Guardrail. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Removal of all post types 28
2) Removal of all guardrail types 29
3) Removal of post foundations 30
4) Removal of concrete mow strip 31
5) Removal of all end terminal types 32
6) Loading 33
7) Unloading 34
8) Storing 35
9) Hauling 36
10) Disposal 37
11) Clean-up 38
4. Removal of Mailbox 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per each Removal of Mailbox. 41
b. Payment 42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 43
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 44
price bid per each for Removal of Mailbox. 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Removal of all post types 47
2) Removal of post foundations 48
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Removal of all mailbox types 1
4) Removal of mailbox bank 2
5) Removal of all brick, concrete block, stone façade, or any other decorative 3
and structural material used to construct a mailbox 4
6) Temporary mailbox, mailbox bank, or other form of mail access 5
7) Coordination with USPS and property owner 6
8) Loading 7
9) Unloading 8
10) Storing 9
11) Hauling 10
12) Salvaging or disposal 11
13) Clean-up 12
5. Removal of Riprap 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per square yard of Removal of Riprap 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per square yard for Removal of Riprap. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Removal of all rock at all sizes and types 21
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 22
3) Removal of reinforcing 23
4) Removal of grout 24
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 25
6) Loading 26
7) Unloading 27
8) Storing 28
9) Hauling 29
10) Salvaging or disposal 30
11) Clean-up 31
6. Removal of Stormwater Structure 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each Removal of Stormwater Structure 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each for Removal of Stormwater Structure. 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Removal of all headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments at all sizes and 40
types 41
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 42
3) Removal of reinforcing 43
4) Removal of grout 44
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 45
6) Temporary shoring 46
7) Loading 47
8) Unloading 48
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
9) Storing 1
10) Hauling 2
11) Backfilling 3
12) Salvaging or disposal 4
13) Clean-up 5
7. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 11
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 14
2) Removal of wall 15
3) Removal of reinforcing 16
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 17
5) Loading 18
6) Unloading 19
7) Storing 20
8) Hauling 21
9) Salvaging or disposal 22
10) Clean-up 23
8. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 26
Feet. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 31
Feet. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 34
2) Removal of wall 35
3) Removal of reinforcing 36
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 37
5) Loading 38
6) Unloading 39
7) Storing 40
8) Hauling 41
9) Salvaging or disposal 42
10) Clean-up 43
1.3 REFERENCES 44
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 45
1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 46
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 47
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Sequencing 1
2
1. Sidewalk Construction 3
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 4
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 5
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 6
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 7
engineer to City for review. 8
2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 9
Control items included with the project. 10
b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 11
State, and local guidelines. 12
c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS 14
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17
A. Shop Drawings 18
1. Temporary Shoring Design 19
a. Submit a temporary shoring design for review and approval prior to removal of 20
retaining walls or any other removal activities requiring a shoring wall. 21
b. The design of a shoring wall is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid 22
item. 23
c. Provide a signed and sealed shoring wall design by an engineer licensed in the 24
state of Texas for all shoring walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 25
or directed by City. 26
B. Informational Submittal 27
1. Equipment Information 28
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 29
1) Equipment name 30
2) Size 31
3) Intended use 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION 9
A. Surface Preparation 10
1. Verify all removal limits prior to construction unless otherwise directed by the City. 11
3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 12
A. Disposal of materials 13
1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 14
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 15
regulations. 16
3. The disposal of any material removed as part of Selective Site Demolition is 17
considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 18
B. Removal of Stairs 19
1. Sawing 20
a. Perform sawing activities for concrete paving and sidewalk in accordance with 21
Section 02 41 15. 22
2. Minimum Limits of Stair Removal 23
a. If adjacent stairs are to remain, remove stair to the nearest whole stair. Do not 24
saw cut an existing stair. 25
b. If stairs to be removed are adjacent to a sidewalk, remove stairs to the nearest 26
sidewalk joint. 27
C. Removal of Fence 28
1. Remove all fence components above and below ground. 29
2. Backfill holes with acceptable fill material. 30
3. Compact per Drawings. 31
4. Use caution in removing any fence material. 32
5. Coordinate with property owners as needed to maintain a fenced area at all times 33
especially when animals are kept within the fencing. 34
6. Contractor is responsible for maintaining fencing and installing temporary fencing 35
as needed during construction. 36
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7. Contractor is responsible for providing fencing at all times. 1
8. Installing and removing temporary fencing when necessary is subsidiary to 2
Removal of Fence. 3
D. Removal of Guardrail 4
1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 5
2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail prior to removing the posts. Once 6
the fittings and metal railing is removed, remove the posts. 7
3. Remove and replace any guardrail to remain that is damaged during construction 8
activities at no cost to the City. 9
4. Completely remove posts and any paving material surrounding the posts. 10
5. Backfill any holes with acceptable fill material. 11
E. Removal of Mailbox 12
1. Advance Coordination: 13
a. Coordinate with property owner prior to removal of mailbox. 14
b. Coordinate with local post office prior to removal. Provide approach and access 15
space in accordance to post office requirements. 16
c. Provide the City and the property owner with a written confirmation of the 17
timeframe. 18
2. For non-custom or decorative postal mailboxes, salvage existing materials for 19
reuse. 20
3. For all custom and/or decorative mailboxes: 21
a. Replace the custom mailbox with a standard post office approved mailbox. No 22
custom mailboxes will be constructed unless specified in the Drawings or 23
directed by the City. 24
b. If property owner wishes to remove or salvage a custom mailbox, determine an 25
agreed upon timeframe with the City, the Contractor, and the property owner 26
for removal. 27
4. The Contractor is responsible for providing a temporary mailbox during 28
construction for any mailbox that is proposed to be removed and relocated, 29
reinstalled, or replaced. 30
5. Maintain mailbox and/or mail delivery for duration of project. No separate pay will 31
be provided. 32
F. Removal of Riprap 33
1. Remove concrete riprap to the nearest joint. 34
2. Conform to concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 35
G. Removal of Stormwater Structure 36
1. Remove entire structure or to the nearest joint as specified in the Drawings. 37
2. Removal includes all components of the stormwater structure including footings, 38
toe walls, and mitered RCP ends. 39
a. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 40
b. In accordance with utility pipe removal requirements in Section 02 41 14. 41
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Provide temporary erosion control protection for adjacent side slopes, drainage 1
channels, and ditches. Temporary erosion control is considered subsidiary to the 2
Removal of Stormwater Structures. 3
4. Provide temporary shoring, if required. 4
5. Repair any portion of remaining structure that is damaged as a result of removal 5
activities. 6
6. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 7
7. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 8
approved in writing by City. 9
8. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 10
limits. 11
9. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the 12
stormwater structure. 13
H. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 14
1. Any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-way will not 15
be replaced unless required for grading purposes. 16
2. A retaining wall is required if the slope to tie back to existing ground within the 17
City’s right-of-way is steeper than 4:1. 18
3. If a retaining wall is required: 19
a. Determine if a retaining wall is required before removing any decorative or 20
landscape retaining walls. 21
b. Request approval from City before removing decorative or landscape retaining 22
wall. 23
4. If a retaining wall is not required: 24
a. Remove any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-25
way and re-grade to a maximum of 4:1 slope. 26
b. Do not replace the decorative or landscape retaining wall. 27
5. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint where possible. If not possible, obtain 28
approval from the City for removal limits. 29
6. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 30
7. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall. 31
8. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 32
9. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 33
approved in writing. 34
10. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 35
limits. 36
11. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 37
wall. 38
12. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 39
for workers and the travelling public. 40
I. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 41
1. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint. 42
2. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 43
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 1
4. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 2
5. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 3
approved in writing. 4
6. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 5
limits. 6
7. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 7
wall. 8
8. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 9
for workers and the travelling public. 10
3.5 REPAIR 11
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Selective Site 12
Demolition activities: 13
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 14
2. Adjacent sidewalk 15
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 16
4. Remaining portions of stormwater structures 17
5. Remaining portions of retaining walls 18
6. Subgrade or base material 19
7. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 20
8. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 21
9. Landscape beds or planters 22
10. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 02 41 14 1
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities: 6
a. General Utility Items: 7
1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 8
Stormwater 9
2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 10
Stormwater 11
3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 12
4) Utility Manhole Abandonment – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 13
5) Utility Manhole Removal – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 14
6) Plugging of Utility Lines – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 15
7) Utility Junction Structure Removal – Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 16
b. Water Specific Items: 17
1) Water Valve Removal 18
2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19
3) Water Valve Abandonment 20
4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 21
5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage 22
6) Concrete Water Vault Removal 23
7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 24
c. Stormwater Specific Items: 25
1) Stormwater Inlet Removal 26
2) Headwall/SET Removal 27
3) Trench Drain Removal 28
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 29
1. None. 30
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 31
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 32
Contract. 33
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 34
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 35
4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 36
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 37
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 38
7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 39
8. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 40
9. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe 41
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2
A. Measurement and Payment 3
1. General Utility Items 4
a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 5
1) Measurement 6
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 7
to be abandoned. 8
2) Payment 9
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 10
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 11
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Grout Fill Utility Line” for: 12
(1) Various Sizes. 13
3) The price bid shall include: 14
a) Dewatering (as required) 15
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 16
c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM 17
d) Water 18
e) Pavement Removal 19
f) Excavation 20
g) Hauling 21
h) Disposal of excess materials 22
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23
j) Clean-up 24
b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 25
1) Measurement 26
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 27
to be removed. 28
2) Payment 29
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 30
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 31
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Remove Utility Line” for: 32
(1) Various Sizes. 33
3) The price bid shall include: 34
a) Dewatering (as required) 35
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 36
c) Pavement Removal 37
d) Excavation 38
e) Hauling 39
f) Disposal of excess materials 40
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41
h) Clean-up 42
c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 43
1) Measurement 44
a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being 45
installed. 46
2) Payment 47
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 1
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe 2
installed. 3
d. Utility Manhole Abandonment 4
1) Measurement 5
a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned. 6
2) Payment 7
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 8
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 9
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Utility Manhole” for: 10
(1) Various diameters. 11
3) The price bid shall include: 12
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 13
b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 14
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 15
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 16
e) Concrete 17
f) Sand 18
g) Pavement removal 19
h) Excavation 20
i) Hauling 21
j) Disposal of excess materials 22
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23
l) Surface restoration 24
m) Clean-up 25
e. Utility Manhole Removal 26
1) Measurement 27
a) Measured per each manhole to be removed. 28
2) Payment 29
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 30
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 31
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Manhole” for: 32
(1) Various diameters. 33
3) The price bid shall include: 34
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 35
b) Removal and disposal of manhole 36
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 37
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 38
e) Pavement removal 39
f) Excavation 40
g) Hauling 41
h) Disposal of excess materials 42
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 43
j) Surface restoration 44
k) Clean-up 45
f. Plugging of Utility Lines 46
1) Measurement 47
a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 48
2) Payment 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with 1
this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Utility Line 2
Plugging”. 3
4
3) The price bid shall include: 5
a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs 6
b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs 7
c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs) 8
d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs) 9
e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs) 10
f) Pavement removal 11
g) Excavation 12
h) Hauling 13
i) Disposal of excess material 14
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 15
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 16
l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs) 17
m) Testing (for pressure plugs) 18
n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs) 19
o) Clean-up 20
g. Utility Junction Structure Removal 21
1) Measurement 22
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 23
2) Payment 24
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 25
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 26
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Junction Structure”. 27
3) The price bid shall include: 28
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 29
b) Removal and disposal of junction structure 30
c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers 31
d) Removal and disposal of hatches 32
e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 33
f) Pavement removal 34
g) Excavation 35
h) Hauling 36
i) Disposal of excess materials 37
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 38
k) Surface restoration 39
l) Clean-up 40
2. Water Specific Items 41
a. Water Valve Removal 42
1) Measurement 43
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed. 44
2) Payment 45
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 46
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 47
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 48
(1) Various sizes. 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) The price bid shall include: 1
a) Removal and disposal of valve 2
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 3
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 4
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 5
(if required) 6
e) CLSM 7
f) Pavement removal 8
g) Excavation 9
h) Hauling 10
i) Disposal of excess materials 11
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
k) Clean-up 13
b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 14
1) Measurement 15
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. 16
2) Payment 17
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 18
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 19
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 20
(1) Various sizes. 21
3) The price bid shall include: 22
a) Removal and salvage of valve 23
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 24
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 25
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 26
(if required) 27
e) CLSM 28
f) Delivery to City 29
g) Pavement removal 30
h) Excavation 31
i) Hauling 32
j) Disposal of excess materials 33
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34
l) Clean-up 35
c. Water Valve Abandonment 36
1) Measurement 37
a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned. 38
2) Payment 39
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 40
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 41
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 42
(1) Various sizes. 43
3) The price bid shall include: 44
a) Abandonment of valve 45
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 46
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 47
d) CLSM 48
e) Pavement removal 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
f) Excavation 1
g) Hauling 2
h) Disposal of excess materials 3
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 4
j) Clean-up 5
d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 6
1) Measurement 7
a) Measured per each fire hydrant to be removed and salvaged. 8
2) Payment 9
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 10
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 11
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 12
3) The price bid shall include: 13
a) Removal of fire hydrant 14
b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required) 15
c) Delivery to City (if required) 16
d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required) 17
e) Pavement removal 18
f) Excavation 19
g) Hauling 20
h) Disposal of excess materials 21
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22
j) Clean-up 23
e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 24
1) Measurement 25
a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. 26
2) Payment 27
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 28
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 29
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter”. 30
3) The price bid shall include: 31
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 32
salvage of water meter 33
b) Removal of existing water meter box 34
c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City 35
d) Pavement removal 36
e) Excavation 37
f) Hauling 38
g) Disposal of excess materials 39
h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
i) Clean-up 41
f. Concrete Water Vault Removal 42
1) Measurement 43
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 44
2) Payment 45
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 46
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 47
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 48
3) The price bid shall include: 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 7 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 1
salvage of water meter (if applicable) 2
b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable) 3
c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if 4
applicable) 5
d) Removal and disposal of manhole 6
e) Removal and disposal of vault 7
f) Removal and disposal of hatches 8
g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 9
h) Pavement removal 10
i) Excavation 11
j) Hauling 12
k) Disposal of excess materials 13
l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 14
m) Surface restoration 15
n) Clean-up 16
g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 17
1) Measurement 18
a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. 19
2) Payment 20
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 22
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 23
3) The price bid shall include: 24
a) Abandon cathodic test station 25
b) CLSM 26
c) Pavement removal 27
d) Excavation 28
e) Hauling 29
f) Disposal of excess materials 30
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 31
h) Clean-up 32
3. Stormwater Specific Items 33
a. Stormwater Inlet Removal 34
1) Measurement 35
a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed. 36
2) Payment 37
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 38
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 39
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet”. 40
3) The price bid shall include: 41
a) Removal and disposal of inlet 42
b) Pavement removal 43
c) Excavation 44
d) Hauling 45
e) Disposal of excess materials 46
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 47
g) Clean-up 48
b. Headwall/SET Removal 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 8 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Measurement 1
a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be 2
removed. 3
2) Payment 4
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 6
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 7
3) The price bid shall include: 8
a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 9
b) Pavement removal 10
c) Excavation 11
d) Hauling 12
e) Disposal of excess materials 13
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 14
g) Clean-up 15
c. Trench Drain Removal 16
1) Measurement 17
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain 18
to be removed. 19
2) Payment 20
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 22
at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain”. 23
3) The price bid shall include: 24
a) Removal and disposal of trench drain 25
b) Pavement removal 26
c) Excavation 27
d) Hauling 28
e) Disposal of excess materials 29
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 30
g) Clean-up 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Abbreviations 33
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 34
B. Definitions 35
1. Pressure Plug – Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service 36
with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable. 37
2. Abandonment Plug – Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be 38
abandoned with CLSM. 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Coordination 41
1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material 42
return. 43
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 9 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Special Procedure Submittals 5
1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan: 6
a. Grout fill narrative 7
b. Grout port locations 8
c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14
1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to 15
City. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION 27
A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary 28
sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed. 29
3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 30
A. General Utility Items 31
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 10 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 1
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 2
b. Dewater existing line to be grouted. 3
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines. 4
d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15 5
or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 6
e. Dispose of any excess material. 7
2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9
b. Dewater existing line to be removed. 10
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer 11
lines. 12
d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal. 13
e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City. 14
3. Utility Manhole Abandonment 15
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 16
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone 17
section. 18
c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in 19
accordance with Section 03 30 00. 20
d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21
4. Utility Manhole Removal 22
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 23
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings. 24
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 25
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 26
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 27
5. Plugging of Utility Lines 28
a. Water Line Pressure Plugs 29
1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines 30
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31
b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in 32
accordance with Section 33 14 10. 33
2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 34
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 35
b) Plug line using: 36
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 37
33 14 12; or 38
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12. 39
3) Buried Steel Water Lines 40
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 41
b) Plug line using: 42
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 43
33 14 13; or 44
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13. 45
b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs 46
1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 47
2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines. 48
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 11 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured. 1
4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe. 2
5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with 3
Section 03 34 14. 4
a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an 5
acceptable alternative. 6
6. Utility Junction Structure Removal 7
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 8
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings. 9
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 10
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 11
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 12
B. Water Items 13
1. Water Valve Removal 14
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 15
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 16
c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem. 17
d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 18
2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 21
c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by 22
City Inspector. 23
d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 24
e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 25
3. Water Valve Abandonment 26
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 27
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 28
c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 29
4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 30
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31
b. Remove fire hydrant. 32
c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 33
d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City. 34
e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 35
5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 36
a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter. 37
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 38
b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes. 39
c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City 40
Inspector. 41
d. Crimp abandoned service lines. 42
e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 43
6. Concrete Water Vault Removal 44
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 45
b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if 46
applicable. 47
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 12 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 1
c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable. 2
d. Remove and salvage vault lid. 3
e. Remove and salvage test stations. 4
f. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 5
g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances. 6
h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector. 7
i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault. 8
j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs. 9
k. Dispose of excess materials. 10
7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 11
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 12
b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 13
c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 14
C. Stormwater Items 15
1. Stormwater Inlet Removal 16
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 17
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 18
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 19
2. Headwall/SET Removal 20
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21
b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET. 22
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 23
3. Trench Drain Removal 24
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25
b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe. 26
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36
37
38
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 13 of 13
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 02 41 15 1
PAVING REMOVAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Construction methods for 6
a. Remove Concrete Pavement 7
b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 8
c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 9
d. Remove Sidewalk 10
e. Remove Curb Ramp 11
f. Remove Asphalt Pavement 12
g. Remove Driveway 13
h. Remove Brick Pavers 14
i. Remove Permeable Pavers 15
j. Wedge Milling 16
k. Surface Milling 17
l. Butt Joint Milling 18
m. Pavement Pulverization 19
n. Obliterate Abandoned Road 20
o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 21
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 22
1. None. 23
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 24
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25
Contract. 26
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 27
3. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 28
4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Pavement Repair. 29
5. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 30
6. Section 32 11 33 – Cement Treated Base Courses. 31
7. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control. 32
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33
A. Measurement and Payment 34
1. Remove Concrete Pavement 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 37
concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all 38
thicknesses. 39
b. Payment 40
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Pavement.” 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Sawing and breaking the material 5
2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement 6
3) Loading 7
4) Unloading 8
5) Storing 9
6) Hauling 10
7) Salvaging or disposing 11
8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete 12
2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per linear foot of “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per linear foot for “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Sawing and breaking the material 21
2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter 22
3) Cleaning 23
4) Loading 24
5) Unloading 25
6) Storing 26
7) Hauling 27
8) Salvaging or disposing 28
9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 29
curb and gutter 30
3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per square yard of “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Sawing and breaking the material 39
2) Removal of concrete valley gutter 40
3) Cleaning 41
4) Loading 42
5) Unloading 43
6) Storing 44
7) Hauling 45
8) Salvaging or disposing 46
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley 47
gutter 48
49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Remove Sidewalk 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Sidewalk.” 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per square foot for “Remove Sidewalk.” 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls 9
2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in 10
height 11
3) Sawing and breaking the material 12
4) Cleaning 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Salvaging or disposing 18
10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 19
sidewalk 20
5. Remove Curb Ramp 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per each of “Remove Curb Ramp.” 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per each for “Remove Curb Ramp” for: 27
a) Various types. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles 30
2) Sawing and breaking the material 31
3) Loading 32
4) Unloading 33
5) Storing 34
6) Hauling 35
7) Salvaging or disposing 36
8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the 37
removal of curb ramp 38
6. Remove Asphalt Pavement 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge 41
of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Remove Asphalt Pavement.” 46
c. The price bid shall include: 47
1) Sawing 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Breaking the material 1
3) Removal of asphalt pavement 2
4) Loading 3
5) Unloading 4
6) Storing 5
7) Hauling 6
8) Salvaging or disposing 7
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt 8
7. Remove Driveway 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Driveway.” 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per square foot for “Remove Driveway” for: 15
a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers). 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Sawing 18
2) Breaking the material 19
3) Removal of driveway material 20
4) Loading 21
5) Unloading 22
6) Storing 23
7) Hauling 24
8) Salvaging or disposing 25
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway 26
8. Remove Brick Pavers 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Brick Pavers.” 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per square foot for “Remove Brick Pavers.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing 35
subgrade. 36
2) Sawing 37
3) Breaking the material 38
4) Removal of brick pavers 39
5) Cleaning 40
6) Loading 41
7) Unloading 42
8) Storing 43
9) Hauling 44
10) Disposal 45
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 46
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks 47
9. Remove Permeable Pavers 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Measurement 1
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 2
b. Payment 3
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5
price bid per square foot for “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to 8
existing subgrade or compacted soil. 9
2) Sawing 10
3) Breaking the material 11
4) Removal of permeable pavers 12
5) Cleaning 13
6) Loading 14
7) Unloading 15
8) Storing 16
9) Hauling 17
10) Disposal 18
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 19
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers 20
10. Wedge Milling 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per square yard of “Wedge Milling.” 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per square yard for “Wedge Milling.” 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Milling 29
2) Rolling 30
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 31
4) Cleaning 32
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 33
6) Loading 34
7) Unloading 35
8) Storing 36
9) Hauling 37
10) Salvaging or disposing 38
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling 39
11. Surface Milling 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measured square yard of “Surface Milling.” 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Surface Milling.” 46
c. The price bid shall include: 47
1) Milling 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Rolling 1
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 2
4) Cleaning 3
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 4
6) Loading 5
7) Unloading 6
8) Storing 7
9) Hauling 8
10) Salvaging or disposing 9
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling 10
12. Butt Joint Milling 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per linear foot of “Butt Milling.” 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per linear feet for “Butt Milling.” 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Milling 19
2) Rolling 20
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 21
4) Cleaning 22
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 23
6) Loading 24
7) Unloading 25
8) Storing 26
9) Hauling 27
10) Salvaging or disposing 28
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling 29
13. Pavement Pulverization 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per square yard of “Pavement Pulverization.” 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per square yard for “Pavement Pulverization.” 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Pulverization 38
2) Base undercutting 39
3) Mixing and compaction 40
4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 41
5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 42
6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material 43
7) Loading 44
8) Unloading 45
9) Storing 46
10) Hauling 47
11) Salvaging or disposing 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization 1
14. Obliterate Abandoned Road 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per square yard of “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per square yard for “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil 10
2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil 11
3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway 12
4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway 13
5) Sodding 14
6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate 15
7) Loading 16
8) Unloading 17
9) Storing 18
10) Hauling 19
11) Salvaging or disposing 20
12) Clean-up 21
15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 22
a. Measurement 23
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 24
or stormwater piping. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 28
stormwater piping installed. 29
1.3 REFERENCES 30
A. Abbreviations 31
1. HMA – Hot-mix Asphalt 32
B. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38
A. Sequencing 39
1. Sidewalk Construction 40
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 41
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 42
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 43
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 44
engineer to the City for review. 45
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 1
Control items included with the project. 2
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 3
State, and local guidelines. 4
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 5
2. Pavement Removal 6
a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings. 7
b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been 8
signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review. 9
B. Pre-removal Meeting 10
1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving 11
Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will 12
be reviewed and discussed at the meeting: 13
a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed 14
b. Concrete paving removal method 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19
A. Informational Submittal: 20
1. Equipment Information 21
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 22
1) Equipment name 23
2) Size 24
3) Intended use 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Site Preparation 5
1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction. 6
2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits 7
prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities. 8
3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to 9
construction. 10
3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 11
A. Sawing 12
1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 13
2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 14
depth. 15
3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted. 16
4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 17
provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 18
Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 19
5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter, 20
remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge. 21
6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 22
or other approved dust reducing measures. 23
7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the 24
storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 25
8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any 26
damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in 27
accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City. 28
B. Remove Concrete Paving 29
1. Saw Cut 30
a. In accordance with this Section. 31
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 32
a. Parallel to the Centerline 33
1) Minimum cut along street path is: 34
a) 5 feet in total length 35
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 36
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 37
1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained 38
within the lane. 39
2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width 40
of affected lanes. 41
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times. 1
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 2
1) General: 3
a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 4
b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb. 5
c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of 6
curb. 7
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 8
a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be 9
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 10
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 11
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge 12
or repair. 13
b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is 14
less than 10 feet from centerline. 15
c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove 16
pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be 17
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 18
3. Construction 19
a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior 20
approval by City. 21
b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the 22
pre-removal Meeting. 23
c. Preferred method: 24
1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement. 25
2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does 26
not damage existing features. 27
d. If pavement can’t be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a 28
jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or 29
backhoe. 30
C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 31
1. Saw Cut 32
a. In accordance with this Section 33
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 34
a. Minimum width of 2-feet from back of curb 35
b. Minimum length of 30-inches 36
c. Removal shall be to the nearest construction joint (not necessarily centered on 37
the trench) 38
D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 39
1. Saw Cut 40
a. In accordance with this Section 41
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 42
a. Minimum width of 5 feet 43
b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge 44
c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving 45
E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp 46
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Saw Cut 1
a. In accordance with Sawing 2
2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal 3
a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet 4
b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of 5
specified removal limits. 6
c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of 7
specified removal limits. 8
d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any 9
portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings. 10
F. Remove Asphalt Paving 11
1. Saw Cut 12
a. In accordance with this Section 13
b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage. 14
c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if 15
necessary. 16
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 17
a. Parallel to the Centerline 18
1) Minimum cut along the street path is: 19
a) 5 feet in total length 20
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5 21
feet 22
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 23
1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane 24
line, remove the full lane width. 25
2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane, 26
remove from the lane line to the gutter edge. 27
3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to 28
half-lane-width. 29
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 30
1) General: 31
a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench 32
b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet. 33
c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to 34
gutter edge is less than 10 feet 35
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 36
a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge. 37
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 38
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench 39
edge or repair. 40
b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is 41
less than 10 feet from centerline. 42
c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from 43
trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet. 44
3. Construction 45
a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance 46
with this Section. 47
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for 1
asphalt pavement removal. 2
G. Remove Driveway 3
1. Saw Cut 4
a. In accordance with this Section 5
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 6
a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint. 7
1) Only driveway joints required by City design standards are considered, and 8
existing patches will not be considered as joints. 9
H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers 10
1. Saw Cut 11
a. In accordance with Sawing 12
b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is 13
concrete or asphalt. 14
2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings. 15
3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified 16
location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project. 17
I. Milling 18
1. General 19
a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings. 20
b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to 21
make the surface rough. 22
c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic: 23
1) Install a temporary transition section. 24
2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet. 25
3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled 26
surface to traffic. 27
d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces 28
e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way 29
unless otherwise approved by City. 30
2. Milling Equipment 31
a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria. 32
1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified 33
pavement thickness in maximum of two passes 34
2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain 35
accurate depth of cut and slope 36
3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway 37
and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and 38
reclaiming system 39
4) Equipped with a dust control system 40
5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut 41
while the machine is in motion. 42
3. Wedge and Surface Milling 43
a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City 44
or as specified in Drawings. 45
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum 1
depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot 2
width. 3
c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings. 4
d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other 5
irregularities. 6
e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing 7
concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the 8
full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling 9
the minimum 2 inches previously specified. 10
f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the 11
length specified in the Drawings. 12
4. Butt Joint Milling 13
a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation 14
b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where 15
asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may 16
be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings. 17
c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for 18
the width specified in the Drawings. 19
d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at 20
the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings. 21
e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section. 22
J. Pavement Pulverization 23
1. Pulverization 24
a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with 25
Section 32 11 33. 26
b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material. 27
c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches. 28
2. Cement Application 29
a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement 30
b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33. 31
3. Mixing 32
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 33
4. Compaction 34
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 35
5. Finishing 36
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 37
6. Curing 38
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 39
7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and 40
crushed stone or gravel 41
a. 2 inch cutting is not required 42
b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep 43
c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material 44
K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway 45
1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations 46
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section. 1
3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in 2
the Drawings. 3
4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth, 4
uniform appearance. 5
5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain. 6
6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage. 7
7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations. 8
8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed. 9
10
L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 11
1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal 12
activities. 13
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 14
regulations. 15
3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving 16
Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 17
4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material 18
as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance 19
with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use. 20
3.5 REPAIR 21
A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal 22
activities at no cost to the City: 23
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 24
2. Adjacent sidewalk 25
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 26
4. Subgrade or base material 27
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 28
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe 29
7. Landscape beds or planters 30
8. Sod 31
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 32
10. Decorative/stamped concrete 33
11. Sidewalk 34
12. Curb ramps 35
13. Traffic control signage 36
14. Pavement markings 37
15. Retaining walls 38
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
6
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 1 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 03 00 00 1
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 13
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14
5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 15
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 16
7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 17
8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 18
9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 19
10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 20
11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 21
12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 22
13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 23
14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 24
15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 25
16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Measurement 29
a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 30
incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 31
2. Payment 32
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 33
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 34
concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 35
separately. 36
37
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 2 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 6
a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 7
b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 8
c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 9
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 10
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 11
b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 12
Concrete Reinforcement 13
c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 14
Quality, Mechanical Properties 15
d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 16
Concrete Reinforcement 17
e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 18
Concrete Reinforcement 19
f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 20
Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 21
g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 22
h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 23
i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 24
j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 25
k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 26
l. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 27
m. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 28
n. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 29
Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 30
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 31
Specifications (DMS) 32
a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 33
b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 34
c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 35
d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 36
e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 37
f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 38
Retardants 39
g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 40
5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 41
a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 42
b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 43
c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 44
Mix Designs 45
d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 46
Moisture Method 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 3 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Shop Drawing 6
1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 7
to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 8
by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 9
concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 10
a. Concrete Material Source Information 11
1) Concrete supplier name 12
2) Project name and address 13
3) Contractor name 14
4) Mixture Identification Number 15
b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 16
1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 17
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18
2) Maximum slump 19
3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 20
4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 21
5) Design Target Strength 22
6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 23
318 24
7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 25
a) Cement 26
b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 27
c) Coarse Aggregate 28
d) Fine Aggregate 29
e) Water 30
8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 31
9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 32
c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 33
handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 34
2. Product Data 35
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 36
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 37
on the project. 38
b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 39
1) Manufacturer name 40
2) Date 41
3) Material description 42
4) Point of delivery 43
5) Data and test results as required in this Section 44
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 4 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 1
Compounds) 2
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 3
8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 4
9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 5
c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 6
1) Resin or hardener components 7
2) Brand name 8
3) Name of manufacturer 9
4) Lot or batch number 10
5) Temperature range for storage 11
6) Date of manufacture 12
7) Expiration date 13
8) Quantity contained 14
d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 15
1) Product data sheet 16
2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 17
Section and other applicable standards. 18
3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-19
4550, Fibers for Concrete 20
4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 21
5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 22
requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 23
6) Installation and mixing instructions 24
7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-25
4550, Fibers for Concrete. 26
B. Informational Submittals 27
1. Source Locations 28
a. Provide the location of all material sources 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 32
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 34
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35
66 00. 36
B. Storage and Stockpiling 37
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 38
a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 39
dampness or absorption of moisture. 40
2. Steel Reinforcement 41
a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 42
b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration caused 43
by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 44
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 5 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Concrete Production Materials 6
1. Cementitious Material 7
a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 8
b. Cement 9
1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 10
Cement or Type IL in accordance with ASTM C595. 11
2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 12
listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 13
Cement”. 14
c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 15
1) Fly Ash 16
a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 17
b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 18
(1) Class C and Class F 19
(2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 20
(3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 21
c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 22
on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 23
d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 24
2) Other SCMs 25
a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 26
2. Water 27
a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 28
other deleterious substances. 29
b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 30
Health. 31
c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 32
Department of Health prior to construction. 33
1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 34
may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 35
3. Aggregate 36
a. General 37
1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 38
aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 39
2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 40
crushed concrete pavement. 41
b. Fine aggregate 42
1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 43
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 6 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Coarse Aggregates 1
1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 2
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 3
2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 4
tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 5
3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 6
concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 7
Table 1 8
Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart 9
Aggregate
Grade
No.1
Maximum
Nominal
Size
Percent Passing on Each Sieve
2–
1/2” 2” 1–
1/2” 1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8
1 2” 100 80–
100
50–
85
20–
40
0–5
2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
35–
70
10–
30
0–5
3 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
60–
90
25–
60
0–5
4 (57) 1” 100 95–
100
25–
60
0– 10 0– 5
5 (67) 3/4” 100 90–
100
20–
55
0– 10 0– 5
6 (7) 1/2” 100 90–
100
40–
70
0– 15 0– 5
7 3/8” 100 70–
95
0– 25
8 3/8” 100 95–
100
20–
65
0– 10
1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 10
4. Chemical Admixtures 11
a. General 12
1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 13
2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 14
for concrete. 15
3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 16
4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 17
concrete. 18
b. Water Reducing Admixture 19
1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 20
A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 21
a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 22
(1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 23
(2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 24
b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 25
(1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 26
c. Air-Entraining Admixture 27
1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 28
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 7 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Maintain a total air content between 3 and 7 percent. 1
3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 2
B. Concrete Placement Materials 3
4
1. Reinforcing Steel 5
a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 6
Drawings. 7
b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in the 8
Drawings. 9
c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 10
material. 11
d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 12
e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 13
1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 14
2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 15
a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 16
3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 17
a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 18
only and do not bend them. 19
f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for reinforcing 20
in ASTM A615. 21
g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 22
h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 23
i. Spiral Reinforcement 24
1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 25
2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 26
ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 27
j. Bending 28
1) Bend all bars cold in a shape true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 29
2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 30
least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 31
3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 32
Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 33
4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 34
2. Fiber Reinforcing. 35
a. General 36
1) Fiber reinforcement is only allowed if specified on the Drawings by the 37
Engineer of record with written approval from the City. Do not use for 38
structures or roadway paving. 39
b. Material 40
1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 41
non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 42
exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 43
contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 44
2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 45
glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 8 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 1
when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 2
modifications: 3
a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 4
b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 5
the specified required value. 6
c. Length and Size 7
1) Provide fibers maximum 1.5 inches in length. 8
d. Testing 9
1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 10
requirements per this specification. 11
e. Rejection 12
1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 13
requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 14
removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 15
3. Tie Bars 16
a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 17
installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 18
b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 19
Drawings. 20
c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 21
d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 22
e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 23
f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 24
1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 25
Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 26
4. Dowel Bars 27
a. General 28
1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 29
Drawings. 30
2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 31
installation requirements. 32
b. Dowel Bars 33
1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 34
least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 35
2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 36
requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 37
diameter. 38
3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-39
bonding material. 40
4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 41
c. Dowel Caps 42
1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 43
expansion joint. 44
2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 45
range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 9 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 1
have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of the 2
bar and the edge of the cap. 3
4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 4
the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 5
exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 6
5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 7
a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 8
roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 9
b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 10
securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 11
paving. 12
c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 13
any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 14
d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 15
metal. 16
1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 17
immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 18
2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 19
in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 20
6. Epoxy 21
a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 22
b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 23
Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 24
c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 25
d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 26
extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with 27
normal agitation. 28
e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 29
wastes. 30
f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 31
epoxy before disposal. 32
7. Evaporation Retardant 33
a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 34
8. Curing 35
a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 36
b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 37
DMS-4650. 38
1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 39
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 40
2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 41
or its compounds. 42
3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-43
impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp concrete. 44
4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 45
applied curing compound or faulty materials. 46
5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 10 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 1
original containers only, with original label containing the following: 2
a) Manufacturer's name 3
b) Trade name of the material 4
c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 5
C. Concrete Mix Design 6
1. General 7
a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 8
b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 9
approved by City. 10
c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 11
City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 12
replaced at no cost to the City. 13
d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 14
approved. 15
e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 16
approved. 17
f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 18
classes when designing the mixture. 19
g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 20
the requirements in this Section. 21
2. Cementitious Material 22
a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 23
unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 24
b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 25
placements. 26
3. Concrete Classes 27
a. General 28
1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 29
Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 30
2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 31
concrete class information. 32
3) For concrete classes not specified in Table 2 refer to the Drawings or 33
special project specifications for concrete mix design requirements. 34
b. Class P Concrete 35
1) Use air entraining admixture. 36
2) Class P1 Concrete 37
a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 38
alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by City. 39
3) Class P2 Concrete 40
a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 41
driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 42
concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 43
c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 44
1) Use air entraining admixture. 45
2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 46
3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 47
by City. 48
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 11 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 1
opened to traffic quickly. 2
5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 3
minimum 3,200 psi. 4
6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 5
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 12 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
Table 2 1
Concrete Classes 2
Class
of
Concrete
Design
Strength1,
Min f’c
(psi)
Maximum
Water to
Cementitious
Material
Ratio
Coarse
Aggregate
Grades2,3
Cement
Types
Mix
Design
Options General Usage4
A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8 I, II,
I/II, IL
1 and 2
Sidewalks, sidewalk
curbs, riprap, channel
liners, flumes
B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7
I, II,
I/II, IL
Traffic signal controller
foundations, small
roadside signs, anchors,
blocking, utility pipe
encasement
C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6
I, II,
I/II, IL 1 – 3
Culverts (except top
slab of direct traffic
culverts)
E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 I, II,
I/II, IL 1 – 3 Seal concrete
H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 I, II,
I/II, IL 1 – 3 Precast concrete
S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5
I, II,
I/II, IL
1 – 3
Top slabs of direct
traffic culverts,
approach slabs,
headwalls, wingwalls,
cast-in-place inlets,
junction boxes and
manholes
P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3
I, II,
I/II, IL
1 – 3
Machine poured
concrete pavement,
monolithic curbs, non-
monolithic curb and
curb & gutter
P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3
I, II,
I/II, IL 1 – 3
Hand poured concrete
pavement, driveways,
and decorative concrete
pavement
HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3
I, II,
I/II, IL Note 7
Concrete pavement and
concrete pavement
repair
1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 3
2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 4
reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 5
aggregate in drilled shafts. 6
3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 7
4. For information only. 8
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 13 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
5. Structural concrete classes. 1
6. As shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 2
7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 3
8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 4
hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 5
6
4. Slump 7
a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 8
specified in the Drawings. 9
b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 10
design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 11
c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 12
concrete placement. 13
d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will be 14
rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 15
Table 3 16
Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 17
Concrete Use1
Slump
Range2,
Inch
Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5
Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5
Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts,
concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6
Precast concrete 4 – 9
Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8
Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3
Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3
Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 5
Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign
foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material
for trench repair.
1.5 – 4
1. For information only. 18
2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 19
3. As shown on the Drawings. 20
21
5. Mix Design Options 22
a. Option 1: Replace cement with at least the minimum dosage listed in the Fly 23
Ash MPL for the fly ash used in the mixture. Do not replace more than 50% of 24
the cement with fly ash. 25
b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with slag cement. 26
c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of fly ash, 27
slag cement, MFA, metakaolin, or at least 3% silica fume; however, no more 28
than 35% may be fly ash, and no more than 10% may be silica fume.. 29
6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 30
a. Trial Batch 31
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 14 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 1
of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 2
proposed for the project. 3
2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 4
in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 5
a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 6
b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 7
3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 8
4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 9
Table 4 10
Concrete Discharge Times 11
Fresh Concrete Temperature,
Degrees Fahrenheit
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Not Containing Type B
or D Admixtures,
Minimum
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Containing Type B or
D Admixtures2,
Minimum
90 and Above 45 75
Between 75 and 90 60 90
Below 75 90 120
1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640
2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture.
3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 14
1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 15
and replacement at no cost to the City. 16
B. Concrete Production Acceptance 17
1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 18
is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 19
slump, and compressive strength. 20
C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 21
1. General 22
a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 23
and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 24
b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 25
2. Placement Sampling 26
a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on Table 27
5. 28
b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 29
concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 30
c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 31
replacement at no cost to the City. 32
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 15 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
Table 5 1
Testing Frequencies 2
Concrete Placements Frequency
Bridge Deck Placements
Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic
yards or a fraction thereof specified by the
City.
All Other Structural Class Concrete
Placements
One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof per class per day as specified by the
City
Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof as specified by the City
3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 3
a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 4
b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 5
c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 6
below the minimum allowed per concrete type (per Table 3) after addition of all 7
water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost to 8
the City. 9
Table 6 10
Fresh Concrete Tests 11
Tests Test Methods
Slump Tex-415-A
Temperature Tex-422-A
Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457
1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used.
4. Concrete Strength Test 12
a. General 13
1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 14
yards of concrete. 15
2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 16
accordance with ASTM C31. 17
3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 18
b. Sampling 19
1) Collect 6 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 20
placed for each test, with no less than two sets of cylinders taken from any 21
one day’s paving activities. 22
2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 23
to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 24
test results to the City. 25
3) Test the 6 cylinders per the following: 26
a) 2 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 27
b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 28
c) 2 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 29
30
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 16 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Acceptance 1
1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 2
the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question and 3
have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance with 4
ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 5
2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 6
meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 7
3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 8
strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-9
compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 10
4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 11
cost to the City. 12
5. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 13
a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 14
of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 15
may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 16
cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 17
b. Corrective Actions: 18
1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 19
will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final inspection 20
and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 21
2) Routing and Sealing: 22
a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 23
Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 24
3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 25
cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 26
4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 27
remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 28
subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 29
6. Aggregate Moisture Testing 30
a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 31
b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 32
D. Non-Conforming Work 33
1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 34
a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements of 35
this Section. 36
1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 37
to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38
b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 39
Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 40
the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 41
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 42
conformance of the mixture. 43
PART 3 - EXECUTION 44
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 45
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 17 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2
3.4 INSTALLATION 3
A. Batching Equipment 4
1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 5
00. 6
B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 7
1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 8
2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 9
3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 10
4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 11
5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 12
6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 13
7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 14
8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 15
9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 16
10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 17
11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 18
12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 19
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 20
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28
29
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 18 of 18
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 25, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/25/2024 Added ASTM C595 reference
6/25/2024 Added Type IL cement to allowable cement in 2.2.A.1.b and subsequent locations
6/25/2024 Modified air entrainment ranges under 2.2.A.4.C.2
6/25/2024 Modified fiber reinforcement requirements; 2.2.B.2
6/25/2024 Modified Table 2 “Concrete Classes” to allow for Type IL cement, altered General
Usage types, and removed Classes D and F from the table
6/25/2024 Modified Table 3 “Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements” to give greater slump
ranges
6/25/2024 Modified mix design options for replacement of cement with various substitute
products; 2.2.C.5
6/25/2024 Altered test cylinder requirements; 2.4.C.4
4
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 03 30 00 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6
mixture design, and placement procedures. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 15
5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 17
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 22
subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-26
in-place concrete. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 30
2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 31
B. Definitions 32
1. Substructure 33
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 1
Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 2
retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 3
elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 4
superstructure. 5
2. Superstructure 6
a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 7
slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 8
superstructure elements as indicated. 9
C. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 14
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 15
a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 16
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 17
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 18
a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 19
b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 20
c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 21
d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 22
e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 23
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 24
Specifications (DMS): 25
a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 26
Retardants. 27
b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 28
c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 29
d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 30
Pads. 31
e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33
1.5 SUBMITTALS 34
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37
A. Shop Drawings 38
1. Concrete Mix Design 39
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40
2. Product Data 41
a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 42
accordance with Section 03 00 00: 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Curing compounds 1
2) Evaporation retardant 2
3) Joint fillers 3
4) Chemical additives 4
5) Epoxy 5
6) Fiber reinforcing 6
7) Bond breaker material 7
3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 8
a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 9
for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 10
b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 11
provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-12
in-place concrete. 13
4. Heat Control Plan 14
a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 15
concrete in the Drawings. 16
b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 17
in accordance with ACI 207. 18
1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 19
placement. 20
2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 21
c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 22
1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 23
cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 24
2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 25
3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 26
4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 27
5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 28
6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 29
7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 30
8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 31
B. Informational Submittals: 32
1. Source Locations 33
a. Location of all material sources 34
1. Testing Laboratory 35
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 36
laboratory used on the project: 37
1) Testing Laboratory Name 38
2) Location 39
3) Tests performed 40
a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 41
4) ACI Certification 42
a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 43
ACI certified. 44
2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 45
a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 46
1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 47
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 1
3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 2
4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 3
b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 4
and to provide the necessary rigidity. 5
c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 6
Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 7
information. 8
d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 9
proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 10
professional engineer in the state of Texas. 11
e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 12
forms. 13
f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 14
3. Equipment Information 15
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 16
1) Equipment name and description 17
2) Size 18
3) Intended use 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 24
00. 25
B. Storage and Stockpiling 26
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 27
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 28
2. Steel Reinforcement 29
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 31
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 32
temperatures of material. 33
4. Epoxy 34
a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 35
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36
A. Weather Conditions 37
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 38
2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 39
temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 40
3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 41
degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 42
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 1
Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.2 MATERIALS 6
A. Concrete Production Materials 7
1. Concrete Class 8
a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 9
03 00 00. 10
2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 11
materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12
13 13. 13
B. Concrete in Water 14
1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 15
content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 16
an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 17
C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 18
1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 19
2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 20
a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 21
specified in the Drawings. 22
b. Neat Epoxy 23
1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 24
c. Epoxy Mortar 25
1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 26
D. Jointing Materials 27
1. Joint Fillers 28
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 29
b. Superstructures 30
1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 31
Item 422 32
2. Joint Sealants 33
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 34
E. Waterstops 35
1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-36
6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 37
F. Curing 38
1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 39
DMS-4650. 40
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Cotton Mats 1
a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 2
least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 3
6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 4
of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 5
transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 6
b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 7
c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 8
and extending along 1 side of the mat. 9
d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 10
cotton mats. 11
3. Burlap Mats 12
a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 13
ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 14
1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 15
2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 16
b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 17
c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 18
concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 19
d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 20
e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 21
burlap mats. 22
4. Polyethylene Sheeting 23
a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 24
visible defects. 25
b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 26
during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 27
temperature during mass pours. 28
5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 29
a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 30
white pigmented polyethylene. 31
b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 32
such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 33
solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 34
c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 35
G. Formwork Materials 36
1. Timber Forms 37
a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 38
compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 39
b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 40
grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 41
c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 42
d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 43
defects that will produce inferior work. 44
e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 45
1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 46
2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 47
completely enclosed; and 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 1
f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 2
provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 3
g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 4
plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 5
otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 6
h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 7
for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 8
Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 9
i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 10
under the imposed loads. 11
j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 12
scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 13
of wales near the bottom of each placement. 14
k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 15
supporting studs. 16
l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 17
direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 18
finish. 19
m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 20
nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 21
n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 22
measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 23
o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 24
being placed. 25
p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 26
where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 27
2. Metal Forms 28
a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 29
require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 30
b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 31
bulging. 32
c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 33
d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 34
together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 35
e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 36
H. Repair Materials 37
1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 38
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 40
A. Tests and Inspections 41
1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 42
a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. Hauling 6
1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 7
2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 8
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9
3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 10
will be rejected. 11
4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 12
slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 13
necessary. 14
a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 15
5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 16
a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 17
slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 18
unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 19
b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 20
least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 21
mixing of the concrete. 22
c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 23
cementitious material ratio. 24
d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 25
discharged. 26
B. Transport and Discharging 27
1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 28
vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 29
2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 30
concrete coatings. 31
3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 32
4. Discharging Time 33
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34
C. Concrete Temperature 35
1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 36
concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 37
a. Class C, F, or H 38
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 39
Fahrenheit. 40
b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 41
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 42
Fahrenheit. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Class A and B 1
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 2
Fahrenheit. 3
d. Mass Concrete 4
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 5
Fahrenheit. 6
D. Surface Preparation 7
1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 8
2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 9
3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 10
on them. 11
4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Superstructure Construction 14
1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 15
Item 422. 16
B. Schedule Restrictions 17
1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 18
a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 19
restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 20
testing requirements based on the site conditions. 21
b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-22
cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 23
the Drawings. 24
2. Setting Forms 25
a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 26
footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 27
b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 28
at least 2 curing days. 29
c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 30
d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 31
only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 32
and the member is properly supported. 33
e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 34
f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 35
substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 36
psi. 37
3. Placement of Superstructure Members 38
a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 39
substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 40
4. Opening to Traffic 41
a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 42
specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 43
curing period has ended. 44
b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5. Post-Tensioned Construction 1
a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 2
designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 3
structural elements. 4
5
C. Falsework and Forms 6
1. Falsework 7
a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 8
Specification Item 420. 9
2. Forms 10
a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 11
Specification Item 420. 12
b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 13
D. Drains 14
1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 15
E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 16
1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 17
2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 18
the Drawings. 19
3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 20
approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 21
ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 22
F. Joints 23
1. Expansion Joints 24
a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 25
b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 26
concrete on 1 side of the joint. 27
c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 28
sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 29
d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 30
and again where necessary after surface finishing. 31
2. Construction Joints 32
a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 35
c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 36
d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 37
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 38
e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 39
f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 40
horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 41
g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 42
dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 43
h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 44
is placed against it. 45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 1
condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 2
1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 3
damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 4
5
j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 6
placing subsequent concrete. 7
1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 8
saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 9
concrete. 10
k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 11
l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 12
by the City. 13
m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 14
bonding agent is required. 15
n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 16
concrete to hardened concrete. 17
o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 18
while the epoxy is still tacky. 19
p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 20
and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 21
q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 22
recommendations. 23
G. Placing Concrete 24
1. General 25
a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 26
b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 27
c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 28
shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 29
d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 30
not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 31
fill the forms. 32
e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 33
f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 34
permitted. 35
g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 36
adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 37
with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 38
h. Re-Vibration 39
1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 40
verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 41
the City. 42
2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 43
to approval by the City. 44
3) General accepted timeframes include: 45
a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 46
b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 47
Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. In Cold Weather 1
a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 2
temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 3
concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 4
limits: 5
1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 6
walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 7
culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 8
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 9
2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 10
(footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 11
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 12
b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 13
requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 14
concrete surfaces. 15
c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 16
ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 17
replace concrete at no cost to the City. 18
d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 19
Section 03 00 00. 20
3. In Hot Weather 21
a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 22
placement. 23
b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 24
aggregate stockpiles. 25
4. In Water 26
a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 27
approval from the City. 28
b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 29
through. 30
c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 31
d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 32
1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 33
the concrete after it has been placed. 34
e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 35
f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 36
g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 37
5. Mass Placements 38
a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 39
specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 40
b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 41
dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 42
1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 43
the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 44
2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 45
degrees Fahrenheit 46
3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 47
limitations. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 1
central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 2
degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 3
c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 4
other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 5
d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 6
approved based on the heat control plan. 7
e. Install devices using the following parameters: 8
1) Measuring Surface Temperature 9
a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 10
2) Measuring Core Temperature 11
a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 12
nearest surface. 13
f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 14
g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 15
be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16
1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 17
evaluated the mass concrete. 18
6. In Foundation and Substructure 19
a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 20
forms. 21
b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 22
proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 23
c. Footings 24
1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 25
inspected. 26
2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 27
from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 28
d. Columns 29
1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 30
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31
2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 32
delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 33
concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 34
7. In Box Culverts 35
a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 36
the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 37
psi. 38
b. Finishing 39
1) Footing slab 40
a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 41
2) Direct traffic top slabs 42
a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 43
3) Other top slabs 44
a) Float finish 45
H. Extending Existing Substructures 46
1. Removal 47
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 1
in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 2
b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 3
32 01 29. 4
c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 5
d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 6
unless directed to or approved by the City. 7
e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 8
2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 9
a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 10
splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11
b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 12
Standard Specification Item 448. 13
3. Concrete Preparation 14
a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 15
placing forms. 16
b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 17
I. Consolidation 18
1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 19
vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 20
reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 21
2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 22
complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 23
reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 24
3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 25
4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 26
where applicable. 27
5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 28
6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 29
7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 30
along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 31
8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 32
completely consolidated. 33
9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 34
surface of all forms. 35
J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 36
1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 37
epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 38
2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 39
3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 40
grout or epoxy anchor systems. 41
4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 42
5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 43
Drawings. 44
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 1
Drawings. 2
7. Hole Diameter Size 3
a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 4
b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 5
bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 6
c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 7
the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 8
manufacturer. 9
8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 10
substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 11
9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 12
from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 13
10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 14
a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 15
11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 16
holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 17
12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 18
13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 19
K. Finishing of Surfaces 20
1. Standard Surfaces 21
a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 22
b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 23
textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 24
as directed by the City. 25
c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 26
Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 27
unable to be repaired. 28
d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 29
exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 30
City: 31
1) Inside and top of inlets 32
2) Inside and top of manholes 33
3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 34
4) Inside of culvert barrels 35
e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 36
culvert barrels. 37
2. Horizontal Surfaces 38
a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 39
b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 40
c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 41
1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 42
toward the edge 43
2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 44
d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 45
Specification Item 441. 46
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
e. Finish 1
1) Standard 2
a) Smooth trowel finish 3
2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 4
spans 5
a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 6
3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 7
buildups 8
a) Textured, wood float finish 9
4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 10
inch in all directions. 11
f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 12
or a construction joint. 13
g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 14
bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 15
h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 16
or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 17
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
Figure 1 2
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 3
Figure 2 4
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 5
6
L. Curing 7
1. General 8
a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 9
b. Curing Day 10
1) Standard 11
a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 12
at least 19 hours. 13
2) Cold Day 14
a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 15
degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 16
c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 17
accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 18
d. Curing Locations 19
1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 20
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 21
2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 22
3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 23
membrane curing. 24
4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 25
placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 26
but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 27
5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 28
e. Curing Timeframes: 29
1) Standard 30
a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 31
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Vertical Surfaces 1
a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 2
curing. 3
b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 4
accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 5
Drawings, or as directed by the City. 6
c) HPC concrete 7
(1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 8
cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 9
specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 10
3) Mass Concrete 11
a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 12
the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 13
manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 14
directed by the City. 15
f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 16
2. Form Curing 17
a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 18
required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 19
b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 20
curing period. 21
3. Water Curing 22
a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 23
curing timeframe. 24
b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 25
leaves a residue. 26
4. Blankets 27
a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 28
in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 29
b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 30
c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 31
d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 32
enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 33
enclosure. 34
1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 35
concrete wet. 36
5. Membrane Curing 37
a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 38
b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 39
unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 40
as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 41
c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 42
will later form a construction joint. 43
d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 44
recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 45
e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 46
manufacturer. 47
f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 1
1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 2
2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 3
unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 4
3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 5
for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 6
compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 7
4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 8
concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 9
5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 10
does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 11
6. Metal Appliances: 12
a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 13
inch from the concrete surface. 14
b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 15
c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 16
or if it will need to be replaced. 17
d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 18
appliances at no cost to the City. 19
7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 20
Drawings or as directed by the City. 21
3.5 REPAIR 22
A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 23
1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 24
honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 25
2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 26
3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 27
latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 28
patch with the surrounding concrete. 29
4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 30
exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 31
5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 32
repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 33
specified. 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 36
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 37
1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 38
B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 39
1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40
C. Non-Conforming Work 41
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. General 1
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 2
specified in this Section. 3
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 4
concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 5
the City. 6
c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 7
2. Aggregates 8
a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 9
City may reject the aggregates. 10
3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 11
a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 12
Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 13
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 14
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 15
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 16
conformance of the mixture. 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 03 34 13 1
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use as flowable backfill. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 19
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 20
1.3 REFERENCES 21
A. Acronyms 22
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material. 23
B. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 29
Field. 30
b. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 31
c. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 32
Specimens. 33
d. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34
e. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by 35
the Pressure Method. 36
f. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 37
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
g. C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 1
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 3
1.5 SUBMITTALS 4
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 5
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 6
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 7
A. Sieve analysis 8
1. Analyses of fine and coarse aggregates proposed to be used. 9
a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials. 10
2. Mix 11
a. Full details, including mix design calculations for proposed mix. 12
B. Trial batch test data 13
1. Data for each test cylinder. 14
2. Data identifying mix and slump for each test cylinder. 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23
2.2 MATERIALS 24
A. Materials 25
1. Portland Cement: 26
a. Type II low alkali Portland cement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
2. Fly Ash in accordance with ASTM C618. 28
3. Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
4. Admixtures: 30
a. Air entrainer in accordance with ASTM C260. 31
5. Fine Aggregate: 32
a. Concrete sand (not required to be in accordance with ASTM C33). 33
b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 34
c. No plastic fines shall be present. 35
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6. Coarse Aggregate: 1
a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8-inch. 2
B. Mixes 3
1. Performance requirements 4
a. Total calculated air content 5
1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent. 6
b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength 7
1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days. 8
c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength 9
1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days. 10
2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could 11
be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if 12
necessary. 13
d. Slump 14
1) Greater than 9 inches and sufficient to allow the material to flow freely 15
during placement. 16
e. Wet density 17
1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot. 18
f. Color 19
1) No coloration required unless noted. 20
2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval. 21
2. Suggested mix design: 22
Material Weight Specific Gravity
Absolute Volume
Cubic Foot
Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15
Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09
Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54
Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70
TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00
23
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Trial Batch 26
1. After mix design has been accepted by City, have trial batch of the accepted mix 27
design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to City. 28
2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates 29
proposed to be used for the Work. 30
3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, 31
consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. 32
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
B. Test Cylinders 2
1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 3
exceptions: 4
a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the 5
mix. 6
b. Do not rod the concrete mix. 7
c. Strike off the excess material. 8
2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 9
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal 10
bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 11
3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and 12
tested. 13
4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads: 14
a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 15
b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter 16
than the test cylinders. 17
c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum 18
age of 3 days. 19
C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in 20
accordance with ASTM C39 with the following exceptions: 21
1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to 22
or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 23
maximum compression strength. 24
D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the requirements for strength or density, revise and 25
resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an 26
acceptable trial batch is produced in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 27
1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by Contractor. 28
2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix 29
design, trial batches, and test information. 30
E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions: 31
1. Do not rod the concrete material. 32
2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 33
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 34
PART 3 - EXECUTION 35
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 36
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 37
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 38
39
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Placement 2
1. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of 3
compressive strength and density: 4
a. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that 5
could be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM to 4 feet or the lift height 6
indicated on the Drawings, whichever is less. 7
1) Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last lift of CLSM has set and 8
gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the weight of the 9
next lift of CLSM. 10
b. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 11
maintenance of its fluid properties. 12
c. Transport and place material so it flows easily around, beneath, or through 13
walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures. 14
d. Maintain slump developed for trial batch during construction at all times within 15
1-inch +/-. 16
e. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability 17
(where required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting, self 18
densifying, and has sufficient plasticity so compaction or mechanical vibration 19
is not required. 20
f. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line 21
and grade of pipe. 22
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Quality Control Testing 26
1. Perform testing to determine whether the CLSM, as being produced during the 27
process of construction, is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 28
a. Make and deliver test cylinders to testing laboratory at the Contractor’s 29
expense. 30
2. Test cylinders 31
a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 32
exceptions: 33
1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle 34
the mix. 35
2) Do not rod the concrete mix. 36
3) Strike off the excess material. 37
b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities. 38
Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not 39
sprinkle water directly on the cylinders. 40
c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container, such as a Styrofoam 41
or similar lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders, for 42
transport to the laboratory for testing. 43
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 1
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only 2
minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 3
e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped 4
and tested. 5
f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene 6
pads: 7
1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 8
2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick and 1/2 inch larger in 9
diameter than the test cylinders. 10
3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a 11
minimum age of 3 days. 12
3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the City. 13
a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39 14
except as modified herein. 15
b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or 16
greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 17
maximum compression strength. 18
4. Test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after discharge 19
from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231. 20
5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with 21
the following exceptions: 22
a. Do not rod the concrete material. 23
b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 24
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 25
6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make 26
corrections to the mix design to be in accordance with the requirements of this 27
Section. 28
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35
36
37
38
03 34 13
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 03 80 00 1
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including manholes, junction boxes, 6
vaults, retaining walls, wingwalls, headwalls, and culverts. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16
6. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures materials, equipment, tools, 22
testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the structure or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 26
Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 33
Specifications (DMS): 34
a. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives. 35
3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying curing 7
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used on 8
the project. 9
2. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy including: 10
a. Manufacturer name 11
b. Date 12
c. Material description 13
d. Point of delivery 14
e. Data and test results as required in this Section 15
f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 16
Compounds 17
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 18
h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 19
i. Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 20
3. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 21
a. Resin or hardener components 22
b. Brand name 23
c. Name of manufacturer 24
d. Lot or batch number 25
e. Temperature range for storage 26
f. Date of manufacture 27
g. Expiration date 28
h. Quantity contained 29
B. Information Submittals 30
1. Equipment Information 31
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 32
1) Equipment name and description 33
2) Size 34
3) Intended use 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1
66 00. 2
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 MATERIALS 7
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 8
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 9
B. Controlled Low Strength Material 10
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13. 11
C. Steel Reinforcement 12
1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 13
D. Epoxy Bonding Agent 14
1. Provide a two component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy 15
resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete in accordance with 16
DMS-6100, Type V. 17
E. Backfill material 18
1. Trenches 19
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20
2. Retaining walls 21
a. In accordance with Section 32 32 00. 22
F. Repair Mortars 23
1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement-24
based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical 25
surfaces. 26
G. Pipe Penetration Sealants 27
1. Provide one component polyurethane, bentonite-free, extrudable swelling waterstop 28
that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water, and capable of withstanding 29
wet/dry cycling. 30
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
PART 3 - EXECUTION 33
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 34
35
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
3.2 EXAMINATION 1
A. Verification of Conditions 2
1. Examine existing structure to be modified for damage or defects that may affect 3
modification. 4
a. Report issue to City for review before beginning modification. 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Connection Surface Preparation 7
1. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting 8
materials from the surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or grinding. 9
a. Irregular voids or surface stones do not need to be removed if they are sound, 10
free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the City's 11
final inspection. 12
B. Reinforcing Steel Preparation 13
1. Clean reinforcing steel shown to be incorporated in new concrete of existing 14
demolished concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose 15
material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. 16
2. If reinforcing steel is exposed, clean by wire brush or other similar means to 17
remove all contaminants. 18
3. If half of the diameter or more of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out a 19
minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. 20
4. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as specified in the Drawings and provide with 21
1-inch minimum cover all around. 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. General 24
1. When drilling holes for dowels or bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if 25
rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the City 26
and Engineer. 27
2. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the City and Engineer. 28
B. Concrete Removal 29
1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the 30
Drawings by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas 31
where concrete is to be taken out. 32
a. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 33
2. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing 34
to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 35
3. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new 36
material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment 37
of epoxy to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 38
4. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete 39
will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, 40
provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at 41
the edge of concrete removal. 42
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
C. Modification 1
1. When doweling in new concrete to existing structure, drill a hole 1/4 inch larger 2
than the diameter of the dowel. 3
a. Thoroughly clean the hole of all loose particles and dust and blow clean with 4
filtered compressed air prior to installing epoxy. 5
2. Roughen the existing concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or 6
grinding prior to placing grout, epoxy, or new concrete. 7
3. Place concrete as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 03 30 8
00. 9
D. Installation Specifics for Coring into an Existing Manhole 10
1. The new pipe connection shall be made using a coring method that utilizes a 11
mechanical saw or drill. The use of pipe hammers or jackhammers is not allowed. 12
2. The manhole wall shall be cored or cut to the elevation indicated on the plans. The cut 13
or cored area shall be of sufficient size to allow the insertion of the new pipe and the 14
pipe-to-manhole connector. If required, the bench area shall also be cut or cored to the 15
width of the new conduit to ensure a continuous grade from the new conduit invert 16
into the manhole invert. Care should be taken to minimize the hole size so that the 17
amount of grouting is kept to a minimum. 18
3. The Contractor shall keep debris from entering the wastewater flow stream in the 19
existing manhole. This shall be done by either using a flow-through plug on the 20
existing manhole pipe connections or by bypass pumping around the manhole. 21
4. A pipe-to-manhole connector shall be attached to the sanitary sewer pipe where the 22
sanitary sewer pipe and the manhole meet. 23
5. The new sanitary sewer shall not protrude more than one inch into the manhole. 24
6. The core hole and bench cut (if required) shall be thoroughly cleaned before the 25
application of grout around the new pipe connection. 26
7. Grout shall be applied to the full thickness of the manhole wall all around the new pipe 27
connection to produce a watertight seal. The pipe-to-manhole connector shall be 28
completely encapsulated within the grouted area. If a bench cut was required, the cut 29
area shall be smoothed with grout. 30
31
3.5 REPAIR 32
A. Repair damaged concrete specified to be left in place in accordance with the TxDOT 33
Concrete Repair Manual. 34
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 29,2021
Effective July 1, 2024
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 00 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All labor, materials, and equipment required to install, test, and provide an 6
operational electrical system as specified in the Drawings 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Division 26 – Electrical. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each electrical service installed 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 22
unit price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Electrical Service” for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing all the components of the electrical service as 27
specified by the Drawings 28
2) All necessary permits and fees and other costs 29
3) Coordinating with the utility company for all work and materials provided 30
by the utility company 31
4) Poles 32
5) Service supports 33
6) Foundations 34
7) Anchor bolts 35
8) Riprap 36
9) Enclosures 37
10) Switches 38
11) Breakers 39
12) Service conduit 40
13) Fittings 41
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
14) Service conductors 1
15) Brackets 2
16) Bolts 3
17) Hangers 4
18) Hardware 5
19) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 6
20) Excavation 7
21) Disposal of excess material 8
22) Haul off 9
23) Cleanup 10
2. Relocate Electrical Service 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per each electrical service relocated. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 15
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 16
unit price bid per each for “Relocate Electrical Service” for: 17
a) Various types. 18
b) Various sizes. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Disconnecting and isolating the existing electrical service as specified in 21
the Drawings 22
2) Relocating the service supports 23
3) New service support foundation 24
4) Furnishing and compacting of backfill 25
5) Paying all fees, permits, and other costs 26
6) Coordination with the utility company for all work and materials provided 27
by the utility company 28
7) Removal and disconnection of equipment and materials 29
8) Poles 30
9) Service supports 31
10) Foundations 32
11) Anchor bolts 33
12) Riprap 34
13) Enclosures 35
14) Switches 36
15) Breakers 37
16) Service conduit 38
17) Fittings 39
18) Service conductors 40
19) Brackets 41
20) Bolts 42
21) Hangers 43
22) Hardware 44
23) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 45
24) Excavation 46
25) Disposal of excess material 47
26) Haul off 48
27) Cleanup 49
50
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Remove Electrical Service 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each of the electrical service removed 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 6
unit price bid of each for “Remove Electrical Service” for: 7
a) Various types. 8
b) Various sizes. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Coordination with the utility company to disconnect and isolate the 11
electrical service 12
2) Removing the service supports 13
3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 14
4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 15
5) 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 22
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 23
a. Item 441, “Steel Structures” 24
b. Item 445, “Galvanizing” 25
c. Item 449, “Anchor Bolts” 26
d. Item 618, “Conduit” 27
e. Item 620, “Electrical Conductors” 28
f. Item 627, “Treated Timber Poles” 29
g. Item 628, “Electrical Services” 30
h. Item 656, “Foundations for Traffic Control Devices” 31
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 32
Specifications (DMS): 33
a. DMS-11080, “Electrical Services” 34
3. TxDOT Material Producer List (MPL) 35
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 36
5. National Electrical Code (NEC) 37
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 38
7. Canadian Electrical Code (CSA) 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Coordination 41
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 1
Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 2
Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 3
references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 4
2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 5
the Specifications. 6
B. Service and Metering 7
1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 8
Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 9
power company. 10
2. Power company responsibilities: 11
a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 12
b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 13
lightning arresters and grounding 14
c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 15
d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted 16
transformer) 17
e. Furnishing and installing transformer 18
f. Terminating underground primary cables 19
g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 20
h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 21
i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 22
3. Contractor responsibilities: 23
a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 24
b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 25
transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 26
c. Installing meter base 27
d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 28
current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 29
approved by the power company 30
e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 31
4. City responsibilities: 32
a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 33
b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 34
C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 35
1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4
66 00. 5
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
2.2 MANUFACTURER / MATERIALS 10
A. Manufacturers 11
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 12
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 13
a. Manufacturers on this list shall be in accordance with this Section and related 14
Sections. 15
2. Electrol Systems Meter Pedestal, Stainless Steel: 16
a. TY D (120/240)070(NS)SS(E)PS(U), or 17
b. Approved equal. 18
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 19
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 20
B. Materials 21
1. Provide materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements 22
of this Item, and the pertinent requirements of the following TxDOT specifications: 23
a. Item 441 24
b. Item 445 25
c. Item 449 26
d. Item 618 27
e. Item 620 28
f. Item 627 29
g. Item 656 30
2. Provide new materials, except where specified in the Drawings to be reused. 31
3. For the installation of electrical services, use new materials that meet the 32
requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA, and are in accordance with DMS-33
11080, “Electrical Services.” 34
4. Provide prequalified electrical services prequalified from TxDOT’s MPL. Notify 35
the City in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each 36
project. 37
5. Pedestal Service shall be custom made in accordance with the Contract Documents 38
a. Supplied with 100 amp main breaker 39
b. 1-50a/1p for traffic signal 40
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. 1-20a/2p for lighting 1
d. 1-15a/1p for control circuit interior photo cell with windows 2
e. Hand-off-Auto Selector Switch 3
f. 200 amp meter socket 4
6. Pedestal service type shall be used unless otherwise approved by the City. 5
7. Pedestal service enclosure shall be aluminum and light green in color. 6
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 7
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION 9
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10
3.2 EXAMINATION 11
A. Interpretation of Drawings 12
1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 13
equipment. 14
2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 15
raceway installation. 16
3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 17
receptacles prior to installation. 18
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19
3.4 INSTALLATION 20
A. Installation 21
1. General 22
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings an in accordance with the 23
requirements of this Section. 24
b. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing, relocating, 25
or removing electrical services located near overhead or underground utilities. 26
1) Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 27
2. Installation 28
a. Furnish and install electrical service equipment. 29
b. Ensure components of the electrical service meet the requirements of the 30
Contract Documents. 31
c. Follow NEC and local utility company requirements when installing the 32
electrical equipment. 33
1) Coordinate the utility companies’ work for providing service. 34
3. Relocation 35
a. Coordinate relocation with the appropriate utility company before beginning 36
work. 37
b. Remove and reinstall existing electrical service in accordance with this Section. 38
1) Replace or add circuit breakers as specified in the Drawings. 39
40
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Removal 1
a. Coordinate removal with the appropriate utility company before beginning 2
work. 3
1) Before the removal of the electrical service, disconnect and isolate any 4
existing electrical service equipment in accordance with the utility 5
company’s requirements. 6
b. Remove existing electrical service support a minimum of 2 feet below finished 7
grade unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8
c. Repair the remaining hole by backfilling with material equal in composition 9
and density to the surrounding area. 10
d. Replace any surfacing such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap with like 11
material to equivalent condition. 12
e. Disconnect conductors and remove them from the conduit. 13
1) Cut off all protruding conduit 6 inches below finished grade. 14
2) Abandoned conduit need not be removed unless specified in the Drawings. 15
f. Reconnect conductors and conduit to be reused when specified in the Drawings. 16
1) Any necessary splices should be made in ground boxes, unless otherwise 17
specified in the Drawings, and approved by City. 18
g. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials, and dispose of them in 19
accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 20
B. Phase Balancing 21
1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 22
balanced loads across all phases. 23
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 27
A. Tests and Settings 28
1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 29
2. Repair or replace all defective work as directed by City. 30
3. Adjust the systems as specified and/or required in accordance with manufacturer 31
and utility requirements. 32
4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, perform the following tests: 33
a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 34
b. Submit test reports required by the utility comapny and data within 30 days 35
after the test. 36
c. Include names of all test personnel. 37
d. Initial each test. 38
5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 39
6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 40
and enclosures by producing a 1-2-3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 41
connected to A, B, and C phases. 42
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 1
motor starters, and control equipment. 2
8. Check interlocking, control, and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 3
system to prove the system will function as specified in the Drawings. 4
9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance. 5
10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments, and test equipment. 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
14
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
15
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 10 1
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and testing of all equipment, wiring, and appurtenances as may be 6
required to perform electrical demolition. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Demolition for Electrical System 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per lump sum for removing and salvaging electrical system. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per lump sum for “Remove and Salvage Electrical Equipment.” 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Removing and salvaging electrical equipment as specified by the Drawings 24
2) Excavation 25
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 26
4) Hauling 27
5) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES. 29
A. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Coordination 35
1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 36
2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with 37
the removal of the associated equipment. 38
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 9
1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location 10
designated by the City. 11
a. The City will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 12
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 13
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14
66 00. 15
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 20
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22
PART 3 - EXECUTION 23
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24
3.2 EXAMINATION 25
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. 26
B. Verify abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 27
C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 28
29
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. 2
B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number 3
of outages. 4
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service 5
during construction. 6
D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel 7
experienced in such operations. 8
E. Existing Electrical Service 9
1. Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for 10
service. 11
F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. 12
G. Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance before partially or completely 13
disabling the system. 14
3.4 REMOVAL 15
A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. 16
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of electrical supply. 17
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible 18
ceiling finishes. 19
1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. 20
D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 21
1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 22
2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. 23
E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. 24
F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. 25
G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension 26
work. 27
H. Maintain access to existing installations that are to remain active. Modify installation or 28
provide access to panels as appropriate. 29
I. If portions of raceway system are to be demolished or revised, remaining raceway 30
system shall be in accordance with this and all related Sections. 31
1. If necessary, provide and install equipment to ensure acceptable raceway system. 32
J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. 33
K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration. Conduct the Work so as to avoid any damage to 34
the surroundings. 35
L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 36
1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation 37
equipment specified to be removed from the site. 38
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Deliver the City’s equipment to a site designated by the City. 1
3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the 2
materials and dispose of them properly. 3
4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of 4
demolition and the City will designate which items are to remain the property of the 5
City. 6
a. Any material not designated to remain the property of the City, or removed 7
from the Site during demolition, shall become the property of the Contractor 8
and shall be promptly removed from the Site. 9
1) Any material removed from the Site during demolition shall also become 10
the property of the Contractor. 11
5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent 12
damage during the demolition process. 13
a. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet 14
heads and punching shanks through holes. 15
b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City’s equipment or material. 16
6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. 17
a. Loose components may be removed separately. 18
b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and 19
handled separately. 20
c. Large units may be handled separately. 21
d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in 22
sections. 23
M. Refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place that is damaged by the 24
demolition operations. 25
1. Repair damaged parts to a condition equal to or better than that found at the start of 26
the work. 27
3.5 RESTORATION 28
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or are to be reused. 29
B. Panelboards 30
1. Clean exposed surfaces. 31
2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 32
3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 33
4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 34
5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 40
26 05 10
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 13 1
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Zinc Coated Steel Wire 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wire installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 20
unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire” installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
b) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing Zinc Coated Cable 25
2) Testing wire strands 26
2. Remove Zinc Coated Steel Wire 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wires removed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 32
unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire Removal.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Removal and disposal of Zinc Coated Steel Wire 35
2) Clean-up 36
37
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6
a. A475, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 7
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 8
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT). 9
a. Item 625, Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Product Data: 16
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 23
66 00. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 28
A. Refer to the Contract Documents to determine if any equipment and material will be 29
furnished by the City. 30
2.2 MATERIALS 31
A. Materials 32
1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire 33
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Provide new materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 625 and ASTM A475, 1
Utilities Grade or better, class A coating. 2
b. Furnish 7 wires per strand. 3
c. In accordance with the following: 4
5
Nominal
Diameter of
Strand
Nominal
Diameter of
Coated
Wires
Approx.
Weight per
1,000 ft.
Minimum
Breaking
Strength
Minimum
Zinc
Coating Wt.
Class A
(in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (oz./sq. ft.)
3/16 0.065 80 2,400 0.50
1/4 0.080 121 4,750 0.60
9/32 0.093 164 4,600 0.70
5/16 0.109 225 6,000 0.80
3/8 0.120 273 11,500 0.85
7/16 0.145 399 18,000 0.90
1/2 0.165 517 25,000 0.90
6
d. Supply new material. 7
e. Remove drips, runs, sharp points, voids, and damage from the zinc coating. 8
f. Samples from each roll of each diameter of strand will be taken. 9
1) Replace strands not in accordance with this Section. 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. Install strands as specified in the Drawings. 18
1. Splicing is not permitted. 19
B. Ground strand to the grounding conductor at each pole when used as a messenger cable 20
or span wire. 21
1. Metal poles may be used as the grounding conductor. 22
2. Ensure a resistance less than 1 ohm from the strand to the ground. 23
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
26 05 13
ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 19 1
SIGNAL CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and Removal of Multi-conductor Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 26 05 34 – Conduit. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Furnish and Install Multi-conductor Cable 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable furnished and installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per linear foot of “Furnish/Install Multi-conductor Cable” for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2. Remove Multi-conductor Cable 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable removed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 33
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Multi-conductor Cable” for: 34
a) Various types. 35
b) Various sizes. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Removal of Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the Drawings 38
39
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. AWG: American wire gauge 3
2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 4
B. Reference Standards 5
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7
unless a date is specifically cited. 8
2. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 9
Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges (TxDOT): 10
a. Item 684, Traffic Signal Cables. 11
3. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification: 12
a. DMS-11110, Traffic Signal Cable. 13
4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 14
5. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 15
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 21
1. Multi-conductor cable. 22
2. Power lead-in cable. 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 29
66 00. 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34
35
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Materials 2
1. In accordance with TxDOT Item 684. 3
2. All traffic signal cable conductors for both vehicle and pedestrian heads shall be 4
multi-conductor capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for use at 5
conductor temperatures not exceeding 75 degrees C (167 degrees F). 6
3. Multi-conductor cable shall be either stranded IMSA 19-1 or 20-1, #14 AWG, 7
stranded copper wire. 8
4. Ensure fillers are non-metallic, moisture resistant, non-wicking material. 9
5. Supply cables shall be clearly labeled with the name of the manufacturer and the 10
IMSA specification number in indent printing at 2 foot intervals to the outer surface 11
of the jacket. 12
6. All proprietary equipment cabling shall be manufacturer supplied and properly 13
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 14
7. All electrical connectors for breakaway poles shall be breakaway (Buchannan 65U, 15
Bussman HEBW Littlefuse LEF, or equal). 16
8. All electrical connections for neutrals shall be breakaway, shall have a white color 17
marking, and shall have permanently installed solid neutral Buchannan 20U 18
Bussman HET Littlefuse LET or equal. 19
9. Breakaway fuse holders shall be 1-pole or 2-pole, watertight, breakaway, in-line 20
fused connector designed for used with breakaway pole bases that meet the 21
following requirements: 22
a. UL listed, 600-V-rated. 23
b. Prevent energized parts from being exposed after breaking away. 24
c. Have breakaway connector boots that fit multiple wire sizes (may be dual wire 25
“feed-in-feed-out type”). 26
d. Have neutral connectors marked white. 27
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
PART 3 - EXECUTION 30
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 32
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 33
3.4 INSTALLATION 34
A. Special Techniques 35
1. Cables shall be installed in conduit unless indicated as an "overhead" cable run. 36
a. All conduits must be in accordance with Section 26 05 34. 37
b. Conduit must be continuous, reasonably dry, completely free of debris, and 38
without sharp projections, edges, or short bends. 39
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. If required by the City, the Contractor shall demonstrate the conduit is dry and free 1
of debris by pulling a swab and/or mandrel through the conduit. 2
a. The conductors shall be installed to ensure against harmful stretching of the 3
conductors or damage to the insulation. 4
3. Installation methods shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the cable 5
manufacturer. 6
4. At the request of the City, furnish a copy of the manufacturer's recommendations 7
which shall include methods of attaching pull cable, pulling tension per conductor 8
size and per radius of conduit bend, and the type of lubricant to be used. 9
5. All cables in a given conduit run shall be pulled at the same time and the 10
conductors shall be assembled to form 1 loop so the pulling tension is equally 11
distributed to all the cables. 12
a. Use pulling eyes for long, hard pulls. 13
b. For short runs, the cables may be gripped directly by the conductors by forming 14
them into a loop to which the pull wire or rope can be attached. 15
c. The insulation on each conductor shall be removed before the loop is formed. 16
d. The method used will depend on the anticipated maximum pulling tension in 17
each case. 18
6. If new cables are to replace existing cables within existing conduit, the existing 19
cables may be used to pull in the new cables. 20
7. Where new cables are to be added to existing cable runs: 21
a. Pull existing cables out of cable run. 22
b. Add new cables to existing cables such that the combined wires from 1 cable 23
pull. 24
8. Installation and removal shall be done in such a way as to prevent damage to the 25
existing and/or new cables. 26
a. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall repair and/or replace damaged 27
cables at no cost to the City. 28
9. All conduit runs shall be measured accurately and precisely for determining cable 29
lengths to be installed. 30
a. City shall be present for all conduit run measurements taken. 31
b. City shall record all cable measurements and include the distances on an as-32
built drawing. 33
10. Where new cables are to replace existing cables, removed cables may be used as a 34
measuring device to determine the lengths of the new cables to be installed. 35
a. Accurate measurements of all cable lengths. 36
11. Contractor shall keep in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended 37
maximum pulling tensions at all times. 38
12. If required by the City, insert a dynamometer in the pull wire as the cables are being 39
pulled into the conduit to demonstrate that the maximum tensions are not being 40
exceeded. 41
13. The cable shall be fed freely off the reel into the conduit without making a reverse 42
curve. 43
14. At the pulling end, the pull wire and cables shall be drawn from the conduit in 44
direct line with the conduit. 45
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
15. Sheaves or other suitable devices shall be used as required to reduce any hazards to 1
the cable during installation. 2
16. The cables shall be adequately lubricated to reduce friction and further minimize 3
possible damage. 4
a. Such lubricants shall not be the grease or oil type used on lead sheathed cables 5
but shall be one of several commercially available wire pulling compounds that 6
are suitable for PVC sheathed cables. 7
b. They shall consist of soap, talc, mica, or similar materials and shall be designed 8
to have no deleterious effect on the cables being used. 9
17. Cables shall be neatly trained to their destinations. 10
18. Keep cable in accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommended values for 11
the minimum bending radii to which cables may be bent for permanent training 12
during installation. 13
a. These limits do not apply to conduit bends, sheaves, or other curved surfaces 14
around which these cables may be pulled under tension while being installed. 15
b. Larger radius bends are required for such conditions. 16
B. Wire and Cable 17
1. All wire and cable shall be as specified in the Drawings, except wire and cable 18
specifically covered by other Sections of the Contract Documents. 19
2. Controller Cabinet Wiring 20
a. Wiring for the controller cabinet shall consist of connecting signal wires, 21
vehicle detection wires, power wires, ground wires, and pedestrian push button 22
wires to their respective terminals in the cabinet. 23
b. In the controller cabinet, stranded signal conductors from the field shall be 24
stripped back and a solderless terminal connector (spade lug) shall be attached 25
by means of a crimping tool. 26
c. These terminal Connectors shall be inserted under the binder head screw and 27
tightened securely. 28
d. Other wiring for the controller shall be completed as shown on the wiring 29
diagrams and in the instructions furnished with the controller by the 30
manufacturer. 31
e. All field wiring in cabinets shall be neatly installed. Incoming cables shall be 32
trained to their destination and neatly laced together. 33
1) All spare wires shall be trimmed and neatly coiled with the ends taped. 34
2) Detector lead-in cables shall have their insulation jackets removed from 35
their terminal strip connection to the bottom of the cabinet. 36
f. Pedestrian push buttons shall have a ground wire completely isolated and 37
independent from all other ground wires. 38
1) This wire shall be connected to the designated terminal in the controller 39
cabinet. 40
2) A pedestrian isolation board shall be in place. 41
g. Individual conductors between the controller and signal pole base shall be #14 42
AWG. 43
3. Signal Head Wiring 44
1) No splicing of cable shall be allowed. 45
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Each cable shall be identified with permanent marking labels (Panduit type 1
PLM standard single marker tie, Thomas and Betts type 548M or 2
equivalent) at each ground box, pole base, and controller, as specified in the 3
Drawings. 4
3) Traffic signal cable within the signal poles and arms shall be #14 AWG. 5
4. Additional lengths of each wire are required. 6
a. The wire that passes through or terminates in: 7
1) A ground box – Minimum 6 feet 8
2) The cabinet – Minimum 15 feet, and/or 9
3) A steel mast arm vertical pole – Minimum 6 feet 10
b. For Span wire assemblies: 11
1) At each pole – 15 feet 12
2) At each signal head – 6 feet 13
c. Depending on local conditions, other lengths of wire not listed herein may be 14
required and will be determined on site by the City. 15
5. No splicing will be allowed for any type of wiring, unless approved by the City. 16
a. Exceptions are where manufacture’s supplied cable/wire requires continuation 17
for connection to applicable terminus. All splicing techniques shall be in 18
accordance with manufacture’s recommendations/requirements and approved in 19
writing by the City prior to beginning work. 20
6. Wiring hole locations are to be marked by the Contractor and approved by the City 21
prior to drilling for the item it is intended to serve. 22
7. All conductors shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s loading 23
standards/requirements. 24
8. Terminals 25
a. The ends of all stranded wires from the controller cabinet and from the signal 26
heads shall be twisted at least 3 turns and wire nut applied in the base of the 27
signal structure. 28
9. Identification of Signal Wires and Cables 29
a. IMSA color coded signal cable shall be used for all signal systems. 30
1) Colors shall be continuous from the point of origin to the point of 31
termination. 32
b. Each signal cable, detector lead-in cable and communication cable shall be 33
designated with permanent marking labels or (Panduit type PLM, Thomas and 34
Betta type 548M standard single marker type or equivalent) and color-coded 35
tape at each pull box and in the controller cabinet. 36
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 37
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39
A. Field Tests and Inspections 40
1. The City may require all cables be checked for insulation resistance upon 41
installation and prior to termination. The tests shall be made with a test set 42
operating at a minimum of 500 volts DC applied to the conductors. 43
26 05 19
SIGNAL CABLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Each conductor in the multi-conductor signal cables shall be tested for insulation 1
resistance relative to each other and to the outer covering of the cable. The 2
minimum acceptance value for insulation resistance shall be 1 megohm. 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 20 1
TRAY CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation and Removal of Tray Cable. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Tray Cable 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of tray cable installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
b) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing tray cable as specified by the Drawings 25
2. Remove Tray Cable 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per linear foot of Tray Cable removed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 31
unit price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” removed for: 32
a) Various types. 33
b) Various sizes. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Removal of tray cable as specified by the Drawings 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 38
1. NRTL: nationally recognized testing laboratory 39
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. D/C: direct current 1
3. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 2
4. XHHW: cross linked polyethylene, high heat resistance, water resistance 3
B. Reference Standards 4
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6
unless a date is specifically cited. 7
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. ASTM B3, Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 9
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 10
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 11
a. Item 621, Tray Cable. 12
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Materials 13
Specification: 14
a. DMS-11050, Tray Cable. 15
5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 16
a. 383, Standard for Qualifying Electric Cables and Splices for Nuclear Facilities. 17
6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 18
7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 19
8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 20
9. Underwriters Laboratory (UL): 21
a. Subject 1277, Standard for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with 22
Optional Optical-Fiber Members. 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS 25
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 26
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 33
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34
66 00. 35
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. General Requirements 4
1. Provide new materials listed for the intended use in accordance with the NEC and 5
NEMA standards. 6
a. Provide components in accordance with the UL. 7
b. When UL is referenced, consider materials certified by any current NRTL in 8
accordance with the OSHA website. 9
2. Faulty fabrication or poor workmanship in materials, equipment, or installation will 10
be justification for rejection. 11
3. Provide manufacturer’s warranties or guarantees when offered as a customary trade 12
practice. 13
4. Provide round tray cable with non-hygroscopic filler suitable for direct earth burial 14
in wet location, for installation outdoors in conduit, or as an aerial cable supported 15
by a messenger where sunlight-resistant rating is required. 16
5. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket by permanent printing to 17
show the insulation type, rating, and manufacturer. 18
a. Apply markings at 2-foot maximum intervals. 19
B. Conductors 20
1. Provide new 3 or 4 individually insulated soft annealed copper conductors in 21
accordance with ASTM B 3 and as specified in the Drawings. 22
2. In accordance with UL Subject 1277 and NEC requirements. 23
3. Provide tray cable rated for a minimum of 600 V, 90°C dry and 75°C wet, unless 24
other insulation type or rating is specified in the Drawings. 25
4. In accordance with the 70,000-btu “Cable Tray Propagation Test” in IEEE 383 and 26
in accordance with the 210,000-btu flame test to show reserve capabilities. 27
5. Ensure the cable is in accordance with the following: 28
a. Provide individually insulated conductors with XHHW insulation and an 29
overall PVC jacket. 30
b. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket at 2-foot maximum 31
intervals by indent printing to show the insulation type, rating, and 32
manufacturer. 33
c. Assemble round conductors and provide non-hygroscopic filler to prevent 34
flattening of cable. 35
d. Ensure cable is suitable for use outdoors under exposure to ultraviolet light and 36
in wet locations. 37
C. Insulation 38
1. Provide black, white, and green conductor insulation or black, red, and green 39
conductor insulation, as directed by the City, for three-conductor tray cable. 40
2. Provide black, red, white, and green conductor insulation, as directed by the City, 41
for four-conductor tray cable. 42
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Special Techniques 8
1. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with requirements of 9
this Section. 10
2. Provide an additional 5 feet of cable coiled in each ground box when installing 11
cable in underground conduit. Splice tray cable conductors only as specified in the 12
Drawings. 13
3. Obtain the City’s written approval for each splice. Ensure allowed splices are 14
watertight. 15
4. Test the cable’s conductors after installation and before any connection. 16
a. Remove and replace tray cable exhibiting a D/C insulation resistance of less 17
than 5 megohms at 1,000 volts D/C at no additional cost to the City. 18
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 21
A. The City may require all cables to be checked for insulation resistance upon installation 22
and prior to termination. 23
1. The tests shall be made with a test set operating at a minimum of 500 volts D/C 24
applied to the conductors. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
32
26 05 20
TRAY CABLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 26 1
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Grounding Conductors. 6
2. Ground Rod. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Grounding Conductors 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per linear foot of grounding conductor installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per linear foot of “Bare Elec Conductor” installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Grounding Conductor as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2. Ground Rod 28
a. Measurement 29
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various Traffic Signal Structures 30
being installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 33
Item are subsidiary to various Traffic Signal Structures being installed and 34
shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per various Traffic Signal Structures 35
being installed, no other compensation will be allowed. 36
3. Power Lead-in Cable 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per linear foot of power lead-in cable installed. 39
40
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 3
unit price bid per linear foot of “Insulated Elec Conductor” installed for: 4
a) Various types. 5
b) Various sizes. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Furnishing and installing Power Lead-in Cable as specified by the 8
Drawings 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. AWG: American wire gauge 12
2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 13
3. RHW: Rubber insulation, heat resistance of 75℃, water resistance 14
4. THHN: Thermoplastic, high heat resistance, nylon coated 15
5. A/C: alternating current 16
B. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 21
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 22
a. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 23
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials 24
Specification: 25
a. DMS-11040, Electrical Conductors. 26
4. Federal Specification A-A-59544 27
5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. ASTM B33, Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper 29
Wire for Electrical Purposes. 30
b. ASTM B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper 31
Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 32
6. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 33
7. National Electric Code (NEC). 34
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 40
1. Grounding conductor. 41
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Grounding rod. 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 MATERIALS 13
A. Materials 14
1. Grounding Conductor 15
a. Grounding Conductor shall be in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11040. 16
b. The grounding conductor shall be a #6 AWG solid copper wire. 17
c. The conductor shall be bonded to all ground rods. 18
2. Ground Rod 19
a. Ground rod electrodes shall be copper-bonded steel being at least 5/8 inch in 20
diameter. 21
b. All ground rods shall be a minimum of 8 feet, with a minimum of 6 feet buried. 22
3. Power lead-in cable 23
a. Power lead-in cable shall be stranded RHW copper wire and suitable for A/C 24
electric service. 25
b. The cable shall be capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for 26
use at conductor temperatures not exceeding 167 degrees Fahrenheit (75 degrees 27
Celsius). 28
c. Material and construction shall be in accordance with the applicable 29
requirements of IMSA and NEC standards. 30
d. Conductors shall be stranded, anneal coated copper. 31
e. Coated wire 32
1) Use copper wire in accordance with ASTM B33 before insulating or 33
stranding. 34
f. Stranding shall be class B, in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM B8. 35
g. Insulation shall be THHN and comply with Federal Specification A-A-59544 36
and all applicable ASTM standards. 37
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5
3.4 INSTALLATION 6
A. Special Techniques 7
1. Ground Conductors 8
a. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings. 9
2. Ground Rod 10
a. Properly install and connect a ground rod for each controller cabinet, power 11
drop, and signal pole pier to reduce any extraneous voltage to a safe level. 12
b. The ground rod shall be located to minimize the length of the grounding-13
conductor run. 14
c. For pole-mounted cabinets, a grounding rod and grounding conductor shall be 15
installed at the nearest foundation or ground box. 16
d. All grounding circuits shall be substantial, permanent, and electrically 17
continuous with an ohms-to-ground resistance not to exceed 10 ohms when 18
tested by volt-ohm-meter. 19
e. Illumination poles shall use concrete-grounded electrodes. 20
f. Grounding Connectors and Electrodes 21
1) When the location precludes driving a single ground rod to a depth of 8 feet 22
(2.4 m), or when a multiple ground rod matrix is used to obtain the required 23
resistance to ground, ground rods shall be spaced at least 6 feet apart and 24
bonded by a minimum No. 6 AWG copper wire. 25
2) Connection of grounding circuits to grounding electrodes shall be by 26
devices which will ensure a positive, fail-safe grip between the conductor 27
and the electrode. 28
a) No splice joint will be permitted in the grounding conductor. 29
3) Each grounding rod shall be driven into the ground to a depth sufficient to 30
provide the required resistance (10 ohms) between electrodes and ground. 31
3. Power Lead-in Cable 32
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings. 33
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 33 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as 6
specified herein. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Conduits and Related Hardware 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 18
line between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two, or to the 19
termination point of conduit installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot of conduit installed for: 24
a) Various sizes. 25
b) Various types. 26
c) Various installation methods. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware as specified by the Drawings 29
2) Elbows 30
3) Couplings 31
4) Weatherheads 32
2. Conduit Boxes 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per each Conduit Box installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each of conduit box installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box as specified by the Drawings 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Excavation 1
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 2
4) Clean-up 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 5
1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 6
2. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene 7
3. BX: Product B Experimental 8
4. AC: Armored cable 9
B. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI): 14
a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum 15
Conduit (ERAC). 16
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 17
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 18
b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. 19
c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 20
d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and 21
Tubing. 22
e. TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 23
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 24
a. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 25
1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 26
2) Chapter 9, Tables. 27
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 28
a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. 29
b. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. 30
c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 31
C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 32
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 34
1.5 SUBMITTALS 35
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 36
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 37
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38
A. Product Data 39
1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and 40
product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6
66 00. 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 MATERIALS 12
A. Materials 13
1. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 14
a. Interlocked steel core 15
b. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 16
c. In accordance with NEC Article 350 17
d. Fittings 18
e. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 19
f. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 20
g. In accordance with: 21
1) ANSI C80.5 22
2) UL-6 23
2. Rigid Steel Conduit 24
a. Hot dip galvanized 25
b. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 26
c. In accordance with: 27
1) NEMA C80.1 28
3. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 29
a. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 30
b. Resistant to sunlight 31
c. UL Labeled 32
d. In accordance with: 33
1) NEMA TC-2 34
2) UL 651 35
e. Fittings in accordance with: 36
1) NEMA TC-3 37
2) UL 514B 38
4. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 39
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 40
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Resistant to sunlight 1
c. UL Labeled. 2
d. In accordance with: 3
1) NEMA TC-2 4
2) UL 651 5
e. Fittings in accordance with: 6
1) NEMA TC-3 7
2) UL 514B 8
5. HDPE Conduit 9
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 10
b. Resistant to sunlight 11
c. UL Labeled 12
d. In accordance with: 13
1) UL 651A 14
2) UL 651B 15
3) NEMA TC-7 16
6. Raceway Boxes 17
a. For use on exposed raceway systems only. 18
b. Boxes for underground systems shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 19
c. Box size 20
1) Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall 21
shall be no less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. 22
2) Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum 23
of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same 24
wall of the box. 25
3) Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the 26
maximum distance used to size box. 27
2.3 ACCESSORIES 28
A. Conduit Outlet Bodies 29
1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches 30
a. Galvanized steel 31
b. Captive screw-clamp cover 32
c. Neoprene gasket 33
d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 34
2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches 35
a. Use junction boxes. 36
B. Conduit Hubs 37
1. Watertight 38
2. Threaded galvanized steel 39
3. Insulated throat 40
4. Stainless steel grounding screw 41
C. Grounding Bushings 42
1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 43
2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 44
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees 1
Celsius 2
4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 3
5. Lug size shall be sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size in 4
accordance with the NEC for the application 5
D. Raceway Sealant 6
1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures 7
where specified in the Drawings. 8
E. Conduit Penetration Seals 9
1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals. 10
F. Conduit and related hardware 11
1. All PVC conduits, including elbows and couplings, shall be schedule 40 PVC 12
conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and UL Standard UL-651. 13
All conduit sizes shall be as specified in the Drawings. 14
2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 15
3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or clamp-on. 16
G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 17
1. Use: 18
a. Embedded in concrete 19
b. Exposed 20
2. Description: 21
a. Internal grounding 22
b. 4-inch movement 23
c. Stainless steel/cast iron 24
H. Expansion Fittings: 25
1. Galvanized steel 26
2. 8-inch movement 27
3. Internal grounding 28
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
PART 3 - EXECUTION 30
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 32
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 33
3.4 APPLICATION 34
A. Interface with Other Work 35
1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and 36
existing installations. 37
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
B. Unless specified in the Drawings or directed by the City, the conduit type installed with 1
respect to the location shall be as follows: 2
1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: 3
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 4
2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: 5
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 6
3. Exposed: 7
a. Rigid galvanized steel 8
4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: 9
a. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 10
C. Box Applications 11
1. Furnish raceway junction, pull, and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the 12
location in which they are installed. 13
2. Exposed switch, receptacle, and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be 14
galvanized steel. 15
3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or 16
enclosure is prohibited. 17
D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 18
1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: 19
a. Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are specified 20
in the Drawings. 21
2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes. 22
E. Conduit Hub Applications 23
1. Unless specifically stated herein or specified in the Drawings, all raceways shall 24
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. 25
a. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. 26
F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 27
1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or 28
switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the 29
raceway. 30
2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 31
3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be 32
pulled. 33
G. Conduit Fittings Applications 34
1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure 35
expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and 36
where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-37
deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 38
2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on 39
the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where 40
the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. 41
H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 42
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other 1
locations specified in the Drawings. 2
2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at 3
other locations specified in the Drawings. 4
I. Conduit Tag Applications 5
1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and all wall and floor 6
penetrations. 7
2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations exiting and entering from 8
underground, including manholes and handholes. 9
J. Raceway Installation 10
1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 11
2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90-degree bends in any 1 run. 12
3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 13
4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 14
5. Where raceways enter or leave the system, where the raceway begins or ends, or 15
where the system could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain, or liquid of any 16
type, the raceway shall be tightly sealed using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal) 17
at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, to eliminate 18
entry of water or moisture to the raceway system at any time. 19
a. Any damage to new or existing equipment due to the entrance of moisture from 20
unsealed raceways shall be corrected by complete replacement of such 21
equipment at no cost to the City. 22
b. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 23
6. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways 24
a. Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 25
7. Single conduits: 26
a. Support with 1-hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to 27
raise conduits from the surface. 28
8. Multiple runs of conduits 29
a. Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded 30
hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 31
9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit 32
a. Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall 33
and equipment. 34
10. Conduit hangers 35
a. Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete 36
inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 37
11. Conduits on exposed work 38
a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. 39
b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. 40
c. No diagonal runs. 41
d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. 42
e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 43
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where 1
flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. 2
a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for 3
connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are 4
required. 5
13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment 6
grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to 7
the box. 8
14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 9
15. PVC conduit 10
a. Use glued type conduit fittings. 11
16. HDPE conduit 12
a. Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 13
17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit 14
a. Primary and secondary of transformers 15
b. Generator terminations 16
c. Other equipment where vibration is present 17
d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are 18
required 19
e. Do not use in other locations. 20
f. Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius 21
elbow of the conduit size being used 22
g. Maximum bending radius shall be in accordance with NEC Chapter 9, Table 2. 23
h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 24
18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs 25
a. Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 26
19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases 27
a. Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 28
20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment 29
a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. 30
b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal. 31
21. Conduit 32
a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, 33
long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and 34
Dig Tess, if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground 35
services. 36
b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be 37
shifted by the City to accommodate field conditions. 38
c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 39
d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as 40
measured from the intended target point for bores. 41
e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the 42
pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. 43
f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string 44
and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by 45
the City. 46
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where 1
conductors and/or cables are present. 2
h. New Conduit 3
1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 4
2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 5
3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types specified in the 6
Drawings. 7
4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by UL. 8
5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically 9
more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 10
6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the 11
nominal size of the conduit. 12
7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal and reamed, with 13
couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent-weld 14
method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 15
8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specified in the Drawings. 16
9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall 17
be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 18
10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only and shall be square and true 19
so the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. 20
a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 21
11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit 22
unless approved by the City. 23
12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling 24
shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 25
13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected 26
conduit together to produce a good, rigid connection throughout the entire 27
length of the conduit run. 28
14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in 29
handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted 30
with rust preventive paint. 31
15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is 32
complete. 33
16) Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire 34
brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to 35
ensure the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 36
17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 37
mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 38
mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 39
18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in 40
such a manner the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the 41
concrete. 42
a) No concrete shall be placed until all conduit ends have been capped and 43
all box openings closed. 44
19) PVC conduit placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, 45
shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit 46
shall be inserted. 47
a) The void may be made by boring. 48
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation 1
will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. 2
c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 3
20) If, as determined by the City, placing of conduit by boring is impractical, 4
written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or 5
designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 6
21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the 7
curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. 8
a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, 9
highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any 10
embankment structure or pavement. 11
22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditch lines 12
a) All ditch lines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and 13
within 2 feet (600 mm) of the back of curb are to be mechanically 14
tamped. 15
b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor 16
density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent 17
optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. 18
c) All backfill material is to be select native material with 6-inch (150 19
mm) diameter clods and smaller. 20
d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 21
mm) lifts with densities being taken for each foot (300 mm) of 22
compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 23
23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent 24
damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius too short. 25
24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only 26
or PVC only). 27
25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the 28
same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 29
26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed 30
and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 31
27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 32
28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed. 33
29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or 34
installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust 35
preventive paint. 36
i. Existing Conduit 37
1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be 38
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with 39
compressed air. 40
2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to 41
clear the conduit by rodding, at no additional cost to the City. 42
3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to 43
repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. 44
a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "Extra Work" on a Change 45
Order. 46
4) The City shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing 47
cable. 48
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment 1
enclosure 2
a. Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated 3
area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be 4
terminated. 5
23. Conduits entering from cable tray 6
a. Stub into the upper section. 7
24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 8
NEMA 7. 9
25. Conduit identification plates 10
a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm, and control conduits at each end of 11
the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. 12
b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. 13
c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of 14
installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 15
26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits to be reused and through all new 16
conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 17
27. Install 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or 18
designated for future equipment. 19
28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not 20
possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the 21
equipment. 22
29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches, or vent duct openings, 23
present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 24
30. Do not use running threads. 25
31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated 26
spaces, or cold air plenums 27
a. Seal with watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal). 28
32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. 29
a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the 30
covering of the pipe crossed. 31
33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray 32
a. Support independently from the cable tray. 33
b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. 34
c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray. 35
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 36
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 38
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 39
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 40
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 41
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 42
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 26 05 35 1
GROUND BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Ground Boxes 6
2. Remove Ground Boxes 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Ground Boxes 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each ground box installed for: 19
a) Various sizes. 20
b) Various types. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Ground Box” installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
b) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
a) Furnishing and installing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 29
b) Excavation and backfill 30
c) Enclosures 31
d) Covers 32
e) Bolts 33
f) Gravel 34
g) Concrete apron, if required 35
2. Remove Ground Boxes 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each ground box removed for: 38
a) Various sizes. 39
b) Various types. 40
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Ground Box” removed for: 4
a) Various sizes. 5
b) Various types. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Removing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 8
2) Excavation and backfill 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Reference Standards 11
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13
unless a date is specifically cited. 14
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 15
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 16
a. Item 624, Ground Boxes. 17
b. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 18
c. Item 432, Riprap. 19
d. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 20
e. Item 618, Conduit. 21
f. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 22
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 23
Specifications (DMS): 24
a. DMS-11070, Ground Boxes. 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS 27
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 31
1. Ground boxes 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 37
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 38
66 00. 39
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Materials 6
1. Traffic Signal Ground boxes shall be as follows: 7
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x24 (TxDOT Type D) 8
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 9
with DMS-11070. 10
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 11
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 12
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 13
2. Fiber Ground Boxes shall be as follows: 14
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x36 (TxDOT ITS) 15
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 16
with DMS-11070. 17
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 18
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 19
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE 20
TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION [NO USED] 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Special Techniques 29
1. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing 30
ground boxes located near underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility 31
company before beginning work. 32
2. Fabricate and install ground boxes as specified in the Drawings. Install ground box 33
to approved line and grade. 34
3. Utilize precast concrete ground boxes in accordance with this and related Sections. 35
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Construct concrete aprons as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with 1
TxDOT Item 421. 2
5. A minimum gravel fill of 9 inches shall be placed under each ground box and a 3
concrete skirt installed around each ground box as specified in the Drawings. 4
6. Lube the bolts, clean out the cover rim, and clean the ground box inside and out 5
prior to final inspection. 6
7. Removal 7
a. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in. below the 8
conduit level. 9
b. Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so 90 degree bends can be removed, 10
and conduit reconnected. 11
c. Clean the conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 33. 12
d. Replace conduit within 5 ft. of the ground box. 13
e. Remove old conductors and install new conductors as specified in the 14
Drawings. 15
f. Backfill area with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding 16
area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent 17
condition. 18
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 10 00 1
SITE CLEARING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Site Preparation 6
a. Preparing the right-of-way and designated easements for construction 7
operations by the removal and disposal of obstructions within the project limits. 8
b. Removing trees and shrubs. 9
c. Pruning trees and shrubs. 10
d. Tree protection fence 11
e. Trunk protection 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 19
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 20
5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 21
6. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Site Preparation 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per lump sum of Site Preparation within the project limits, when 27
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 28
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid for lump sum for “Site Preparation.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Full compensation for Site Preparation as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36
3) Sawing 37
4) Grading and backfilling of holes 38
5) Excavation 39
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Topsoil and sod limits of tree removal disturbance unless quantified 1
separately under another bid item 2
7) Tree and shrub protection for trees and shrubs to remain 3
8) Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during tree removal 4
9) Tree wound treatment material 5
10) Tree and shrub pruning 6
11) Disposal of debris, tree clippings, limbs, leaves, and pine needles removed 7
as part of pruning 8
12) Trunk Protection 9
a) Closed cell foam pad 10
b) Wood planks 11
c) Steel straps 12
13) Tree protection fence 13
a) Woven wire fence 14
b) T-Bar posts 15
c) One strand barbed wire fence 16
d) Tundra weight orange flagging 17
14) Remove, haul-off, and dispose of: 18
a) Trees, shrubbery, grass and all other vegetation not designated to 19
remain 20
b) Stumps, roots, brush, and logs 21
c) Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 22
d) Fence and fence posts if Fence Removal bid item is not used 23
e) Gravel, stone, or boulders, not including removal of gravel or stone 24
driveways, roads, or other driving surfaces. 25
f) Scrap metal 26
g) All rubbish or debris 27
h) All obstructions and objectionable material not specifically included in 28
another bid item 29
1.3 REFERENCES 30
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 31
1. SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 32
2. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 33
3. pH – Potential of Hydrogen 34
4. ESA – Environmentally Sensitive Areas 35
B. Reference Standards 36
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 37
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 38
unless a date is specifically cited. 39
2. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA) / American National Standards Institute 40
(ANSI): 41
a. A300, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Management – Standard Practices 42
(Pruning). 43
3. National Arborist Association Pruning Standards 44
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 45
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5. City of Denton Development Code 1
2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3
A. Disposal Letter 4
1. Provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance with Division 01. 5
B. Permits 6
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required 7
to be obtained from City. 8
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 9
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 10
b. Remove and replace any embanked soils if excavation and/or embankment 11
activities are performed prior to an executed construction contract and an 12
assigned City inspector at no cost to the City. 13
2. Tree Removal Permit in accordance with the City of Denton Development Code is 14
required. 15
3. Tree Inventory Plan prepared in accordance with the City of Denton Development 16
Code or as specified in the Drawings. 17
a. Provide Tree Inventory Plan sufficient for the purposes of obtaining a Tree 18
Removal Permit. 19
1) If insufficient, provide a Tree Inventory Plan that has been prepared by an 20
arborist or a registered landscape architect. 21
b. Provide the City with the correct documents for obtaining the Tree Removal 22
Permit. 23
4. SWPPP – Provide a SWPPP in accordance with Section 01 57 13. 24
5. ESA Compliance Review – Provide tree protective fencing in accordance with 01 25
57 13. 26
C. Sequencing 27
1. Sidewalk Construction 28
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 29
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 30
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 31
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 32
engineer to the City for review. 33
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 34
Control items included with the project. 35
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 36
State, and local guidelines. 37
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 38
D. Pre-Site Clearing Meeting 39
1. Hold a site clearing meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Site 40
Clearing with City and appropriate representatives. 41
2. Clearly mark all: 42
a. Trees and shrubs to remain 43
b. Trees and shrubs to remove 44
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Trees and shrubs to be pruned pre and post construction as specified in the 1
Drawings. 2
3. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection prior to Site 3
Clearing activities. 4
4. Review Tree Inventory Plan as prepared for Tree Removal Permit or in the 5
Drawings. 6
5. Confirm approval of the Tree Removal Permit. 7
6. Confirm trees and shrubs to be removed during pre-site clearing meeting 8
7. Confirm limits for Site Preparation during pre-site clearing meeting. 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS 10
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 13
A. Product Data: 14
1. Tree wound treatment material product data 15
B. Informational Submittal 16
1. Certificates 17
a. Certified Arborist 18
1) A company with a certified arborist is required when performing Tree and 19
Shrub Pruning. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the 20
company performing the pruning. 21
2. Equipment Information 22
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 23
1) Equipment name 24
2) Size 25
3) Intended use 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29
A. Certifications 30
1. Tree and Shrub Pruning 31
a. A company with a certified arborist is required. 32
b. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the company performing the 33
proposed pruning. 34
2. Tree Inventory Plan or Tree Removal Permit 35
a. A certified arborist or a registered landscape architect is required. 36
b. Provide the certificate or license information of the employee(s) from the 37
company preparing the plan and/or permit. 38
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2
A. An ISA Certified Arborist is required to be on site during all pruning activities. 3
4
B. Avoid pruning between February and July. 5
1. When pruning activities need to occur between February and July, use an approved 6
wound treatment material. 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 PRODUCTS 11
A. Tree Wound Treatment 12
B. Root Barrier 13
1. Century Products, or 14
2. Approved equal. 15
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21
3.4 EXECUTION 22
A. General 23
1. Removal 24
a. Notify the City in writing when items required to be removed are: 25
1) Buried and not easily detected from the surface 26
2) Not specified in the Drawings. 27
2. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed within project limits. 28
3. Plug remaining ends of abandoned underground utilities over 3 inches in diameter 29
with concrete to form a tight closure. 30
4. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where items have been removed unless 31
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 32
5. Do not remove any trees unless directed by City or as specified in the Drawings. 33
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 1
7. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 2
regulations. 3
B. Hazardous Material 4
1. This item does not include the removal and disposal of hazardous material. 5
2. Notify the City immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown 6
in the Drawings are encountered. 7
3. Test, remove, and dispose of hazardous material in accordance with Division 01. 8
C. Tree and Shrub Protection 9
1. General 10
a. Perform all excavation and earthwork within the drip line of trees by hand. 11
b. Do not park or service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under 12
the branches of trees designated to remain. 13
c. Protect trees designated to remain during construction activity from: 14
1) Compaction of root area by material storage 15
2) Compaction by driving or parking within the drip-line 16
3) Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing, or bolting 17
4) Girding by tying constrictive material to trees 18
5) Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint, etc. on or around trees and roots 19
6) Cutting of roots 1.5 inch in diameter or more. 20
7) Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime based material such as 21
concrete within the drip line. 22
8) Deformation or permanent damage to the trunk or limbs 23
d. Treatment of Damaged Limbs 24
1) Saw clean all damaged areas and damaged limbs over 1 inch in diameter 25
and treat with an approved wound treatment material. 26
2) Treat with an approved wound treatment within 20 minutes of damaging 27
the tree. 28
2. Tree Protection Fence 29
a. Install tree protection fence at the drip line around trees designated to be 30
protected in Drawings. 31
b. If field conditions do not allow fencing to be installed at the drip line, obtain 32
City approval to install tree protection fencing at a minimum of 8 feet from the 33
trunk. 34
c. Provide “Keep Out. Tree Preservation” signs for protected trees. 35
d. Use the following to construct the Tree Protection Fence unless otherwise 36
specified in Drawings 37
1) Woven wire fence installed with T-Bar posts 38
2) Space T-Bar posts at 10 feet on center 39
3) Place one strand barbed wire along the top of poses. 40
4) Tie tundra weight orange flagging that is 2 feet in length at 3 feet on center 41
along the woven wire. 42
e. Do not install mulch within 12 inches of tree trunk. 43
f. Maintain existing grade within the tree protection fence unless otherwise 44
specified in Drawings. 45
3. Trunk Protection 46
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Install Trunk Protection as specified in Drawings. 1
b. Use the following to construct the Trunk Protection unless otherwise specified 2
in Drawings 3
1) Closed cell foam pad around trunk 4
a) Extend the foam pad 6 inches above and 6 inches below the wood 5
planks. 6
2) 4-foot-long planks that are 4 inches wide and 2 inches thick. Staple planks 7
together using steel straps on top of the foam pad and around the trunk. 8
c. Mulch: 9
1) Provide a 2-foot-wide mulch barrier around the tree trunk. 10
d. Provide “Caution. Tree Protection Area” orange tape around protected tree 11
trunks. 12
D. Tree and Shrub Removal 13
1. Remove tree stumps: 14
a. To 12 inches or more below the finished grade when tree is outside of the limits 15
of additional construction activities 16
b. To natural ground when area will be covered by 3 feet or more of embankment 17
c. Completely remove all stumps and roots when the area will be used as borrow 18
or embankment within the project limits. 19
2. Backfill holes with acceptable material and compact flush with surrounding area. 20
3. Install top soil and sod within limits of tree and shrub removal unless topsoil and 21
sod will be installed as part of the project. 22
E. Tree and Shrub Pruning 23
1. Equipment: 24
a. Use a Vermeer V-1550 RC root pruner or equal to perform all root pruning 25
operations. 26
2. Use tree wound treatment when pruning trees or shrubs during the months of 27
February to July. 28
3. Perform all tree, shrub, and root pruning under the supervision of a certified 29
arborist. 30
4. Prune lower limbs to prevent breakage and to permit access by construction 31
machinery during grading, field/site preparation, and clearing and grubbing 32
operations. 33
5. Prune limbs in accordance with ANSI A300 and National Arborist Association 34
Pruning Standards. 35
6. Prune shade trees in accordance with Class IV National Arborist Association 36
Pruning Standards 37
7. Make cuts as close as possible to the trunk or parent limb without cutting into the 38
limb collar or leaving a protruding stub. 39
8. Remove suckers to the height of the lowest main branch. 40
9. Disinfect tools with 70 percent methyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride, cholerine 41
solution, or other approved disinfectant prior to: 42
a. Pruning oak trees 43
b. Cutting any tree of different type than previous tree pruned 44
10. Tree pruning on 2-inch diameter or larger trees: 45
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Undercut one-third through the limb 8 to 12 inches from the main stem 1
b. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches outside the first cut. 2
c. Remove stub with an even flush cut so that the limb collar protrudes 3
approximately 0.5 inch 4
d. Do not allow limb to fall free if it could damage any other limbs or items 5
e. Treat exposed cuts with wound treatment within 20 minutes of the cut 6
3.5 REPAIR 7
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damaged due to Site Clearing 8
activities: 9
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 10
2. Adjacent sidewalk 11
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 12
4. Subgrade or base material 13
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 14
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 15
7. Landscape beds or planters 16
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 17
9. Retaining walls 18
10. Trees, shrubs, sodding, and topsoil 19
11. Erosion control devices and ESA fences 20
B. Tree Replacement 21
1. Replace any existing tree permanently damaged by construction activities at no cost 22
to the City. Replace tree with an equal or larger caliper tree. 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32
33
34
35
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised November 23, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 23 16 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation for general site grading, street grading, and channel excavation. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 13
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14
5. Section 31 00 00 – Site Clearing. 15
6. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16
7. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Unclassified Excavation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 22
method of Excavation performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 23
Drawings. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per cubic yard for “Unclassified Excavation.” 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Shrinkage and/or swelling factors. Contractor is responsible for 30
determining factors and will not be compensated separately. 31
2) Excavation of all materials within excavation limits 32
3) Finishing parkways and medians 33
4) Excavation 34
5) Safety 35
6) Dewatering 36
7) Temporary drainage 37
8) Drying 38
9) Dust control 39
10) Reworking or replacing over excavated material in rock cuts 40
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
11) Placement 1
12) Compaction 2
13) Loading, hauling, and unloading 3
14) Disposal of unsuitable and excess materials not used elsewhere on the job 4
site 5
15) Finishing slopes, ditches, and channels 6
16) Maintenance blading or scarifying the ground surface 7
17) Equipment 8
18) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. ROW: Right-of-Way 12
2. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 13
B. Classification: 14
1. All authorized excavation is considered unclassified and involves removal of all 15
materials necessary to complete excavation of the site. Any reference to rock, 16
limestone, or other material on the Drawings and/or this specification is solely for 17
the City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as an indication or 18
guarantee of classification of excavation. Payment will not be separated based on 19
classification of excavation unless expressly noted in the Drawings. 20
C. Reference Standards 21
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 22
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 23
unless a date is specifically cited. 24
a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 25
1) Technical Manual Section 5. 26
2) Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 27
Construction. 28
b. City of Denton Development Code 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30
A. Permits 31
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 32
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 33
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 34
b. If the City determines or suspects excavation and/or embankment activities 35
have occurred prior to an executed contract and a City inspector assigned, all 36
construction activities could be suspended for at least 30 days pending the 37
results of the Pre-Earthwork meeting. 38
c. Any damages caused by early clearing and grading activities will be repaired at 39
no cost to the City. 40
B. Sequencing 41
1. Sidewalk Construction 42
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 43
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 44
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 1
route to City for review. 2
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 3
Control items included with the project. 4
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 5
State, and local guidelines. 6
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 7
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 8
1. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 9
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 10
2. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 11
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 00 00. 12
b. Excavation limits 13
c. Cut/fill stakes 14
3. Submit means and methods for any rock cutting for review prior to the Pre-15
Earthwork Meeting. 16
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 17
with Section 01 57 13 prior to excavation activities. 18
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23
A. Informational Submittal 24
1. Equipment Information 25
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 26
1) Equipment name 27
2) Size 28
3) Intended use 29
2. Explosives, Blasting, and Rock Ripping 30
a. Submit storage locations and guidelines for using explosives. 31
b. For rock ripping and blasting, submit means and methods prior to Pre-32
Earthwork meeting for review. 33
c. Provide a list of personnel and employer who will be handling and using 34
explosives. Provide reference information including previous projects and 35
certifications proving explosive qualifications. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39
A. Excavation Safety 40
1. Perform all excavations in a safe manner. 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements 1
when performing excavation, sheeting, and bracing. 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material prior to any excavation 5
activities beginning in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 6
2. Store excavated material to be used in other areas within the right-of-way (ROW) 7
or easement limits unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 8
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of excavated materials 9
within ROW or easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location 10
off-site. 11
3. Store material and equipment in approved areas that are at least 30 feet from edge 12
of road limits. Install erosion control fencing around staging areas. 13
4. For urban areas with limited staging areas, designate offsite location for storing and 14
staging of materials and equipment. If this is not feasible, obtain approval from the 15
City to stage and store materials within project site. 16
5. All offsite staging areas to be in accordance with SWPPP and Watershed Protection 17
requirements. Offsite staging areas are considered part of the project site and will 18
need to be included with the SWPPP and Watershed Protection review. 19
6. If excavated material is stored off-site: 20
a. Provide an authorized letter from property owner approving the storage of 21
excavated materials. 22
b. Contractor is responsible for negotiating and coordinating with the property 23
owner. 24
c. The City is not responsible for establishing an off-site location. 25
d. The City is not liable for any damage resulting in off-site storage of excavated 26
materials. 27
7. Remove any excavated material not used in other areas within 48 hours of 28
excavation activities. 29
8. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways with excavation activities or 30
materials. 31
9. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 32
10. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans or as 33
approved by the City if excavation is performed during active traffic. 34
11. Do not store material within the drip line of any tree or in landscaped areas. 35
12. Install tree protection in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 36
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 37
A. Existing Conditions 38
1. Any data provided regarding subsurface conditions of excavated material is not 39
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity of proposed 40
excavated material. 41
2. The City is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the 42
Contractor regarding the existing material to be excavated. 43
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 3
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9
3.3 PREPARATION 10
A. Surface Preparation 11
1. If needed, provide temporary drainage to maintain positive drainage throughout 12
excavation activities. Any temporary drainage construction will be considered 13
subsidiary to excavation. 14
2. Dewatering and temporary storm drain activities will be considered part of the 15
SWPPP and Watershed Protection review and are required to be in accordance with 16
all requirements listed therein. 17
B. Demolition / Removal 18
1. Remove any existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 and 02 41 13. 19
3.4 EXCAVATION 20
A. General 21
1. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 22
in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. City is not responsible for 23
any disposed material or disposal activities. 24
2. Perform excavations while material to be excavated is dry aside from water applied 25
for dust control. 26
3. Contractor is responsible for the condition of the subgrade until the pavement is in 27
place. 28
4. Over-excavate and replace any portion of subgrade that becomes damaged or 29
unstable due to weather or construction activities prior to stabilizing the subgrade, 30
installing base material, or placing the pavement. This will be at no cost to the City. 31
5. Separate, remove, and dispose of unacceptable fill material as defined in Section 31 32
24 00 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 33
6. Maintain positive drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to any existing 34
structures, proposed structures, and the roadway. 35
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grade. 1
8. Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 2
3
B. Earth Cut 4
1. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 5
2. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 6
replace over-excavated material at no cost to City. Anticipated reasons for over 7
excavation can include, but are not limited to: 8
a. Excavation below an acceptable subgrade tolerance 9
b. Soils damaged due to weather or construction activities 10
3. Shape and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 11
4. Subgrade Tolerances 12
a. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 13
b. In areas of over excavation, provide fill material approved by the City at no cost 14
to City. 15
C. Rock Cut 16
1. Do not use dynamite or rock ripping within 500 feet of residences or commercial 17
development. 18
2. Blasting 19
a. Obtain City approval prior to any blasting. 20
b. Send notification at least 15 days in advance to all property owners within 21
1,000 feet of the blasting site. 22
c. Follow all OSHA regulations for explosives and blasting agents, including but 23
not limited to requirements in the OSHA Technical Manual Section 5, and 24
OSHA Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 25
Constructions. 26
d. Use only authorized workers with training, knowledge, or experience in the 27
field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives. 28
1) Authorized workers also need to have working knowledge of State and 29
local laws and regulations pertaining to explosives. 30
e. If there are concerns that seismic vibrations may cause damage to adjacent 31
structures, provide: 32
1) A structural engineer to determine safe limits to prevent any damage. 33
2) All equipment, monitors, tools, and engineering design necessary at no cost 34
to the City. 35
f. Use blasting mats or other approved containment equipment to ensure that no 36
rocks or debris will be thrown into the air. 37
g. Comply with all City of Denton noise ordinances when blasting. 38
3. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 39
4. For small pockets or thin layers, remove rock to at least 12-inches below subgrade. 40
5. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 41
replace over excavated material at no cost to City. 42
D. Water for Construction 43
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Provide water as needed for site preparation, compaction, dust control, and other 1
incidental activities in accordance with local requirements in accordance with 2
Section 01 35 13. 3
4
E. Dewatering 5
1. Dewatering is subsidiary to excavation and includes the installation and operation 6
of all pumping, bailing, well-pointing, sumps, and draining necessary to keep the 7
excavation free from groundwater, seepage water, water from storm drains, 8
wastewater collection systems, ditches, creeks, ponds, and other sources. 9
2. Keep channels, trenches, pits, and other low point excavations drained as much as 10
practical during construction at no cost to the City. 11
3. Construction will not be permitted in standing water. 12
4. Conform all discharge from dewatering activities to Federal, State, and local 13
requirements in a manner approved by the City. 14
5. Control outlet velocities from dewatering discharges to prevent erosion. 15
F. Excavated Material 16
1. Maintain safe and convenient access to private and public properties adjacent to 17
excavation activities unless specified in the Drawings. Obtain approval from the 18
City for maintenance of access methods. 19
2. Acceptable fill material may be used for embankment in accordance with 31 24 00. 20
3. Stockpile acceptable excavated materials on-site in accordance with Sections 31 10 21
00 and 31 24 00. Proper erosion control and BMPs to be utilized in accordance with 22
the Drawings, local guidelines, and approved by the City. 23
G. Methods of Excavation 24
1. Submit means and methods for review by the City prior for any method of 25
excavation that is not using traditional excavation methods. 26
2. Comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations when developing and 27
submitting for approval any alternative method. 28
3. If an alternative method is requested and approved after contract execution, perform 29
excavation at no additional cost to the City beyond the stated excavation unit price 30
in the bid form. 31
3.5 REPAIR 32
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to excavation 33
activities: 34
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 35
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 36
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 37
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 38
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 39
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 40
7. Landscape beds or planters 41
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 42
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
9. Retaining walls 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 24 00 1
EMBANKMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing, placing, and compacting approved soils for construction. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 13
4. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Embankment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 19
method of Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 20
Drawings. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 23
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 24
cubic yard for “Embankment.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Transporting or hauling material 27
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 28
3) Construction Water 29
4) Dust Control 30
5) Proof Rolling 31
6) Disposal of excess materials 32
7) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 33
2. Select Fill Embankment 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method 36
of Select Fill Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 37
Drawings. 38
39
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 2
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 3
cubic yard for “Select Fill Embankment”. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Transporting or hauling material 6
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 7
3) Construction Water 8
4) Dust Control 9
5) Clean-up 10
6) Proof Rolling 11
7) Disposal of excess materials 12
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 13
1.3 REFERENCES 14
A. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17
unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. ASTM Standards: 19
a. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 20
(Unified Soil Classification System). 21
b. D4318, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 22
Plasticity Index of Soils. 23
c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 24
Soil Using Standard Effort. 25
3. TEX-115-E, FIELD METHOD FOR DETERMINING IN-PLACE DENSITY OF 26
SOILS AND BASE MATERIALS 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Permits 29
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 30
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 31
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 32
b. Any excavation or embankment activities performed prior to an executed 33
construction contract and an assigned City inspector is subject to additional 34
testing, compaction, and site requirements at no cost to the City. 35
B. Sequencing 36
1. Install all erosion control measures in accordance with Section 31 25 14 prior to 37
commencing any earthwork activities. 38
2. Complete all site clearing in accordance with Section 31 10 00 prior to commencing 39
any earthwork activities. 40
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 41
1. A Pre-Earthwork Meeting is not required for Capital Improvement projects. 42
2. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 43
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44
45
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 1
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 10 00. 2
b. Excavation limits 3
c. Cut/fill stakes 4
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 5
with Section 01 57 13 prior to Excavation activities. 6
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10
treating activities. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Information Submittal 13
1. Equipment Information 14
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15
1) Equipment name 16
2) Size 17
3) Intended use 18
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19
A.Test and Evaluation Reports 20
1. All test reports generated during testing. 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
2. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 28
a. Store soil within existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction 29
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 31
c. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 32
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33
d. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34
landscaped areas. 35
3. Designated Storage Areas 36
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 37
or temporary construction easement, secure and maintain an adequate storage 38
location. 39
b. Provide an affidavit verifying rights have been secured to store the materials on 40
private property. 41
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Do not block drainage ways. 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2
A. Ambient Conditions 3
1. Surface temperature must be at least 40°F and the ambient temperature must be 4
45°F and rising. 5
2. Do not install embankment during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper 6
work placement of the material and compaction. 7
a. Prior to resuming compaction operations: 8
1) Let soil dry to optimal density. 9
2) Remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted 10
materials. 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14
2.2 MATERIALS 15
A. General 16
1. Furnish material capable of forming a stable embankment. 17
2. Furnish material free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious 18
materials. 19
B. Acceptable Fill Material 20
1. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with ASTM 21
D2487. 22
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 23
3. Can be placed free from voids. 24
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 25
5. Meets the requirements of Table 1. 26
Table 1 – Acceptable Fill Material Requirements 27
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 50
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 35
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 3000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
C. Blended Fill Material 28
1. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487. 29
2. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material in accordance with the 30
requirements of this Section. 31
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 1
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 2
5. Final blended product meets the requirements of Table 1. 3
D. Unacceptable Fill Material 4
1. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 5
D2487 6
E. Select Fill Material 7
1. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 8
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 9
3. Can be placed free from voids. 10
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 11
5. Meets the requirements of Table 2. 12
13
Table 2 – Select Fill Material Requirements 14
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E 8< PI ≤ 20
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
15
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 17
A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 18
1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation, and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 19
from each source. 20
a. All testing listed above shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D698, 21
D6913, and D4318 respectively. 22
PART 3 - EXECUTION 23
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25
3.3 PREPARATION 26
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 27
1. Pavement 28
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 29
designated to remain. 30
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 1
contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 2
cost. 3
2. Trees 4
a. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 5
00. 6
b. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 7
canopy. 8
c. Prune or trim tree limbs as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 9
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 10
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 11
3. Above ground Structures 12
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 13
B. Surface Preparation 14
1. Backfill stump holes or other small incidental excavations due to site clearing with 15
material of same properties as in-situ material. 16
2. Scarify base soil surface on which the embankment will be constructed to a 17
minimum depth of 6 inches. 18
3. Bench slopes before placing new material. 19
3.4 EMBANKMENT 20
A. General 21
1. Provide material type as specified in the Drawings. 22
2. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area. 23
3. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material 24
and proof roll existing surface. 25
4. After spreading the loose lifts to required thickness and adjusting its moisture 26
content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed 27
embankment material. 28
5. Compact material in loose lifts no greater than 8 inches. 29
6. Roll with enough passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. 30
7. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 31
specified compaction. 32
8. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 33
B. Surface Water Control 34
1. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse 35
slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 36
2. Conduct fills so no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. 37
3. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 38
amounts of runoff collect. 39
4. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free 40
from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 41
C. Earth Embankments 42
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in 1
lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 2
2. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 3
and incorporate it into uniform layers. 4
3. Construct embankments in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the 5
street. 6
4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 7
ensure no abrupt changes in the material. 8
5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 9
material is attained. 10
6. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections specified in the Drawings. 11
7. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 12
requirements until the project is accepted. 13
D. Rock Embankments 14
1. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specified in the Drawings. 15
2. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 16
cross-section with a depth of 18 inches or less. 17
3. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 inches in any 18
case. 19
4. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 20
placement and filling operations. 21
5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 22
of any rock. 23
6. Do not place rock greater than 18 inches in its maximum dimension. 24
7. Do not place rock embankments in any location where future utilities are 25
anticipated. 26
8. Construct the final layer with graded material so the density and uniformity is in 27
accordance with compaction requirements. 28
E. Density Control 29
1. Determine maximum dry density and moisture content using ASTM D698 and 30
submit moisture-density curves to City for review. 31
2. Compact each lift to meet the following requirements: 32
a. For soils with a PI less than 35, compact to 98% of maximum dry density, plus 33
or minus 2%. 34
b. For soils with a PI greater than 35, compact to at least 98% of maximum dry 35
density. 36
F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 37
1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 38
2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 39
percentage points below optimum. 40
3. Rework the material to obtain specified compaction when the material loses the 41
required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 42
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 1
specified density as directed by City. 2
3.5 REPAIR 3
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Embankment 4
activities: 5
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 6
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 7
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 8
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 9
5. Utility pipes 10
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 11
7. Landscape beds or planters 12
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13
9. Retaining walls 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 16
A. Field Tests and Inspections 17
1. Proctors 18
a. Perform Proctor Tests in accordance with ASTM D698. 19
b. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 20
c. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 21
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 22
2) If notified by the Engineer 23
3) At the convenience of the City 24
d. For Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 25
Proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 26
2. Proof Rolling 27
a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 28
b. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 29
one tire width. 30
c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping and unstable or non-uniform areas in 31
accordance with this Section. 32
3. Density Testing of Embankments 33
a. Density Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D6938. 34
b. City must be on site during density testing. 35
c. For Embankments under future pavement: 36
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations 37
are being conducted. 38
2) Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 39
3) City to determine density testing locations. 40
d. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 41
1) The City will perform density testing once per working day when 42
compaction operations are being conducted. 43
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Measure density every 250’ along embankment. 1
3) City to determine density testing locations. 2
e. Test reports shall include: 3
1) Location of test by station number 4
2) Time and date of test 5
3) Depth of testing 6
4) Field moisture 7
5) Dry density 8
6) Proctor identifier 9
7) Percent Proctor Density 10
B. Non-Conforming Work 11
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the 12
City. 13
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/2024 Added TXDOT reference standard TEX-115-E
6/14/2024 Excluded shale material from all backfill options
23
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 25 14 1
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent 7
and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution. 8
2. Preparation and implementation of Contractor produced Erosion Control Plan. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 32 05 26 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Silt Fence 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for “Silt Fence” installed. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Silt Fence as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Posts 28
3) Filter fabric 29
4) Net reinforcement 30
5) Fasteners 31
6) Stone overflows 32
7) Safety caps 33
8) Cleaning 34
9) Disposal of silt 35
10) Repair of damaged Silt Fence 36
2. Check Dam 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed. 39
b. Payment 40
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per linear foot for “Check Dam” installed. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings 5
2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric 6
3) Excavation 7
4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 8
5) Cleaning 9
6) Disposal of silt 10
7) Repair of damaged Check Dam 11
3. Organic Filter Tube 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot for “Organic Filter Tube” installed. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings 20
2) Containment mesh 21
3) Core material 22
4) Posts 23
5) Rock bags 24
6) Cleaning 25
7) Disposal of silt 26
8) Repair of damaged Organic Filter Tube 27
4. Inlet Protection 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per each for “Inlet Protection” installed. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings 36
2) All items pertaining to hog wire for erosion control as needed 37
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 38
4) Cleaning 39
5) Disposal of silt 40
6) Repair of damaged Inlet Protection items 41
5. Erosion Control Blanket 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per square yard for “Erosion Control Blanket” installed. 48
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the 2
Drawings 3
2) Blanket and staples 4
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 5
4) Cleaning 6
5) Disposal of silt 7
6) Repair of damaged Erosion Control Blanket 8
6. Stabilized Construction Exit 9
a. Measurement 10
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 13
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 14
be allowed. 15
7. Mulching 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per square yard for “Mulching” installed. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings 24
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 25
8. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each for “Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap” installed. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Filter stone 36
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 37
4) Cleaning 38
5) Disposal of silt 39
6) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps 40
9. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 41
a. Measurement 42
1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed. 43
b. Payment 44
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 45
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 46
price bid per each for “Stone Outlet Sediment Trap” installed. 47
c. The price bid shall include: 48
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 1
Drawings 2
2) Filter stone 3
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 4
4) Cleaning 5
5) Disposal of silt 6
6) Repair of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps 7
10. Turf Reinforcement Mat 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per square yard for “Turf Reinforcement Mat” installed. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the 16
Drawings 17
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 18
3) Cleaning 19
4) Disposal of silt 20
5) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items 21
11. Dewatering Controls 22
a. Measurement 23
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 26
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 27
be allowed. 28
12. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Device Installation 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Stormwater Pollution 34
Prevention Device Installation”. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing all items under Stormwater Pollution Prevention 37
Device Installation as specified by the Drawings 38
2) Excavation 39
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 40
4) Cleaning 41
5) Disposal of silt 42
6) Repair of damaged Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 43
13. Remove Stormwater Pollution Prevention Devices 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 46
b. Payment 47
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Remove Stormwater 2
Pollution Prevention Devices.” 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Removing all items previously installed as part of the Stormwater Pollution 5
Prevention Plan as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Loading, unloading, and hauling 7
3) Cleaning 8
4) Disposal of silt 9
14. Erosion Control Plan Preparation 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed in accordance with this item shall be paid for at the 14
lump sum price bid for all “Erosion Control Plan Preparation.” 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Creation, submittal and approval of an erosion control plan as specified by 17
the Drawings 18
2) Revisions or updates to the erosion control plan as required by Watershed 19
Protection inspectors throughout project implementation 20
15. Erosion Control Plan Implementation 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed in accordance with this item shall be paid for at the 25
lump sum price bid for all “Erosion Control Plan Implementation.” 26
2) 75% of the lump sum price shall be payable after initial installation and 27
approval by the Watershed Protection department 28
3) The remaining 25% of the lump sum price shall be payable after vegetative 29
cover requirements have been met and all erosion and sediment control 30
measures have been removed. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Installation, maintenance, and repair of all erosion or sediment control 33
measures indicated in the approved Erosion Control Plan 34
2) Modifications to the approved erosion and sediment control measures 35
required to comply with performance requirements during the project 36
3) Removal of all erosion or sediment control measures once vegetative cover 37
requirements have been met. 38
1.3 REFERENCES 39
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 40
1. Environmentally Sensitive Area: ESA 41
B. Reference Standards 42
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 43
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 44
unless a date is specifically cited. 45
2. City of Denton, Stormwater Design Criteria Manual 46
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater 1
Management (iSWM) Technical Manual. 2
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 3
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 4
a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets. 5
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material 6
Specifications (DMS): 7
a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 8
b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric. 9
c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 11
A. Sequencing 12
1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to the commencement of 13
any earth disturbing activities. 14
2. If required, ensure ESA protection measures are fully installed prior to the 15
commencement of any earth disturbing activities. 16
3. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection of installed erosion 17
control or ESA protection measures prior to the commencement of any earth 18
disturbing activities. Watershed@cityofdenton.com 19
4. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment 20
Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed. 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS 22
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 23
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section 26
01 57 13 where land disturbance exceeds 1 acre. 27
B. Erosion Control Plan submittal when Contractor is responsible for creating site specific 28
erosion control plan. 29
1. Plan content and requirements as specified in the Drawings 30
2. Plan to adhere to the general standards of the City of Denton’s Development Code 31
Section 7.3.5 32
C. Product Data 33
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment 34
Control devices and accessories. 35
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 36
a. Manufacturer name 37
b. Date 38
c. Material description 39
d. Point of delivery 40
e. Data and test results as specified in this Section 41
f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with 9
manufacturer’s recommendations. 10
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14
2.2 MATERIALS 15
A. Silt Fence 16
1. Fabric 17
a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 18
19
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
20
2. Posts 21
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet 22
in length minimum. 23
b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic. 24
c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less 25
than 90 days. 26
3. Net Reinforcement 27
a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, 28
with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches. 29
4. Stone Overflows 30
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 31
26. 32
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
B. Check Dam 1
1. Aggregate 2
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 3
dam heights of 24 inches or less. 4
b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 5
dam greater than 24 inches in height. 6
2. Wire 7
a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire. 8
3. Fabric 9
a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in 10
accordance with the following criteria: 11
12
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
13
C. Organic Filter Tube 14
1. Containment Mesh 15
a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with 16
a minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap, 17
twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester. 18
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 19
b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube 20
installation. 21
c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic 22
filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system. 23
2. Core Material 24
a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or 25
coir. 26
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 27
3. Posts 28
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2 29
inches by 2 inches wooden posts. 30
b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic 31
Filter Tube. 32
D. Inlet Protection 33
1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 34
control in accordance with this Section. 35
E. Erosion Control Blanket 36
1. Blanket 37
a. In accordance with DMS 6370. 38
2. Staples 39
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer 1
recommendations. 2
F. Stabilized Construction Exit 3
1. Aggregate 4
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 5
G. Mulching 6
1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings. 7
H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 8
1. Riprap 9
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 10
2. Filter Stone 11
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 12
26. 13
3. Wire 14
a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch 15
by 1/2 inch openings. 16
4. Fabric 17
a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria: 18
19
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
20
5. Concrete Block 21
a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in 22
accordance with ASTM C139. 23
I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 24
1. Riprap 25
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 26
2. Filter Stone 27
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 28
26. 29
3. Fabric 30
a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 31
32
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1
J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 2
1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved 3
Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the 4
following criteria: 5
6
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent
Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft
7
K. Dewatering Controls 8
1. Sediment Filter Bag 9
a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile 10
that meets the following criteria: 11
12
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2
13
2. Temporary Sediment Tank 14
a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot 15
for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity. 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. General 23
1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere 24
with the construction of the erosion control measure. 25
B. Erosion Control Blanket 26
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 27
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 28
C. Mulching 29
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final 1
vegetation. 2
a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with 3
hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months. 4
D. Turf Reinforcement Mat 5
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 6
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 7
3.4 INSTALLATION 8
A. Silt Fence 9
1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept 10
sediment from sheet flow. 11
2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center. 12
3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh. 13
Backfill the trench. 14
4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts 15
in at least four equally spaced locations per post. 16
5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches. 17
6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage 18
or bypass. 19
7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if 20
there is no apparent low point. 21
8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 22
9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or 23
otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 24
B. Check Dam 25
1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings. 26
2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow. 27
C. Organic Filter Tube 28
1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to 29
intercept sediment from sheet flow. 30
2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the 31
length of the Organic Filter Tubes. 32
3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of 33
normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs. 34
a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces. 35
4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together 36
preventing gaps from forming. 37
5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 38
D. Inlet Protection 39
1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturer’s 40
instructions. 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Install filter fabric as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with this Section. 1
3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 2
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 3
device clogs. 4
E. Erosion Control Blanket 5
1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is 6
steeper than a 6:1 slope. 7
2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper. 8
3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings. 9
4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 10
5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 11
6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 12
7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 13
8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 14
edges by 6 inches. 15
9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 16
10. ECBs shall be installed vertically down slope (across contours) on cut/fill slopes 17
and embankments and along contours (parallel to flow) in swales and drainage 18
ditches. 19
11. Unless the ECB is seeded to establish vegetation, perimeter applications shall be 20
limited to thirty feet wide drainage areas (I.e. linear construction projects) for an 8 21
feet width of ECB. 22
F. Stabilized Construction Exit 23
1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings. 24
2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a 25
construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 26
3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a 27
drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 28
4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site 29
or on top of utility lines. 30
5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way. 31
G. Mulching 32
1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform 33
coverage of the specified area. 34
2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches. 35
3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder, 36
using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the 37
mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper. 38
4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper. 39
H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 40
1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 1
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 2
control design storm. 3
3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 4
4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 5
diameter. 6
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 7
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 8
device clogs. 9
I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 10
1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 12
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 13
control design storm. 14
3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 15
diameter. 16
4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 17
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 18
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 19
device clogs. 20
J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 21
1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturer’s 22
recommendations. 23
2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or 24
channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading. 25
3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes, 26
embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level. 27
4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes 28
below the water surface level. 29
5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 30
6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 31
7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 32
8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 33
9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 34
edges by 6 inches. 35
10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 36
3.5 REPAIR 37
1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in 38
accordance with this Section. 39
2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further 40
damage from equipment operations needed for repairs. 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1
A. Field Inspections 2
1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar 3
days. 4
2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in 5
operation. 6
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE 12
A. General 13
1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair 14
and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a 15
device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control 16
devices must be selected. 17
2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain 18
intended operation. 19
3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative 20
cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City. 21
B. Check Dam 22
1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one 23
foot, whichever is less. 24
C. Dewatering Controls 25
1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices 26
to prevent further erosion. 27
2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment. 28
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29
30
31
END OF SECTION 32
33
Revision Log
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 14, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/14/24 Added ESA protection measures to Section 1.4; Removed Watershed Protection
individual contact information from Section 1.4
6/14/24 Removed organic filter tubes and rock bags from inlet protection under 3.4.D
6/14/24 Removed presence of Watershed Protection from inspection requirement under 3.7
1
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 34 19 1
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcements. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per the square yard of Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per square yard for “Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement” installed. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 23
2) Loading 24
3) Unloading 25
4) Hauling 26
5) Disposal of excess materials 27
6) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34
a. D4632, Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 35
b. D276, Identification of Fibers in Textiles 36
c. D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to 37
Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc-Type Apparatus 38
3. TXDOT Test Procedures: 39
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Tex-616-J, Construction Fabrics 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6
A. Product Data 7
1. Name 8
2. Manufacturer 9
3. Chemical composition 10
4. Material Properties 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17
66 00. 18
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 19
A. Ambient Conditions 20
1. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement under appropriate ambient and soil 21
conditions in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Manufacturer List 28
a. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 29
1) TriAx Geogrid by Tensar, or 30
2) Approved equal 31
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 32
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33
B. Material Requirements 34
35
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Provide Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement meeting the following requirements: 1
2
Characteristic Test Method Average Roll Minimum Value
Grab Strength ASTM D4632 80-lbs @ 12-in per minute
Elongation at Break ASTM D4632 50% @ 12-in per minute
Asphalt Retention Tex-616-J 0.5-oz per square foot
Melting Point ASTM D276 300° F
Resistance to UV Light ASTM D4355 70%
3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines. 11
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20
21
31 34 19
GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 31 37 00 1
RIPRAP 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A.Section Includes: 5
1. Provide and place concrete, stone, cement-stabilized, or special riprap. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A.Measurement and Payment 16
1. Riprap 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per square yard of Riprap installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per square yard for “Riprap” installed for: 23
a) Various depths. 24
b) Various types. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Riprap as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Aggregate, filter fabric, expansion joint material, concrete, grout, mortar, 28
and reinforcing steel 29
3) Excavation for wingwalls and toe wall trenches 30
4) Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as 31
applicable 32
5) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 33
6) Shaping of slopes, as applicable 34
7) Bedding 35
8) Clean-up 36
37
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A.Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 6
a. D5519, Standard Test Methods for Particle Size Analysis of Natural and Man-7
Made Riprap Materials. 8
3. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS): 9
a. DMS 6200, Filter Fabric. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17
A.Storage and Handling Requirements 18
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19
66 00. 20
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 21
A.Ambient Conditions 22
1. Place mortar or grout only when the air temperature is above 35° F and rising. 23
2. For concrete riprap, follow all field condition requirements for concrete in 24
accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 MATERIALS 29
A.Filter Fabric 30
1. Provide Type 2 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, if required. 31
B. Concrete Riprap 32
1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days in accordance 33
with Section 03 30 00. 34
35
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
C. Stone Riprap 1
1. Use durable natural stone with a bulk specific gravity of at least 2.50 and a 2
maximum weight loss of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution. 3
2. Common 4
a. Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. 5
b. Use stones at least 3 inches in their least dimension. 6
c. Use stones at least twice as wide as they are thick. 7
3. Protection 8
a. Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. 9
b. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a least 1/3 of 10
the length. 11
c. Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements shown in 12
Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 13
d. Determine the gradation of the finished, in-place, riprap stone under the direct 14
supervision of the City in accordance with ASTM D5519. 15
Table 1 16
Riprap Gradation Requirements 17
Thickness Maximum Size
(lb.)
90 percent Size1
(lb.)
50 percent Size2
(lb.)
8 percent Size3,
Minimum (lb.)
12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3
15 in. 320 170-300 60-165 20
18 in. 530 290-475 105-220 22
21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25
24 in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30
30 in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40
1. Defined such that 10% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 90% is smaller. 18
2. Defined such that 50% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 50% is smaller. 19
3. Defined such that 92% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 8% is smaller. 20
Table 2 21
Bedding Stone Gradation 22
Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent by Weight Passing
3 inches 100
1-1/2 inches 50-80
3/4 inches 20-60
No. 4 0-15
No. 10 0-5
D.Grout 23
1. Provide grout with a ratio of 1-part portland cement to 3-parts sand and mixed with 24
water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into and completely fill all voids. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A.Grading 5
1. Grade and compact the slopes and other areas to be protected with riprap to match 6
the line and grade shown on the plans. 7
3.4 INSTALLATION 8
A.Filter Fabric 9
1. Place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope, if required. 10
2. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 11
3. Secure fabric with nails at least 2 inches long or U-shaped pins with legs at least 9 12
inches long. 13
4. Space nails or pins at a maximum 10 feet in each direction and 5 feet along seams. 14
B. Concrete Riprap 15
1. Reinforcement 16
a. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 17
18 inches in each direction unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18
b. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at all splices. 19
c. Place the first parallel bar no more than 6 inches from the edge of concrete and 20
ensure between 1 and 3 inches of horizontal cover at the edge of riprap. 21
d. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant 22
from the top and bottom surface of the slab. 23
e. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 24
f. Provide 2-inch weep holes on 10-foot centers located 2 feet above finished 25
grade backed by 1 cubic foot of gravel and galvanized hardware cloth. 26
g. Provide additional rows of 2-inch weep holes for each 20 feet of riprap height, 27
offset by 5 feet from the first row. 28
2. Subgrade 29
a. Sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed ensuring all 30
surfaces are moist. 31
b. Compact each layer to a minimum of 98 percent standard proctor density with a 32
moisture content not to exceed plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 33
3. Compact and shape the concrete once it has been placed in accordance with the 34
dimensions shown on the plans. 35
4. Finish the surface with a wood float after it has set sufficiently. 36
5. Provide a smooth surface or broom finish, as approved. 37
6. Cure the riprap immediately after the finishing operation in accordance with 38
Section 32 13 13. 39
40
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
C. Stone Riprap 1
1. Provide the following types of stone riprap as specified in the Drawings: 2
a. Dry Riprap 3
1) Stone riprap with voids filled entirely with only spalls or small stones. 4
2) Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and 5
voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 6
3) Do not exceed a 6-inch variation between the tops of adjacent stones. 7
4) Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the 8
allowable amount above the finished surface. 9
b. Grouted Riprap 10
1) Common stone riprap with voids grouted after all stones are in place. 11
2) Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the 12
stones. 13
3) Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place, fill the spaces between 14
the stones with grout, and pack. 15
4) Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 16
5) Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. 17
2. Common 18
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1. 19
b. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. 20
c. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. 21
d. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding 22
course. 23
3. Protection 24
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. 25
b. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits specified in the Drawings. 26
c. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well-27
graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. 28
d. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. 29
e. Avoid displacing the bedding material. 30
f. Ensure the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from 31
objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. 32
g. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place by dumping into chutes, 33
dumping from the top of the slope, pushing from the top of the slope, or any 34
method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 35
h. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the 36
mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other 37
methods of placement that will produce the specified results. 38
i. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary 39
to obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. 40
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43
A.Field Tests and Inspections 44
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Perform a size verification test in accordance with ASTM D5519 at least once per 1
5,000 square yards of finished riprap for all types of stone. 2
2. For installations greater than 5,000 square yards, do not place additional riprap until 3
the initial size verification test has been approved. 4
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
3.14 ATTACHMENTS 11
12
13
Figure 1 – Common Stone Riprap, dry or grouted 14
31 37 00
RIPRAP
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
Figure 2 – Protection Stone Riprap 2
3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 32 31 00 1
FENCES AND GATES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing and installing, removing, or replacing wooden, metal, chain link, or wire 6
fences and gates. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 14
4. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Fence 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per linear foot of Fence installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot for “Fence” installed for: 24
a) Various Types. 25
b) Various Heights. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Fence as specified by the Drawings 28
2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 29
3) Excavation and embankment 30
4) Loading 31
5) Unloading 32
6) Hauling 33
7) Storing 34
8) Mow strip, if required 35
2. Gate 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each Gate installed. 38
39
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Gate” installed for: 4
a) Various Types. 5
b) Various Heights. 6
c) Various Widths. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Gates as specified by the Drawings 9
2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 10
3) Excavation and embankment 11
4) Loading 12
5) Unloading 13
6) Hauling 14
7) Storing 15
8) Mow strip, if required. 16
3. Cattle Guard 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each Cattle Guard installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per each “Cattle Guard” installed for: 23
a) Various Widths. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Cattle Guards as specified by the Drawings 26
2) Excavation and embankment 27
3) Loading 28
4) Unloading 29
5) Hauling 30
6) Storing 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 37
a. A116, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel-Woven Wire Fence 38
Fabric 39
b. A121, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire 40
c. A392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 41
d. A491, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence 42
Fabric 43
e. A702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts, Hot Wrought 44
f. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 45
g. F668, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polyolefin and 46
Other Polymer-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 47
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
h. F934, Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain 1
Link Fence Materials 2
i. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 3
(Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 4
3. American Wood-Preservers’ Association (APWA). 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS 7
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 10
A.Product Data 11
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer that is supplying fence, gate, or cattle 12
guard materials and accessories. 13
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 14
a. Manufacturer name 15
b. Date 16
c. Material description 17
d. Data and test results as required in this Section 18
e. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 19
f. Installation Recommendations, if applicable 20
B. Shop Drawings 21
1. Provide shop drawings for all fence, gates, and cattle guards showing: 22
a. Installation layout with details and dimensions 23
b. Material type 24
c. Material finish 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. General 6
1. Provide only new materials of the size, weight, and material specified in the 7
Drawings. 8
2. Provide materials of good commercial quality and design. 9
B. Posts 10
1. Metal 11
a. Do not use rerolled or open-seam material. 12
b. Provide steel pipe in accordance with ASTM F1083. 13
c. Provide T-posts in accordance with ASTM A702. 14
d. Paint all non-galvanized posts with an anti-corrosive paint approved by the 15
City. 16
2. Wood 17
a. Provide posts free of all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects that would 18
weaken or otherwise make the posts unsuitable for the purposes intended. 19
b. Ensure all knots are sound, tight, trimmed flush, and not exceeding 1/3 the 20
small dimension of the post. 21
c. Ensure posts are straight, such that a line drawn between the center of each end 22
does not fall outside the center of the post at any point by more than 2 inches. 23
d. For untreated posts use cedar, redwood, cypress, or live oak. 24
e. For treated posts use pine, spruce, or fir preservative treated in accordance with 25
all applicable AWPA standards. 26
3. Concrete 27
a. Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
b. Bagged concrete is allowed. 30
C. Chain Link Fabric 31
1. Provide chain link fabric made of at least 9 gauge steel wire in accordance with 32
ASTM A392 or ASTM A491. 33
2. Provide knuckled selvages at the top and bottom edge of fabric. 34
3. Provide 7 gauge steel tension wire with a minimum breaking strength of 1,950 35
pounds for the bottom edge, and top edge when railing is not used, of all chain link 36
fence. 37
4. When directed provide PVC vinyl coated fabric in accordance with ASTM F668 38
and colored in accordance with ASTM F934. 39
40
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
D. Wire Mesh Fabric 1
1. Provide wire mesh fabric made of at least 10 gauge wire for the top and bottom 2
wires and at least 12-1/2 gauge wire for the intermediate wire and vertical stays in 3
accordance with ASTM A116. 4
E. Barbed Wire 5
1. Provide barbed wire made of 2 strands 12-1/2 gauge wire, twisted with 2-point 14 6
gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart in accordance with ASTM A121, 7
Class 1. 8
F. Wood Slats 9
1. Provide redwood or cedar slats free from all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects 10
that would weaken or otherwise make the slats unsuitable for the purposes intended. 11
G. Gates 12
1. Provide gates of the same material used in the adjacent fence, unless otherwise 13
specified in the Drawings. 14
2. Provide all gate materials in accordance with the Section. 15
H. Cattle Guards 16
1. Provide cattle guards of the dimensions and materials specified in the Drawings. 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES 18
A. Miscellaneous 19
1. Provide galvanized bolts, nuts, washers, staples, screws, braces, straps, and other 20
suitable devices needed to erect fence. 21
2. For metal posts, provide fittings from pressed or rolled steel, forged steel, malleable 22
iron, or wrought iron. 23
3. Paint all non-galvanized metal accessories with anti-corrosive paint approved by 24
the City. 25
B. Post Caps 26
1. Provide malleable iron post caps designed to exclude all moisture. 27
C. Chain Link Accessories 28
1. Provide fittings and other appurtenances in accordance with ASTM F626. 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33
34
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Clearing 2
1. Remove all stumps, brush, rocks, trees, or other obstructions that would interfere 3
with construction of the fence to a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the 4
centerline of the fence. 5
2. Grub or excavate any stumps in fence clearing area. 6
3. Remove any existing fence in a position to interfere with the new fence location in 7
accordance with Section 02 41 13. 8
4. Backfill and compact all holes remaining after post and stump removal with 9
suitable soil. 10
3.4 INSTALLATION 11
A. General 12
1. Stake the locations for corner, pull, gate, and end posts as specified in the 13
Drawings, for City approval. 14
2. Follow the finished ground elevations for fencing panels between corner, pull, gate, 15
and end posts. 16
3. Level off minor ground elevation irregularities in the path of the fencing. 17
B. Post Installation 18
1. Space fence posts as specified in the Drawings, to match existing, or to meet the 19
minimum requirements below. 20
21
Post Type Required Spacing or Placement
Line posts Max 8 feet on centers
Pull posts
Max 500 feet on centers;
Each horizontal change between 15° and 30°;
Each vertical change greater than 20°
Corner posts Each horizontal change greater than 30°
22
2. Post Holes 23
a. T-posts for wire fence may be hand driven. For all other posts, drill holes for 24
concrete footings. 25
b. Set posts at a minimum depth of 2 feet for line posts, and 4 feet or 1/3 the 26
length of the post, whichever is greater, for corner and pull posts under tension. 27
c. Drill holes to provide a minimum 3 inches of space between the post and drilled 28
hole on all sides, including the bottom. 29
d. Place concrete to fill all voids around post in a continuous pour. Maintain 30
plumbness and post position as concrete is poured. 31
e. Trowel finish around post sloping to direct water away from post. 32
f. Allow concrete footing to cure for 3 days prior to hanging gates or tensioning 33
cables. 34
g. If bagged concrete is used pull emptied bags from post holes before curing. 35
3. Plumb and permanently position posts with anchorages firmly set. 36
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Brace corner and pull posts in two directions. 1
5. Brace end and gate posts in one direction. 2
6. Set end, corner, pull, and gate posts prior to stretching wire or wire mesh fabric 3
between posts. 4
7. Gate Posts 5
a. Set gate posts such that the line between both tops is level, regardless of the 6
grade at the groundline. 7
b. When the grade at the groundline is not level, set posts such that the minimum 8
height requirement is met for the downgrade post. 9
C. Chain Link Fence 10
1. Fasten fabric to corner, pull, end, and gate posts using steel stretcher bars. 11
2. Fasten one end of fabric and apply tension to the other end to remove all slack 12
before making attachments. 13
3. Place bottom of fabric approximately 2 inches above the finished grade. 14
4. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the fabric and 15
ground is 6 inches. 16
5. Fasten fabric to the tension wires, top rail, and intermediate line posts at 16-inch 17
intervals using 9 gauge galvanized steel ties. 18
6. Connect existing fence to new fence at existing or newly installed corner post. 19
D. Wire Mesh Fabric and Wire Fence 20
1. Fasten wire mesh fabric or wire fence to posts using galvanized ties or staples while 21
drawing the fencing taut. 22
2. Guy Wire 23
a. Secure fencing with guy wire at the critical point of grade depressions where 24
tension tends to pull posts out of the ground with a double 9 gauge galvanized 25
wire. 26
b. Connect the guy wire to the top and bottom wire of wire mesh fabric or each 27
strand of wire fence and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pounds, buried in 28
the ground. 29
c. Stretch the wire fence prior to guying. 30
3. Connect existing cross fences to new fences and corner posts at junction with 31
existing fences. 32
E. Wood Fence 33
1. Place wood fence slats approximately 2 inch above the finished grade and on a 34
straight grade between posts. 35
2. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the slats and 36
ground is 6 inches. 37
3. Attach slats to rails using galvanized screws. 38
F. Gates 39
1. Install horizontal stiffeners on gates 7 feet or taller, and vertical stiffeners on 40
maximum 8-foot centers. 41
2. Install swing gates to open 180 degrees from the closed position. 42
32 31 00
FENCES AND GATES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 1 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 32 93 00 1
PLANTINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for: 7
a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings) 8
b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers) 9
c. Landscape Edging 10
d. Landscape Restoration 11
e. General Site Landscaping 12
f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking, 13
and Water) 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 21
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 22
5. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 23
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 24
7. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Tree 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per each Tree planted. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per each for Tree planted for: 34
2) Various caliper inches. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Preparing excavation pit 38
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 39
4) Plant supports 40
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 2 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Loading 1
6) Unloading 2
7) Storing 3
8) Hauling 4
9) Handling all materials 5
10) Placing 6
11) All maintenance activities 7
2. Shrub 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each Shrub planted. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per each of Shrub planted for: 14
a) Various sizes. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings 17
2) Preparing excavation pit 18
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 19
4) Plant supports 20
5) Loading 21
6) Unloading 22
7) Storing 23
8) Hauling 24
9) Handling all materials 25
10) Placing 26
11) All maintenance activities 27
3. Ground Cover 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Preparing excavation pit 37
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 38
4) Plant supports 39
5) Loading 40
6) Unloading 41
7) Storing 42
8) Hauling 43
9) Handling all materials 44
10) Placing 45
11) All maintenance activities 46
4. Miscellaneous Planting 47
a. Measurement 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 3 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Measured per square foot of Miscellaneous Planting planted. 1
b. Payment 2
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 3
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 4
price bid per square foot for Miscellaneous Planting installed. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the 7
Drawings 8
2) Preparing excavation pit 9
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 10
4) Plant supports 11
5) Loading 12
6) Unloading 13
7) Storing 14
8) Hauling 15
9) Handling all materials 16
10) Placing 17
11) Tools 18
12) Equipment 19
13) All maintenance activities 20
5. Landscape Edging 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for: 27
a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths 28
(1) 6” wide, 12” depth, 6”x12” 29
(2) 12” wide, 12” depth, 12”x12” 30
(3) 12” wide, 24” depth, 12”x24” 31
b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12”x12” 32
c) Plastic Landscape Edging 33
d) Metal Landscape Edging 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Loading 37
3) Unloading 38
4) Storing 39
5) Hauling 40
6) Handling all materials 41
7) Placing 42
8) All maintenance activities 43
6. Topsoil 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed. 46
b. Payment 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 4 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed. 3
4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Salvaging existing topsoil 7
3) Loading 8
4) Unloading 9
5) Storing 10
6) Hauling 11
7) Handling all materials 12
8) Placing 13
9) All maintenance activities 14
7. Seeding 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for: 21
a) Grass Seeding. 22
b) Wildflower Seeding. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings 25
2) Rolling and tamping 26
3) Loading 27
4) Unloading 28
5) Storing 29
6) Hauling 30
7) Handling all materials 31
8) Placing 32
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 33
10) Fertilizer, if required 34
11) Watering, until established 35
12) All maintenance activities 36
8. Sodding 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42
price bid per square yard of Sodding installed. 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings 45
2) Rolling and tamping 46
3) Loading 47
4) Unloading 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 5 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Storing 1
6) Hauling 2
7) Handling all materials 3
8) Placing 4
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 5
10) Fertilizer, if required 6
11) Watering, until established 7
12) All maintenance activities 8
9. Landscape Restoration 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Restoration installed 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per lump sum for Landscape Restoration. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Restoration as specified by the 17
Drawings 18
2) Preparing excavation pit 19
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 20
4) Plant supports 21
5) Loading 22
6) Unloading 23
7) Storing 24
8) Hauling 25
9) Handling all materials 26
10) Placing 27
11) All maintenance activities 28
10. General Site Landscaping 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measured lump sum of General Site Landscaping installed 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per lump sum for General Site Landscaping installed. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing General Site Landscaping as specified by the 37
Drawings 38
2) Preparing excavation pit 39
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 40
4) Plant supports 41
5) Loading 42
6) Unloading 43
7) Storing 44
8) Hauling 45
9) Handling all materials 46
10) Placing 47
11) All maintenance activities 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 6 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2
1. PSF – Pounds per Square Foot 3
2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 4
3. B&B – Balled and Burlapped 5
B. Definitions 6
Figure 1 7
Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil 8
9
10
C. Reference Standards 11
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13
unless a date is specifically cited. 14
2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 15
a. Standardized Plant Names 16
3. American National Standard Institute ANSI: 17
a. ANSI Z60.1 – American Standard for Nursery Stock 18
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 7 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards: 2
a. Texas Seed Law 3
b. Texas Fertilizer Law 4
5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 5
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 6
a. Item 7, Article 7, “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the 7
Environment” 8
6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 9
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 11
A. Coordination 12
1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount 13
of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with 14
this Section. 15
B. Pre-Planting Meetings 16
1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to 17
holding the pre-planting meeting. 18
2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 19
Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding 20
activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the 21
City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas 22
along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the 23
following needs to be prepared or conducted: 24
a. Landscape Plan: 25
1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 26
landscape architect. 27
2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming 28
season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and 29
condition of all existing landscape areas. 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34
C. Shop Drawings 35
1. Product Data 36
a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting 37
activities. 38
1) Tacking Agents 39
2) Fertilizer 40
3) Tree Trunk Protection 41
4) Landscape Edging 42
5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 43
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 8 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Product data sheets will include: 1
1) Manufacturer name or source location 2
2) Date 3
3) Product description 4
4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 5
specification. 6
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 7
6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 8
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 9
8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 10
9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable 11
2. Plantings 12
a. Provide the following information for any plantings: 13
1) Nursery Name and Location 14
2) Date 15
3) Plant description 16
4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements 17
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 18
6) Planting recommendations 19
7) Maintenance recommendations 20
3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging 21
a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal 22
landscape edging material being used. . 23
4. Topsoil 24
a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results. 25
5. Sod 26
a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site. 27
6. Seed 28
a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower 29
seeding. 30
7. Mulch 31
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas. 32
b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and 33
composition for all mulch used on site. 34
8. Concrete 35
a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all 36
concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections 37
03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 38
D. Informational Submittals 39
1. Licensed Landscaper 40
a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape 41
architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings. 42
2. Equipment Submittals: 43
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 44
1) Equipment name and description 45
2) Size 46
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 9 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Intended use 1
2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 3
A. Maintenance Recommendations 4
1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of 5
plants and plant materials to the City. 6
B. Warranty Documentation 7
1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City. 8
2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable. 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 10
A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance 11
period. 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13
A. Qualifications 14
1. Licensed Professionals 15
a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting. 16
2. Planting Substitutions 17
a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The 18
following is required when requesting a plant substitution: 19
1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of 20
equivalent material. 21
2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed 22
upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price 23
will be given. 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 26
1. Plants 27
a. General: 28
1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site. 29
2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon 30
delivery. 31
3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed. 32
b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 33
1) Set plants in the shade 34
2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage 35
3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable 36
means of retaining moisture. Water as needed. 37
2. Trees 38
a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 39
b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 40
designation of botanical and common name. 41
c. Use protective covering during delivery. 42
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 10 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 1
analysis, and name of nursery. 2
3
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
2. Trees 7
a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site. 8
b. Do not prune prior to planting. 9
c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark, 10
break branches, or alter the natural shape. 11
C. Stockpiling 12
1. Topsoil 13
a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within 14
the right of way or easements. 15
b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained. 16
c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site 17
to existing conditions or better. 18
2. Seed 19
a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100 20
miles of the site. 21
b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety. 22
3. Sod 23
a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. 24
b. Keep stacked sod moist. 25
4. Fertilizer 26
a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled 27
with the analysis. 28
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 29
A. Ambient Conditions 30
1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions 31
for installation. 32
2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and 33
sodding timeframes. 34
B. Existing Conditions 35
1. Prior to performing work: 36
a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local 37
requirements. 38
b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems. 39
c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 40
Requirements, if applicable. 41
d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 42
to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 43
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 11 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Plants 4
1. General: 5
a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for 6
planting schedule and locations. 7
b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8
c. Provide plants with the following characteristics: 9
1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants 10
2) with well-formed crowns 11
3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species 12
d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants. 13
2. Plant Supports: 14
a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree 15
chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or 16
similar product. 17
b. Deadman Anchoring System: 18
1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products 19
and installation method prior to planting trees. 20
c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product. 21
3. Trees 22
a. Tree characteristics: 23
1) True to species and variety specified 24
2) Straight and symmetrical 25
3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the 26
project for at least 2 years 27
4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season 28
5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for 29
Nursery Stock 30
6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved 31
7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location 32
b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 33
the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 34
bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 35
c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the 36
tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree 37
specified. 38
d. Balled and Burlapped Trees 39
1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was 40
grown in. 41
2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery 42
Stock. 43
3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible. 44
4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap 45
using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine. 46
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 12 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of 1
the ball after wrapping. 2
6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be 3
accepted. 4
e. Caliper Measuring: 5
1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches 6
above the top of root ball. 7
2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12 8
inches above the top of root ball. 9
3) Caliper Measurements: 10
a) By diameter tape measure 11
b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 12
c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted. 13
4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix: 14
a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil 15
mix as specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Provide a mix free of: 17
1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses 18
2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter 19
c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings. 20
B. Landscape Edging 21
1. Concrete 22
a. Concrete Class: Class A 23
2. Decorative Concrete 24
a. Concrete Class: Class A 25
b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 26
the concrete mix design. 27
c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section 28
32 13 16. 29
3. Plastic and Metal 30
a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified 31
in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City. 32
b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where 33
the proposed landscape edging is matching existing. 34
c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the 35
landscape edging. 36
C. Topsoil 37
1. Approved Topsoil Sources: 38
a. Within the Right of Way: 39
1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or 40
embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 41
b. Outside the Right of Way: 42
1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7 43
“Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment”. 44
2. Topsoil characteristics: 45
a. Easily cultivated and fertile 46
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 13 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil 1
materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter 2
c. Resists erosion 3
d. Able to support plant growth 4
e. When tested: 5
1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E 6
2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less 7
3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less 8
4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve 9
D. Seeding 10
1. General 11
a. Provide seed from the previous season’s crop in accordance with Texas Seed 12
Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x 13
Germination). 14
b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or 15
containers. 16
c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis. 17
d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate 18
(KNO3). 19
2. Availability of Seed 20
a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed 21
is not available. 22
b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety. 23
3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties 24
a. Johnson Grass 25
b. Nut Grass 26
c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the 27
total of pure live seed of weed seed. 28
4. Approved Seed Varieties 29
a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes: 30
1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot 31
2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway 32
b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding: 33
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 34
35
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 14 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
Table 1 1
Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix 2
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Sideoats Grama (Haskell)
Texas Grama (Atascosa)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0.8
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Slender Grama (Dilley)
Sand Lovegrass (Mason)
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.4
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.8
Wildflower Seed Mixes
Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Illinois Bundleflower
Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau)
0.6
0.75
1.3
0.2
Partridge Pea (Comanche)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Purple Prairie Clover
0.6
0.75
0.3
c. Urban Area Seeding 3
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 4
Table 2 5
Urban Area Seed Mix 6
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop
Sideoats Grama (El Reno)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
0.3
3.6
1.6
2.4
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
0.3
1.6
3.6
0.4
d. Cool Weather Seeding 7
1) Plant between September 1 and November 30 8
Table 3 9
Cool Weather Seed Mix 10
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Tall Fescue
Western Wheatgrass
Wheat (Red, Winter)
4.5
5.6
34
e. Warm Weather Seeding 11
1) Plant between May 1 and August 31 12
Table 4 13
Warm Weather Seed Mix 14
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 15 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
Foxtail Millet 34
E. Sodding 1
1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out. 2
2. Approved Sod Varieties 3
a. St. Augustine grass 4
b. Common Bermudagrass 5
c. Buffalograss 6
d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass 7
e. Match existing grass varieties where possible. 8
3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties: 9
a. St. Augustine: 10
1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil 11
b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass: 12
1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils 13
4. Sod characteristics: 14
a. Block, rolled, or solid 15
b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any 16
matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod 17
c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings 18
d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the 19
soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch 20
5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions 21
a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 22
b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without 23
breaking. 24
c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch 25
d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches 26
6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with 27
dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots 28
will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29
7. Mulch sod is not approved for use. 30
8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming 31
and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City. 32
F. Landscape Restoration 33
1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity. 34
2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to 35
construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or 36
better. 37
G. Water 38
1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the 39
growth of vegetation. 40
H. Fertilizer 41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 16 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 1
and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service. 2
2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition 3
a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium 4
b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium 5
c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-6
coated urea. 7
I. Mulch 8
1. For Use on Seeding: 9
a. Straw Mulch: 10
1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw 11
b. Hay Mulch: 12
1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses. 13
c. Characteristics: 14
1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials. 15
2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material. 16
2. For Use on Landscape Areas: 17
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal. 18
b. Mulch characteristics: 19
1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and 20
2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture. 21
J. Tacking Materials 22
1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or 23
a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations. 24
2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Tests and Inspections 28
B. Non-Conforming Work 29
1. Rejection of Plants 30
a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection: 31
1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae 32
2) Dried or damaged root system or crown 33
3) Excessive abrasion of the bark 34
4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds 35
5) Disfiguring knots 36
6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions 37
7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are 38
specified or are normal for the species 39
8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused 40
9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls 41
10) Processed balled roots (bench balled) 42
11) Root balls encased in impervious material 43
12) Overgrown or root-bound plants 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 17 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
13) Undersized or unsound containers 1
14) Containers with less than ¾ planting medium depth 2
15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species 3
16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified 4
17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock 5
standards 6
18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable 7
appearance 8
C. Manufacturer Services 9
D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Surface Preparation 15
1. Plants 16
a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines 17
1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations, 18
types of plants, and the outline of planting beds. 19
2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of 20
the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin. 21
2. Plant Bed Preparation 22
a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other 23
materials as specified in the Drawings. 24
3. Plant Soil Preparation 25
a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign 26
materials. 27
b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting. 28
4. Erosion Control Blanket 29
a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and 30
Section 31 25 14. 31
3.4 INSTALLATION 32
A. Finishing of Parkways 33
1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be 34
paid for separately. 35
2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 36
3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any 37
Plantings within the site. 38
4. Standard Parkway Slopes 39
a. Minimum: 1 percent 40
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 18 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Maximum: 4:1 1
c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 2
directed by the City. 3
4
d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance 5
with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope: 6
1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge 7
2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk 8
e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the 9
back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope. 10
B. Plants 11
1. Plant Pit Excavation 12
a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same 13
type and size equipment used to dig the plants. 14
b. Depth: 15
1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth 16
specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball. 17
2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system. 18
3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at 19
least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit. 20
c. Horizontal Dimensions: 21
1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root 22
ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the 23
Drawings: 24
a) 15 gallon or larger pots 25
b) 14 inch or larger boxes 26
c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants 27
2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter 28
across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 29
a) Less than 15-gallon pots 30
b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants. 31
3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the 32
supplier’s recommendations and allows the roots to spread without 33
crowding or curving around the walls of the pit. 34
2. Plant Installation 35
a. General Plant Installation: 36
1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade 37
any planting pit to remain open overnight. 38
2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins. 39
3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting 40
harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls. 41
4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill 42
in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed. 43
5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball. 44
6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets. 45
b. Containerized Plants: 46
1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material 47
before planting. 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 19 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife. 1
3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat. 2
4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant. 3
4
c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants 5
1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after 6
plant has been set. 7
2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets. 8
a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum 9
of the top two-thirds of balls. 10
3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. 11
d. For mechanically collected plants: 12
1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting 13
blades. 14
2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root 15
ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities. 16
e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings. 17
f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after 18
settlement. 19
3. Pruning: 20
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 21
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 22
b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to 23
improve the appearance and health of the plants. 24
c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris. 25
4. Plant Supports: 26
a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as 27
specified in the Drawings. 28
b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed. 29
5. Trunk Protection: 30
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 31
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 32
6. Landscape Edging Installation 33
a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips) 34
1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick 35
2) Finish: Trowel 36
3) Sawing: 1.5” deep sawcut spaced at 6’ on center 37
4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement 38
structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and 39
pavement. 40
b. Plastic or Metal Edging 41
1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and 42
manufacturer’s recommendations. 43
7. Mulching 44
a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the 45
Drawings. 46
C. Landscape Edging 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 20 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete 1
a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 2
2. Plastic and Metal 3
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 4
D. Topsoil 5
1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before 6
starting work. 7
2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is 8
installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements. 9
3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified 10
in the Drawings. 11
4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 12
5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 13
E. Seeding 14
1. General: 15
a. In Areas Without Existing Grass: 16
1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed. 17
2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. 18
b. In Areas with Existing Grass: 19
1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed. 20
2. Broadcast Seeding: 21
a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 22
b. After placing seeds, perform the following: 23
1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas: 24
a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 25
2) In urban seeding areas: 26
a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed. 27
3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seed’s diameter. 28
c. Wildflower Seeding: 29
1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before 30
spreading wildflower seeds. 31
3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 32
a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings. 33
b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 34
that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 35
c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 36
drill. 37
d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes. 38
e. After planting: 39
1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller 40
referred to as a “Cultipacker.” 41
2) Roll sloped areas on the contour. 42
4. Hydromulching is not allowed. 43
5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area. 44
6. Watering and Finishing 45
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 21 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 1
b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the 2
slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 3
1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until 4
grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City. 5
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 6
7. Final Turf Requirements 7
a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas. 8
b. Established Turf: 9
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 10
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 11
c. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 12
F. Sodding 13
1. General: 14
a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed 15
to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn 17
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 18
c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks 19
before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas 20
Almanac for the project area. 21
d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 22
excavating, hauling, and planting. 23
e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 24
2. Installation: 25
a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod. 26
b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being 27
installed. 28
c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in 29
accordance with the Drawings. 30
d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 31
e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp. 32
f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 33
g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to 34
the firm earth in areas that may slide. 35
h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf 36
before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at 37
no cost to the City. 38
i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 39
any other adjacent structure. 40
3. Watering and Finishing 41
a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are 42
receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings 43
during construction until final acceptance. 44
b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting. 45
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 46
d. Established Turf: 47
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 22 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 1
3) Roots have started to peg down 2
4) There are no dead blocks of sod. 3
e. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 4
5
G. Erosion Control Blanket 6
1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 7
and Section 31 25 14. 8
2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has 9
occurred unless otherwise directed. 10
H. Mulching 11
a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 12
any other adjacent structure. 13
2. For Use on Grass Sod: 14
a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings. 15
b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area. 16
c. Application Rate: 17
1) Straw Mulch: 18
a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre 19
2) Hay Mulch: 20
a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre 21
I. Fertilizer 22
1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas. 23
2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry. 24
3. Fertilizer Rate: 25
a. Seeding: 26
1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation. 27
2) Not required for wildflower seeding. 28
3) Grass Seeding: 29
a) Newly Established – 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 30
b) Established Seeding Areas – 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 31
b. Sod: 32
1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings. 33
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 23 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.13 MAINTENANCE 1
A. Maintenance 2
1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project. 3
2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be 4
paid for separately. 5
3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging 6
a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits. 7
b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season 8
unless otherwise directed. 9
c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height. 10
d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage. 11
e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work. 12
4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance 13
a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures, 14
and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless 15
otherwise directed. 16
b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary. 17
c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed. 18
d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing 19
desirable plants. 20
e. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for herbicides and pesticides. 21
5. Plant Supports 22
a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the 23
Drawings. 24
b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks. 25
c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed. 26
6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 27
a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days. 28
b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures 29
in writing for approval. 30
c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and 31
regulations. 32
d. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for handling and applying pesticides. 33
7. Plant Replacement 34
a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed. 35
b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification. 36
c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance. 37
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38
39
40
41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 24 of 24
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 30 1
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 6
all new sanitary sewer mains and services or storm sewer mains prior to: 7
a. Pre-Construction (sanitary sewer mains and services only) 8
b. Final Acceptance 9
c. At the end of the warranty period 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Measurement 20
a. Measurement for this item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 21
Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 22
distance recorded on the video log. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 25
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 26
bid per linear foot for “Post-CCTV Inspection”. 27
1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 28
3. The price bid shall include: 29
a. Mobilization 30
b. Cleaning 31
c. Digital file 32
1.3 REFERENCES 33
A. Reference Standards 34
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 35
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 36
unless a date is specifically cited. 37
2. Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) 38
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
3. National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2
A. Coordination – Coordinate with Inspector 48 hours in advance of work. 3
B. Scheduling: 4
1. CCTV cannot be performed until final surface repair and manhole adjustments are 5
completed. 6
2. CCTV cannot be performed until all items listed in Paragraph 3.3 A have been 7
completed. 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS 9
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 11
C. Log sheet report must utilize PACP reporting standards. 12
D. Video submittal shall be a digital mpeg file unless otherwise directed by the City and 13
must be compatible with the City’s equipment. 14
E. All information gathered must be legible, easily read or viewed, and of high definition 15
color in accordance with NASSCO. 16
F. Inspection Report shall include: 17
1. Asset 18
a. Date and Time 19
b. City 20
c. Address and/or Project Name 21
d. Main Number – GIS ID (If Available) or Station 22
e. Upstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 23
f. Downstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 24
g. Pipe Diameter 25
h. Material 26
i. Pipe Length 27
2. Inspection 28
a. Inspection Number (i.e. 1st,2nd, etc…) 29
b. Crew Number 30
c. Operator Name 31
d. Operator Comments 32
e. Reason for Inspection 33
f. Equipment Number 34
g. Camera Travel Direction (Upstream/Downstream) 35
h. Inspected Length (feet) 36
i. City Contract Name and Number 37
j. Contractor Company Name 38
k. Contractor Contact Name 39
l. Contractor Contact Phone Number 40
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 42
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Post-CCTV submittals 1
1. Provide PDF copies of CCTV video and Inspection Reports on 2 USB drives. 2
2. Provide 2 hard copies of CCTV Inspection Report. 3
3. Submit to the City for review prior to scheduling a project final walk through. 4
4. The City maintains the right to reject CCTV submittals if the submittals fail to 5
conform to the quality or administrative requirements as specified in this Section 6
(e.g., obstructions on lens, foggy lens, insufficient data, etc.). 7
a. Any additional CCTV inspections performed by the Contractor due to a 8
rejected submittal will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY 14
A. A second television inspection by the Contractor shall be started no sooner than 15
630 calendar days after date of Final Acceptance and finished no later than 690 calendar 16
days after the date of Final Acceptance. 17
B. Should the Contractor fail to provide a second original television inspection video with 18
proper documentation to the City by the 690th calendar day, written notice to perform a 19
second television inspection shall be given by the City to the Contractor and the Surety. 20
C. If the Contractor or Surety fail to perform a second televised inspection within 10 21
calendar days of notification, City shall have the right to perform a second television 22
inspection or cause the same to be done, either by contract or otherwise, and to pay for 23
the cost of the second television inspection. 24
1. If such cost of repairs, so made, shall not be paid by the Contractor or Surety upon 25
receipt of notice of the amount thereof: 26
a. City shall have the right of action on the Performance Bond; or 27
b. In case the second television inspection shall not actually be made by City after 28
such failure on the part of the Contractor or Surety: 29
1) City shall have the right to ascertain and determine the cost of such repairs 30
and to maintain an action against the Contractor or Surety; or both under 31
said bond, to recover the amount so determined in any court of competent 32
jurisdiction, and the amount so determined shall be conclusive upon the 33
Contractor and Surety in any action upon said bond. 34
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35
2.1 EQUIPMENT 36
37
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Closed Circuit Television Camera 1
1. One specifically designed and constructed for sewer inspection 2
2. Be operative in 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions 3
3. Capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the 4
camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. 5
4. Solid state color and have remote control of the rotational lens. 6
5. Capable of viewing the complete circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, 7
including the cone-section or corbel. 8
6. Lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled manual override. 9
7. Equipment will provide a view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features 10
to the side of the equipment through turning and rotation of the lens. 11
8. Lighting for camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery 12
of the pipe. 13
a. Lights shall be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 14
B. Video Capture System 15
1. The video and audio recordings of the CCTV inspections shall be made using 16
digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, but 17
not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 18
capture CCTV inspection on USB drive, with each segment (from upstream 19
manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an individual file in 20
.MPEG format. 21
2. Capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with captured images of defects or 22
other related significant visual information on a standard color printer. 23
3. Store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital format on a USB drive. 24
4. Able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all observation points and 25
pertinent data. 26
5. Camera footage, date, main number, and manhole numbers shall be maintained in 27
real time and shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 28
generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 29
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS [NOT USED] 30
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
PART 3 - EXECUTION 33
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 34
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 35
3.3 PREPARATION 36
A. General 37
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the 1
plans or City to be used during inspections, if available. 2
a. If identification numbers are not available at the time of inspection: 3
1) Use pipe and manhole stations corresponding with the design plans. 4
2) Pipe and manhole identification numbers are to be included at the time of 5
the warranty inspection. 6
2. Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been 7
completely cleaned in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 8
a. Sewer system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be 9
active; or 10
b. Sewer may be flooded with clean water, not jetted, in lieu of active sewer. 11
3. Inspection of newly installed sewers not yet in service shall not begin prior to 12
completion of the following: 13
a. Pipe testing 14
b. Completion of all manhole work 15
c. Installation of all lateral services 16
d. Vacuum test of manholes 17
e. Final surface repair 18
4. Temporary Bypass Pumping in accordance with Section 33 32 11, if required. 19
3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 20
A. General 21
1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 22
2. Video shall start at the manhole and include a pan video of the starting Manhole. 23
3. Move camera through line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 24
necessary to permit proper documentation of the main’s condition. 25
4. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 26
5. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 27
obstruct camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 28
6. During investigation, stop camera at each defect along the main. 29
a. Record the nature, location, and orientation of the defect or infiltration location. 30
7. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 31
a. Manholes 32
1) Pan camera around to see condition of manhole including installation of 33
epoxy liner, if applicable. 34
a) Visual confirmation does not relieve the Contractor from performing 35
Quality Control on epoxy liners in accordance with Section 33 01 40. 36
b. Service connections 37
1) Pan camera to get a complete overview of service connection including 38
zooming into service connection, include location (i.e. 3 o’clock, 9 o’clock, 39
etc.) 40
c. Joints 41
1) Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. 42
d. Visible pipe defects 43
1) Including but not limited to cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 44
joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). 45
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
a) If debris has been found in the pipe during the post-CCTV inspection, 1
additional cleaning is required and pipe shall be re-televised. 2
e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 3
f. Pipe material transitions 4
g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 5
h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 6
8. Provide accurate distance measurement. 7
a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 8
9. CCTV inspections are to be continuous. 9
a. Do not provide a single segment of main on more than 1 USB drive. 10
b. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 11
3.5 REPAIR 12
A. Make repairs or clean the line if the City notes problems, including but not limited to 13
the following: 14
1. Pulled or slipped joints. 15
2. Rolled gaskets. 16
3. Water infiltration. 17
4. Cracked or damaged pipe. 18
5. Sagging or deformed pipe. 19
6. In pipes with gradients less than 0.7 percent, a maximum one-half inch of standing 20
water will be allowed in 6" through 24" diameter pipes. 21
7. In pipes with gradients 0.7 percent or greater, no standing water is allowed. 22
a. The depths of standing water allowable for mains that are greater than 24" in 23
diameter will be evaluated by the City. 24
8. Structural damage to the pipe. 25
9. Services coming into the main at an angle other than according to the Drawings. 26
10. Services not installed on lots indicated by plans. 27
11. Pipe or manhole invert has debris, soil or residue. 28
12. Failed manhole liners. 29
B. After any repairs, another televised inspection is to be run at no additional cost is 30
required. 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35
3.10 CLEANING 36
A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 37
1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 38
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39
33 01 30
POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 13, 2021
Effective July 1, 2024
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 31 1
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service 6
a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test for 36-inch and smaller 7
sanitary sewer mains 8
1) Excludes pipe with flow. 9
2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 10
b. Individual Joint Test for greater than 36-inch sanitary sewer mains 11
1) Excludes pipe with flow. 12
2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 13
c. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 14
1) Non-standard manholes or manholes installed over an existing sewer main 15
may not require vacuum testing. 16
2. All newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes shall be cleaned and tested 17
prior being placed into service. 18
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 19
1. None. 20
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 21
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 22
Contract. 23
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 24
3. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 25
4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 26
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 27
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28
A. Measurement and Payment 29
1. Pipe Testing 30
a. Measurement 31
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) 32
completed in place. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this 35
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer 36
main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 37
2. Manhole Testing 38
a. Measurement 39
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the manhole completed in place. 40
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
b. Payment 2
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 3
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each manhole complete in 4
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 5
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 6
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 10
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 12
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 13
1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16
A. Certifications 17
1. Mandrel Equipment 18
a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification verifying the 19
equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 20
required specifications. 21
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 22
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 MATERIALS 27
A. Materials 28
1. Mandrel used for deflection test 29
a. Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after certification 30
will invalidate the deflection test. 31
b. Mandrel requirements 32
1) Odd number of legs with minimum of 9 legs 33
2) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 34
3) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 35
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4) Fitted with pulling rings at each end 1
5) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating the 2
following: 3
a) Pipe material specification 4
b) Nominal size 5
c) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 6
6) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION 13
A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe) 14
1. Clean the sewer main before testing, in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 15
2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 16
B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 17
1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 18
2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 19
C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 20
1. Perform as pipe installation progresses. 21
2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 22
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 23
1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 24
2. Plug pipes and stub-outs entering the manhole. 25
3. Secure stub-outs, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while 26
vacuum is drawn. 27
4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 28
5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 29
3.4 INSTALLATION 30
A. Low pressure air test (Pipe) 31
1. Install plug with inlet tap. 32
2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 33
3. Start the stop watch after the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure). 34
35
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Determine the time in seconds required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 1
psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 2
is computed from the following equation: 3
4
T = (0.0850*D*K) 5
Q 6
Where: 7
T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 8
K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 9
D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 10
L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 11
Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 12
5. UNI-B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 13
through 60-inch based on the equation above. 14
6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 15
calculated testing time. 16
B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 17
1. The mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to ensure maximum allowable 18
deflection is not exceeded. 19
2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 20
21
Nominal Pipe Size
Inches
Percent Deflection Allowed
12 and smaller 5.0
15 through 30 4.0
Greater than 30 3.0
C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 22
1. Follow procedures in Section 3.4.A, but each individual joint to be 100% tested. 23
The time allowed for the pressure drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig is 10-seconds. 24
2. No joint shall be air tested until the pipe has been backfilled. Perform air testing as 25
pipe installation progresses. Pipe installation shall not exceed 100-feet from the 26
last joint tested. 27
3. Perform visual inspection of each joint immediately after testing. 28
4. If the joint fails to pass the joint air test, necessary repairs as recommended by the 29
pipe manufacturer may be made if approved by City, and the joint retested. 30
a. Failure to pass the air test after repairs have been made may be cause for 31
rejection. 32
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) (prior to backfill) 33
1. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 34
2. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 35
36
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: 1
2
Depth of
Manhole, feet
4-foot Dia
Seconds
5-foot Dia
Seconds
6-foot Dia
Seconds
8 20 26 33
10 25 33 41
12 30 39 49
14 35 45 57
16 40 52 67
18 40 59 73
** T=5 T=6.5 T=8
** - For manholes over 18-feet deep, add “T” seconds as shown for each respective 3
diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18-foot 4
depth. (Example: A 30-foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 seconds. 5
40+6(5) = 70 seconds) 6
4. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury, fail the 7
test. 8
3.5 REPAIR 9
A. Non-Conforming Work 10
1. Low pressure air test 11
a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 12
2. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 13
a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered over-deflected. 14
b. Uncover over-deflected pipe and allow pipe to recover. Reinstall and compact 15
backfill and embedment in accordance with Section 33 05 05 if pipe is not 16
permanently deformed or otherwise damaged. 17
c. If damaged, remove and replace. 18
3. Vacuum test (Manhole) 19
a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 20
1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 21
a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 22
2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 23
externally. 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28
3.10 CLEANING 29
A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 30
1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 31
33 01 31
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 32 1
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Procedures for cleaning sanitary sewer mains to remove all debris, solids, sand, 6
grease, grit, etc. from the pipelines and manholes prior to television inspection. 7
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 8
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 9
Contract. 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Measurement 14
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main being cleaned. 15
2. Payment 16
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sewer pipe complete in 18
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 19
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
32
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Materials 2
1. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 3
property or affect treatment plant processes. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING 17
A. General 18
1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of the 19
sanitary sewer main and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating 20
the sewer manhole or line segment and beginning the cleaning process. 21
2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to 22
comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti-pollution laws, 23
ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, 24
debris, and rubbish. 25
3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations 26
of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 27
4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shall be 28
provided until time of disposal. 29
a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site 30
for the disposal of this material. 31
b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or 32
manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or 33
sanitary sewers. 34
5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc. 35
from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s). 36
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the 1
condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work commences and will be 2
subject to approval by the City. 3
7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 4
8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sanitary sewer mains and 5
manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning 6
process or equipment. 7
9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be 8
repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 9
10. Cleaning shall also include washing the manhole wall by high pressure water jet. 10
11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the 11
cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. 12
a. If the results obtained by the proposed sanitary sewer cleaning equipment are 13
not satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or 14
attachments, as required, to meet City satisfaction. 15
b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location. 16
12. When high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap, weir, dam, or 17
suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole to trap all solids and debris 18
for removal. 19
13. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and 20
responsibility of the Contractor. 21
14. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 22
provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 23
15. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 24
in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used 25
unnecessarily. 26
a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area. 27
b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a fire hydrant water meter and 28
establish responsibility for all related charges for the set-up, including the water 29
usage bills from respective water purveyor agency. 30
c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing 31
sanitary sewer mains. 32
B. Methods 33
1. High-Velocity Cleaning 34
a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 35
be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 36
1,500 psi, for the sanitary sewer line and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure 37
at the pump. 38
1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved in advance by the 39
City. 40
2) To prevent damage to older sewer mains and property, a pressure less than 41
1,500 psi can be used with City approval. 42
3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high 43
pressure water pumps. 44
33 01 32
CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4) For sewers 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional 1
nozzles, use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the 2
pipe. 3
5) Operate the equipment so the pressurized nozzle continues to move at all 4
times. 5
6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is 6
on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 7
2. Mechanical Cleaning 8
a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be 9
with equipment and accessories typically used for this application driven by 10
power winching devices. 11
b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the 12
City, which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. 13
c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators to ensure 14
no damage to the pipe occurs in the process of cleaning. 15
d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other 16
debris-removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and 17
necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. 18
e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, 19
snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in 20
conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled 21
devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. 22
3. Hydraulic Cleaning (pipe flooding) is not allowed. 23
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27
END OF SECTION 28
29
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
30
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 33 1
SANITARY SEWER PIPE BURSTING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements to rehabilitate existing sanitary sewers by the pipe enlargement 6
system, herein called Pipe Bursting (Pipe Bursting/Crushing). 7
a. Sizes range from 6-inch through 20-inch for the new pipe. 8
1) Pipe larger than 20-inch will require City approval. 9
b. The system includes splitting or bursting the existing pipe to install a new high-10
density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and reconnecting existing sewer service 11
connections. 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 19
4. Section 33 05 62 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 20
5. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21
6. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 22
7. Section 33 32 11 – Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Pipe Installation by Pipe Bursting 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 28
line of the manhole or appurtenance of HDPE Pipe installed by Pipe 29
Bursting. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per linear foot for “Pipe Bursting” installed for: 34
a) Various sizes. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Pre-CCTV 38
3) Pavement removal 39
4) Excavation 40
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Hauling 1
6) Launching pit 2
7) Receiving pit 3
8) Obstruction removal and disposal 4
9) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 5
10) Disposal of excess material 6
11) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 7
12) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
13) Fittings or couplings if necessary 9
14) Reinstatement of benches/inverts 10
15) Anchoring new pipe and sealing manholes 11
16) Clean-up 12
17) Cleaning 13
18) Testing 14
2. Point Repair 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface following the pipe 17
centerline for the length identified during the Pre-CCTV inspection and 18
directed by the City. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot for “Sewer Pipe, Point Repair” installed for: 23
a) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 26
2) Pre-CCTV 27
3) Repair clamps or couplings 28
4) Pavement removal 29
5) Excavation 30
6) Hauling 31
7) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 32
8) Disposal of excess material 33
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 34
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 35
11) Clean-up 36
12) Cleaning 37
13) Testing 38
3. Service Reinstatement, Pipe Bursting 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per each service to be reinstated. 41
b. Payment 42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 43
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 44
unit price bid per each “Service Reinstatement, Pipe Bursting.” 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Furnishing and installing pipe as specified by the Drawings 47
2) Repair clamps or couplings 48
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Pre-CCTV 1
4) Pavement removal 2
5) Excavation 3
6) Hauling 4
7) Launching pit, if necessary 5
8) Receiving pit, if necessary 6
9) Bypass Pumping for pipes 12-inch and smaller 7
10) Disposal of excess material 8
11) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 9
12) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 10
13) Clean-up 11
14) Cleaning 12
15) Testing 13
1.3 REFERENCES 14
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 15
1. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 16
2. CCTV – Closed Circuit Television 17
B. Definitions 18
1. Pipe Bursting/Crushing/Enlargement 19
a. The reconstruction of gravity sewer pipe by installing an approved pipe 20
material by use of a static, hydraulic or pneumatic hammer “moling” device, 21
suitably sized to break out the old pipe or by using a modified boring “knife” 22
with a flared plug that implodes and crushes the existing sewer pipe. 23
b. Forward progress of the "mole" or the "knife" may be aided by the use of 24
hydraulic equipment or other apparatus. 25
c. The replacement pipe is either pulled or pushed into the bore. 26
d. The method allows for replacement of pipe sizes from 6-inches through 20-27
inches and/or upsizing in varying increments up to 20-inches. 28
e. No other Pipe Enlargement system, other than those listed in this Section, is 29
acceptable. 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Coordination 32
1. Coordinate with City, franchise utilities, etc. as specified in the Drawings. 33
2. Provide advanced notice prior to commencing actual pipe enlargement activities, as 34
specified in the Drawings, in order to allow the City to provide appropriate 35
advanced notice to affected residents. 36
3. Review the location and number of insertion or access pits with the City Inspector 37
prior to excavation. 38
B. Sequencing 39
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan, for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, 40
detailing collection and discharge locations and method of bypass pumping in 41
accordance with Section 33 32 11, prior to the start of construction. 42
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 43
construction. 44
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 5
A. Special Procedure Submittals 6
1. Provide a bypass pumping plan for existing 15-inch and larger sewer lines, in 7
accordance with Section 33 32 11. 8
2. Provide a phasing plan with the sequence of construction prior to the start of 9
construction. 10
B. Submit Contractor and personnel experience records in accordance with this Section 11
1.7 CLOSOUT SUBMITTALS 12
A. Record Documentation 13
1. Provide Post-Construction CCTV inspection reports in accordance with Section 33 14
01 30. 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17
A. Qualifications 18
1. The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Enlargement system 19
manufacturer that such firm is a licensed installer of their system. 20
2. The Contractor shall be able to show that the personnel directly involved with Pipe 21
Enlargement have adequate experience with similar work and shall have performed 22
a minimum of 50,000 feet of successful installation in the United States. 23
B. Pre-construction and Post-Construction Testing 24
1. Inspection and payment for any Pre-Construction CCTV Inspection will be the sole 25
responsibility of the Contractor. 26
2. Provide Post-Construction CCTV Inspection of the pipeline to be replaced and/or 27
enlarged in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. HDPE Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 14. 4
B. Service Saddles/lateral connections in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 5
C. Repair Clamps in accordance with Section 33 14 14. 6
D. Manhole Inverts and Benches requiring replacement in accordance with Section 33 05 7
62. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION 13
A. Verification of Conditions 14
1. Perform Pre-Construction CCTV Inspection of the pipeline to be replaced/enlarged. 15
a. Inspection of the pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained 16
in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by Closed Circuit Color 17
Television. 18
B. Evaluation and Assessment 19
1. Identify, by location, the presence of line obstructions in the existing sewer (heavy 20
solids, dropped joints, protruding service taps, or collapsed pipe) which will prevent 21
completion of the pipe bursting/crushing process and which cannot be removed by 22
conventional sewer cleaning equipment. 23
2. Identify, by location, the presence of sags in the sewer line(s) by the following 24
procedure: 25
a. Perform CCTV inspection. 26
b. Provide CCTV inspection results to the City. 27
c. The City Inspector will review the Pre-CCTV to determine if any excessive 28
sags exist and will inform the Contractor which segments of pipe are to be 29
replaced by point repair. 30
3.3 PREPARATION 31
A. Bypassing Sewage 32
1. Bypass pump sewage in accordance with Section 33 32 11. 33
B. Line Obstructions 34
1. If identified in the CCTV inspection, remove line obstruction. 35
a. Removal of obstruction is considered subsidiary to pipe bursting. 36
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
C. Point Repairs 1
1. Perform point repair as specified in the Drawings and at the discretion of the City 2
including: 3
1) Pipe replacement 4
2) Digging a sag elimination pit and bringing the bottom of the pipe trench to 5
a uniform grade in line with the existing pipe invert 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Site Organization 8
1. Locate insertion or access pits to minimize the total number required and to 9
maximize the length of replacement pipe installed in a single pull. 10
a. Use existing manholes wherever practical. 11
1) Manhole inverts and bottoms may be removed to permit access for 12
installation equipment. 13
2. Locate equipment used to perform the Work away from buildings so as to minimize 14
noise impact. 15
a. Provide silencers or other devices to reduce machine noise as needed in 16
accordance with City noise ordinance. 17
3. Insertion pits shall be of sufficient length to allow the bursting head and new HDPE 18
pipe to enter the host pipe at an angle that will maintain the grade of the existing 19
sanitary sewer. 20
B. Schedule 21
1. Do not begin pipe bursting/enlargement operations if segment cannot be completed 22
before the end of the same work day. 23
C. Finished Pipe 24
1. The installed replacement pipe shall be continuous over the entire length of each 25
pipe segment from manhole to manhole and free from visual defects such as foreign 26
inclusions, concentrated ridges, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, pipe 27
separation, and other deformities. 28
2. Carefully cut out the replacement pipe passing through or terminating in a manhole 29
in manner approved by the City. 30
3. Streamline and improve the manhole invert and benches to ensure smooth flow. 31
4. The installed pipe shall meet the leakage requirements of the pressure test specified 32
herein. 33
D. Pipe Jointing 34
1. Assemble and join sections of HDPE replacement pipe on the job site above 35
ground. 36
2. Use the heating and butt-fusion system for jointing in strict accordance with the 37
manufacturer's printed instructions and in accordance to Section 33 14 14. 38
3. Ensure butt-fusion joints have a smooth, uniform, double rolled back bead made 39
while applying the proper melt, pressure, and alignment. 40
4. Make all joints available for inspection by City prior to insertion. 41
5. Join the replacement pipe on site in appropriate working lengths near the insertion 42
pit. 43
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Limit the maximum length of continuous replacement pipe assembled above 1
ground and pulled on the job site at any one time to 500 linear feet. 2
6. For situations where the replacement pipe is not pulled all the way to the manhole, 3
utilize a repair clamp to connect segments of the HDPE pipe, as approved by the 4
City. 5
E. New Pipe Installation 6
1. Install new pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 7
F. Anchoring New Pipe and Sealing Manholes 8
1. After the new pipe has been installed in the entire length of the sewer section, 9
anchor the pipe at manholes. 10
a. The new pipe shall protrude in the manholes for enough distance to allow 11
sealing and trimming, but not less than 4 inches. 12
2. Wait a minimum of 10 hours after installation before sealing the new pipe at 13
manholes. 14
3. Provide a flexible gasket connector in the manhole wall at the end of the new pipe, 15
centered in the existing manhole wall. 16
4. Grout flexible connector in the manhole, filling all voids the full thickness of the 17
manhole wall. 18
5. Restore manhole bottom and invert if required, in accordance with Section 33 05 19
62. 20
G. Sewer Service Connections 21
1. Install service connections in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 22
H. Rescue 23
1. The cost for rescue of static, hydraulic, or pneumatic hammer “moling” devices or 24
modified boring “knives” that become stuck or excessively buried and require 25
additional excavation to retrieve shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 26
I. Surface Restoration 27
1. Any damage caused to paving structures or any surface fracture resulting from the 28
pipe enlargement shall be repaired or replaced to the same condition, or better, at 29
the expense of the Contractor. 30
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Post-Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 34
1. Video Inspection 35
a. Conduct a Post-Construction CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 36
01 30. 37
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39
33 01 33
PIPE BURSTING
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4
5
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
END OF SECTION 7
8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
9
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 40 1
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Application of a lining system to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 6
station wet wells, junction boxes, or other concrete facilities that may require 7
protection from corrosive materials. 8
a. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary sewer structures and newly 9
installed sanitary sewer structures. 10
2. Structures to be lined include all force main discharge manholes, pre-cast manholes, 11
junction structures, lift station wet wells, the manhole preceding a wet well, and any 12
other manhole or structure as specified in the Drawings. 13
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Manholes 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per vertical foot of lining, as measured from the benching to the 23
bottom of the grade rings for new Cast-in-Place manhole installation and 24
from the benching to the bottom of the frame for all types of manhole 25
rehabilitations. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per vertical foot of “Manhole Liner” applied for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal of roots 34
2) Removal of existing liner 35
3) Eliminating any leaks 36
4) Removal of steps 37
5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 38
6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 39
bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 40
7) Surface cleaning and preparation 41
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
8) Furnishing and installing liner as specified by the Drawings 1
9) Hauling 2
10) Disposal of excess material 3
11) Site Clean-up 4
12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 5
13) Testing 6
2. New Precast Concrete Manholes 7
a. Measurement 8
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Precast Concrete Manhole 9
installation. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each Precast Concrete Manhole, and 13
per vertical foot of extra depth Precast Concrete Manhole installed. 14
3. Non-Manhole Structures 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per square foot of area where the liner is applied. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per square foot of “Structure Liner” applied. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Removal of roots 23
2) Removal of existing liner 24
3) Eliminating any leaks 25
4) Removal of steps 26
5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 27
6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 28
bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 29
7) Surface cleaning and preparation 30
8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 31
9) Lining of wet well floor in new applications only 32
10) Hauling 33
11) Disposal of excess material 34
12) Site Clean-up 35
13) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 36
14) Testing 37
1.3 REFERENCES 38
A. Definitions 39
1. Lining and coating may be used interchangeably. 40
B. Reference Standards 41
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 42
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 43
unless a date is specifically cited. 44
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 45
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 1
Reagents. 2
b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 3
c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 4
d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 5
Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 6
e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 7
the Taber Abraser. 8
f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 9
Gages. 10
3. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 11
a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. 12
b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 13
Conductive Substrates. 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15
A. Sequencing 16
1. All paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 17
pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. 18
2. After liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 19
liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24
A. Product Data 25
1. Technical data sheet on each product used. 26
2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used. 27
3. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be top-coated 28
with the lining product including application, cure time, and surface preparation 29
procedures. 30
4. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This applies to 31
repair work on both existing structures, manholes, and newly installed manholes 32
(including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, voids, signs of 33
infiltration, other structural defects, or other related construction damage. 34
B. Certification 35
1. Current documentation from lining product manufacturer certifying Contractor’s 36
training (and/or licensure) as an approved installer and equipment compliance with 37
the Quality Assurance requirements. 38
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 39
A. Testing Documentation 40
1. Provide test results required in Article 3.7 to City. 41
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 1
1) Station number. 2
2) GIS ID number, if provided during construction. 3
b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested. 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6
A. Qualifications 7
1. Contractor 8
a. Trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the lining product 9
manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application, and inspection of the lining 10
product(s) to be used. 11
b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the lining 12
product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 13
standards. 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17
66 00. 18
2. Keep materials dry, protected from weather, and stored under cover. 19
3. Store lining materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 20
4. Do not store near flame, heat, or strong oxidants. 21
5. Handle lining materials according to their material safety data sheets. 22
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 23
A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion, and/or bypass plans as necessary to 24
perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 25
required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 26
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 30
A. Manufacturers 31
1. Manufacturer List 32
a. SprayWall by Sprayroq, Inc. 33
b. SpectraShield 34
B. Repair and Resurfacing Products 35
1. Compatible with the specified lining product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 36
forming a composite system 37
2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 38
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 1
a. 100 percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 2
top coating compatibility 3
b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-shrink 4
repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 5
specifically formulated to be suitable for top coating with the specified lining 6
product used 7
C. Lining Product 8
1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or other concrete 9
structure. 10
2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 11
sanitary sewer systems, and capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 12
substrates. 13
D. 100 Percent Solids, Rigid, Ultra High-build Polyurethane Lining System: 14
1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 15
2. Thickness – 125 mils minimum for newly installed structures. 16
3. Color – Beige 17
4. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D695 – 19,000 psi minimum 18
5. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D638 – 7,400 psi minimum 19
6. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 90 minimum 20
7. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel – 17.7 mg 21
loss maximum 22
8. Flexural Modulus, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 529,000 psi minimum 23
9. Flexural Strength, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 14,000 psi minimum 24
10. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 25
Substrate (concrete) failure 26
11. Chemical Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D543/G20, all types of service for: 27
a. Municipal sanitary sewer environment 28
b. Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 29
c. Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 30
E. Multi-layer Modified Polyurea and Polyurethane Lining System: 31
1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 32
2. Thickness – SpectraSheild, 500 mils minimum 33
3. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 34
a. Color – Pink 35
b. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 2550 psi minimum 36
c. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D2240 – 56 minimum 37
d. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 – 20 mg loss maximum 38
e. Percent Elongation, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 269 39
4. Surfacer 40
a. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D1621 – 100 psi minimum 41
b. Density, in accordance with ASTM D1622 – 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 42
c. Shear Strength, in accordance with ASTM C273 – 230 psi minimum 43
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Closed Cell Content, in accordance with ASTM D1940 – >95% 1
F. Lining Application Equipment 2
1. Manufacturer approved, heated, plural component spray equipment. 3
2. Hard to reach areas, primer application, and touch-up may be performed using hand 4
tools. 5
3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment adequate in size, capacity, and 6
number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 INSTALLERS 11
A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 12
shall use adequate number of skilled, trained, experienced workmen for the approved 13
product. 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION 16
A. Manhole Preparation 17
1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging, or diverting as required to ensure all 18
liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 19
2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 20
3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 21
source. 22
a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, lining installation should be 23
scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 24
B. Surface Preparation 25
1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing linings, waxes, form release, 26
curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 27
affect the performance and adhesion of the lining to the substrate. 28
2. Remove any steps found in the structure. 29
3. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack, or other 30
means of degradation so only sound substrate remains. 31
4. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, to be used are high 32
pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, shotblasting, 33
grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting, and others in 34
accordance with SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6. 35
5. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 36
clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified lining product. 37
6. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 38
rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. 39
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 1
with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 2
methods approved by the Manufacturer. 3
a. All new rebar shall be embedded in 1 1/2-inch epoxy mastic. 4
b. Replace/seal connection between existing frame and chimney if found loose or 5
not attached. 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. Perform lining after the sewer line installation/repairs, grade adjustments, and 9
grouting are complete. 10
2. Perform application procedures in accordance with the recommendations of the 11
lining product manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, 12
mixing, and application. 13
B. Temperature 14
1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 15
2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 16
hours after application. 17
C. Lining 18
1. Spray apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation at a minimum 19
film thickness as noted in Section 2.2. 20
2. Apply lining from and including the bench to the bottom of the grade rings for new 21
installations and to the bottom of the frame for rehab projects. 22
3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at a 23
minimum the same thickness as the walls. 24
4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product’s recoat window. 25
a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 26
5. Allow a minimum of 3 hours of cure time or be hard to touch before reactivating 27
flow. 28
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 31
A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 32
application. 33
B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero. 34
C. All pipe connections shall be open and clear. 35
D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 36
delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 37
according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 38
E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged, and coated immediately with 39
protective epoxy resin lining. 40
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 1
F. Lining Thickness Testing 2
1. Wet Film Thickness Testing 3
a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements in accordance with ASTM D4414 4
at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 5
on the bench. 6
1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 7
2. Thickness Testing for modified polymer liner system 8
a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier, insert probe into substrate for 9
depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 10
equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 11
1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 12
G. Post Installation Lining Tests 13
1. Holiday Detection Testing 14
a. Holiday Detection test the liner in accordance with NACE SP0188. Mark all 15
detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer’s 16
recommendations. 17
1) Document and attest all test results and repairs made, and provide to the 18
City. 19
2) Contractor shall mark any location that shows a spark or potential for a 20
pinhole and repair these locations in accordance with manufacturer 21
recommendations. 22
H. Non-Conforming Work 23
1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 24
a. City will select testing locations. 25
2. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33
34
35
36
37
33 01 40
LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 01 50 1
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2
GRADE 3
4
PART 1 - GENERAL 5
1.1 SUMMARY 6
A. Section Includes: 7
1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 8
stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 18
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 19
7. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 20
8. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 21
9. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 22
10. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 23
11. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24
12. Section 33 14 40 – Fire Hydrants. 25
13. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 26
14. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 27
15. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 28
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29
A. Measurement and Payment 30
1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade 33
specified in the Drawings. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Minor” completed. 38
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
c. The price bid shall include: 2
1) Pavement removal 3
2) Excavation 4
3) Hauling 5
4) Disposal of excess material 6
5) Grade rings 7
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 8
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 9
8) Concrete base material 10
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 11
10) Clean-up 12
2. Manhole – Major Adjustment 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and 15
requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major” completed. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Pavement removal 22
2) Excavation 23
3) Hauling 24
4) Disposal of excess material 25
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 26
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 27
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 28
8) Concrete base material 29
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 30
10) Clean-up 31
3. Manhole – Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring 34
structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in 35
the Drawings. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover” 40
completed. 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Pavement removal 43
2) Excavation 44
3) Hauling 45
4) Disposal of excess material 46
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 47
6) Frame and cover 48
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 1
8) Concrete base material 2
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 3
10) Clean-up 4
4. Inlet Adjustment 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications 7
to the grade specified in the Drawings. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 11
price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment” completed. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Pavement removal 14
2) Excavation 15
3) Hauling 16
4) Disposal of excess material 17
5) Structural modifications 18
6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable) 19
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 20
8) Concrete base material, as required 21
9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 22
required 23
10) Clean-up 24
5. Valve Box Adjustment 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the 27
Drawings. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment” completed. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Pavement removal 34
2) Excavation 35
3) Hauling 36
4) Disposal of excess material 37
5) Adjustment device 38
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 39
7) Concrete base material, as required 40
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 41
required 42
9) Clean-up 43
6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the 46
grade specified in the Drawings. 47
48
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment” 4
completed. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Pavement removal 7
2) Excavation 8
3) Hauling 9
4) Disposal of excess material 10
5) Adjustment device 11
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 12
7) Concrete base material, as required 13
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 14
required 15
9) Clean-up 16
7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to 19
the grade specified in the Drawings. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem Extension” completed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Pavement removal 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Hauling 28
4) Disposal of excess material 29
5) Adjustment materials 30
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 31
7) Concrete base material, as required 32
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 33
required 34
9) Clean-up 35
1.3 REFERENCES 36
A. Abbreviations 37
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 38
B. Definitions 39
1. Minor Adjustment 40
a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing 41
manhole which does not require structural modifications. 42
2. Major Adjustment 43
a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an 44
existing manhole which requires structural modification. 45
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 MATERIALS 12
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 13
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00 14
B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 15
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13 16
C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 17
1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00 18
19
D. Grade Rings 20
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 21
E. Frame and Cover 22
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 23
F. Backfill material 24
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05 25
G. Water valve box extension 26
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20 27
H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 28
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40 29
I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 30
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61 31
J. Precast Concrete Manholes 32
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62 33
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
K. Fiberglass Manholes 1
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76 2
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION 7
A. Verification of Conditions 8
1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect 9
grade adjustment. 10
a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 11
3.3 PREPARATION 12
A. Grade Verification 13
1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 14
with field measurements. 15
a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning 16
adjustment. 17
3.4 ADJUSTMENT 18
A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 19
1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies 20
with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies. 21
2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to 22
prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments. 23
a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom. 24
3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 25
a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more 26
than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings. 27
b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary. 28
1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings. 29
c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be 30
considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to 31
existing structure to accommodate this requirement. 32
B. Valve Boxes 33
1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown 34
on the Drawings. 35
C. Fire Hydrants 36
1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet. 37
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete 1
replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40. 2
D. Backfill and Grading 3
1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section 4
33 05 05. 5
E. Pavement Repair 6
1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or 7
Section 32 01 29. 8
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
18
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 05 1
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill for: 6
a. Pressure Applications 7
1) Water Distribution Mains 8
2) Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 9
3) Reclaimed Water Mains 10
b. Gravity Applications 11
1) Sanitary Sewer Gravity Mains 12
2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 13
3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 14
2. Including: 15
a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 16
b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 17
c. Site specific trench safety 18
d. Pumping and dewatering 19
e. Clay Dams 20
f. Embedment 21
g. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22
h. Backfill 23
i. Compaction 24
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 25
1. None. 26
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 27
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28
Contract. 29
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 30
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 31
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 32
5. Section 03 00 00– Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 33
6. Section 03 30 00– Cast-In-Place Concrete. 34
7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 35
8. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 36
9. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 37
10. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 38
11. Division 34 - Transportation. 39
40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
A. Measurement and Payment 2
1. Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill associated with the installation of an 3
underground utility 4
a. Measurement 5
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 9
2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill” per plan 16
quantity for: 17
a) Various embedment/backfill materials. 18
c. The price bid shall include 19
1) Furnishing of backfill or embedment in accordance with this Section 20
2) Hauling to the Site 21
3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 22
3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per 29
plan quantity. 30
c. The price bid shall include 31
1) Furnishing, hauling, placing, and finishing concrete in accordance with 32
Section 03 30 00 33
2) Clean-up 34
4. Groundwater Control 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a groundwater control plan is 37
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 38
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Groundwater Control”. 42
43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. The price bid shall include: 1
a) Submittals 2
b) Additional Testing 3
c) Groundwater control system installation 4
d) Groundwater control system operations and maintenance 5
e) Disposal of water 6
f) Removal of groundwater control system 7
5. Clay Dams 8
a. Measurement 9
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed where indicated 10
in the Drawings. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 14
6. Trench Safety 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 17
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 18
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health Regulations for Construction). 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 23
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health 24
Regulations for Construction). 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Submittals 27
2) Conformance with trench safety plan 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Abbreviations 30
1. CSS – Cement Stabilized Sand 31
2. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 32
B. Definitions 33
1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 34
ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 35
noted. 36
37
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 1
haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone, and foundation are defined as shown in 2
the following schematic: 3
4
3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts, and organic 5
material 6
4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 7
or the trench foundation 8
5. Final Backfill Depth 9
a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 10
initial backfill to the surface 11
b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 12
initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 13
C. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. ASTM Standards: 18
a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 19
b. C40, Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for 20
Concrete. 21
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium 1
Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. 2
d. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 3
e. C123, Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate. 4
f. C131, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 5
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 6
g. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 7
h. C142, Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in 8
Aggregates. 9
i. D448, Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge 10
Construction. 11
j. C535, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size 12
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 13
k. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 14
Stand and Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 15
l. D1632, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression 16
and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 17
m. D1633, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-18
Cement Cylinders. 19
n. D1556, Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by 20
Sand Cone Method. 21
o. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 22
(Unified Soil Classification System). 23
p. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 24
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 25
q. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity 26
Index of Soils. 27
3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 28
a. 29 CFR, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P: 29
Excavations. 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Coordination 32
1. Utility Company Notification 33
a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 34
and holidays, before starting excavation. 35
b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 36
work. 37
B. Sequencing 38
1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 39
and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 40
2. Sequence work such that Proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 41
prior to commencement of construction activities. 42
C. Excavation Protection 43
1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 44
standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 45
Construction). 46
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 1
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 2
accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 4
that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 5
federal law. 6
b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 7
under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 8
3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 9
be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 10
4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 11
requirements. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals 17
1. Designated storage area affidavit for storage on private property, if applicable. 18
B. Shop Drawings 19
1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for groundwater and surface water 20
control, if required. 21
2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Article 1.4. 22
3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 23
a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 24
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 25
easement. 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 27
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 28
1. All test reports generated during testing. 29
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Storage Requirements 33
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34
66 00. 35
2. Within Existing Rights-of-way (ROW) 36
a. Spoils and imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 37
existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction easements, unless 38
specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents or the City’s Right-of-Way 39
Ordinance. 40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 1
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 2
d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 3
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 4
landscaped areas. 5
3. Designated Storage Areas 6
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 7
backfill materials within the ROW, easement, or temporary construction 8
easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 9
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 10
private property. 11
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 12
d. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 13
e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 14
zone. 15
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 16
A. Existing Conditions 17
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 18
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 19
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 20
for interpretations or conclusions drawn by the Contractor, in accordance with 21
Section 00 72 00. 22
a. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 MATERIALS 27
A. Materials 28
1. Utility Sand 29
a. Granular and free flowing 30
b. Generally, meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 2 of 31
ASTM C33 for fine aggregate 32
c. Reasonably free of organic material 33
d. Gradation tested in accordance with ASTM C136: 34
Sieve Size Percent Retained
1 inch 0
3/8 inch 0-10
#30 40-75
#100 95
2. Crushed Rock 35
a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 36
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 37
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. May be unwashed 1
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 2
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 3
or C535 4
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 5
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 6
3. Pea Gravel 7
a. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles 8
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size number 8 9
4. Fine Crushed Rock (Chat) 10
a. Durable crushed rock 11
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 12
c. May be unwashed 13
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 14
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 15
or C535 16
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 17
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 18
5. Ballast Stone 19
a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 20
b. May be unwashed 21
c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 22
d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 23
e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 24
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 25
6. Native Backfill Material 26
a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with 27
ASTM D2487 28
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics 29
c. Free from voids 30
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 31
7. Blended Backfill Material 32
a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 33
b. Blended with in-situ or imported backfill material in accordance with the 34
requirements of Native Backfill Material 35
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 36
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 37
8. Unacceptable Backfill Material 38
a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 39
D2487 40
9. Select Fill 41
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 42
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 43
c. Can be placed free from voids. 44
d. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 45
e. Meets the requirements of the following table: 46
Property Test Method Specification Limit
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E 8< PI ≤ 20
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
1
10. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 2
a. Sand 3
1) Clean and durable, in accordance with grading requirements for fine 4
aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 5
a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 6
of ASTM D2487 7
b) Deleterious materials 8
(1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 9
(2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 10
(3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 11
color 12
(4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 13
D4318. 14
b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 15
c. Water 16
1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 17
deleterious substances, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 18
d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch, or continuous mixing plant. 19
e. Strength 20
1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 21
D1633, Method A 22
2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 23
D1633, Method A 24
3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. 25
a) Backfill that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be 26
removed by the Contractor for no additional compensation. 27
f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 28
delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 29
prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 30
11. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 31
a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 32
12. Trench Geotextile Fabric 33
a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 34
1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 35
2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 36
3) Inert to biological degradation 37
4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 38
5) UV Resistant 39
6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 40
b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 41
1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 42
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2) 8 to10 percent open area 1
3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 2
4) Inert to biological degradation 3
5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 4
6) UV Resistant 5
7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 6
13. Concrete Encasement 7
a. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 8
14. Clay Dam 9
a. Provide clay (SC, CL, or CH) with a plasticity index of no less than 18. 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION 15
A. Verification of Conditions 16
1. Review all known, identified, or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 17
excavation. 18
2. Locate and protect all known, identified, or marked utilities or underground 19
facilities as excavation progresses. 20
3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 21
excavation. 22
4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 23
approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 24
observed within the project limits. 25
5. Coordinate with the owner(s) of underground facilities. 26
6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 27
from construction activities. 28
7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 29
B. Differing Site Conditions 30
1. Notify the City immediately of any differing site condition in accordance with 31
Section 00 72 00. 32
3.3 PREPARATION 33
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 34
1. Pavement 35
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 36
designated to remain. 37
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 1
roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 2
damage. 3
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 4
Contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 5
cost to the City. 6
2. Drainage 7
a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 8
swales and culverts affected by construction. 9
3. Trees 10
a. When operating outside of existing right-of-way (ROW), stake permanent and 11
temporary construction easements. 12
b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 13
c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 14
00. 15
d. Conduct excavation, embedment, and backfill in a manner such that there is no 16
damage to the tree canopy. 17
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 18
specifically allowed by the City. 19
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 20
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 21
f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 22
accordance with Section 31 10 00. 23
4. Above ground Structures 24
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 25
b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 26
accordance with Sections 02 41 13, 02 41 15, and 31 10 00. 27
5. Traffic 28
a. Maintain existing traffic in accordance with Division 34, except as modified by 29
the traffic control plan. 30
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 31
1) Alternative access has been provided; 32
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident; 33
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan. 34
c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 35
6. Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 36
a. Notify the City a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation that could 37
impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. 38
b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit, 39
and detector loops. 40
c. Notify the City immediately of damage to any component of the traffic signal 41
due to the construction activities. 42
d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 43
cabinets, conduit, and detector loops as a result of the construction activities in 44
accordance with Division 34. 45
7. Fences 46
a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 47
b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. Excavation 2
1. Excavate to the depth indicated on the Drawings. 3
2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 4
granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 5
3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 6
and bracing in accordance with the Trench Safety Plan. 7
4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 8
a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 9
for a firm trench bottom. 10
b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 11
bedding. 12
5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or City, the limits of the excavation 13
shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so the trench may be backfilled in the 14
same day. 15
6. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, no benching or sloping shall be 16
allowed under a paved surface (roadways, parking areas, etc.). Excavation trenches 17
shall be vertical utilizing appropriate shoring, bracing or shielding. 18
7. Benching or sloping will be allowed under unpaved surface areas up to the extent of 19
the public right-of-way and/or public easement. 20
B. Over Excavation 21
1. Fill over excavated areas with bedding material specified for pipe installation. 22
2. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 23
material. 24
C. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 25
1. Separate in-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material from acceptable 26
backfill materials. 27
2. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 28
Section, store material in a suitable location until the material is blended. 29
3. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 30
blended or modified. 31
D. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 32
1. Furnish, install, and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the Trench 33
Safety Plan and as required by Federal, State, or local safety requirements. 34
2. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 35
Trench Safety Plan, engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas 36
to modify the Trench Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the City. 37
3. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Trench Safety 38
System in quantities of sufficient amount to adversely affect the suitability of the 39
Trench Protection System. 40
4. Movable bracing, shoring plates, or trench boxes used to support the sides of the 41
trench excavation shall not: 42
a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower, 43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Trench Protection System is removed, 1
or 2
c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 3
the pipe and in the haunching. 4
E. Water Control 5
1. Surface Water 6
a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 7
direct surface water away from the excavation. 8
2. Groundwater 9
a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater groundwater by a method which 10
preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 11
b. Do not allow submergence of pipe within 24 hours after placement. 12
c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 13
d. Engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas to prepare a 14
Groundwater Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 15
1) A Groundwater Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 16
Documents 17
2) If in the sole judgment of the City, groundwater is so severe that an 18
Engineered Groundwater Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 19
the installation of the pipe. Such situations may include, but are not limited 20
to: 21
a) Groundwater levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below the 22
top of the bedding. 23
b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to groundwater. 24
c) Groundwater entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 25
excavation. 26
d) Groundwater entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 27
quantities of soils through the Trench Safety System. 28
e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Groundwater Control Plan and the 29
City requires an Engineered Groundwater Control Plan due to conditions 30
discovered at the site, the Contractor will be eligible to submit a Contract 31
Claim. 32
f. Control of groundwater shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 33
1) No Groundwater Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 34
Contract Documents. 35
g. Groundwater Control Plan installation, operation, and maintenance 36
1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate, and 37
maintain the Groundwater Control Plan. 38
2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all groundwater control 39
equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 40
h. Water Disposal 41
1) Dispose of groundwater in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 42
2) Do not discharge groundwater onto or across private property without 43
written permission. 44
3) Permission from City is required prior to disposal into the sanitary sewer 45
system. 46
4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State, or local regulations. 47
F. Embedment and Pipe Placement 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Water Lines less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 1
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 2
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 3
c. If groundwater is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, use crushed 4
rock, fine crushed rock, or pea gravel as embedment. 5
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 6
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 7
f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 8
g. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the pipe. 9
h. Where gate valves are present, extend initial backfill to 6 inches above the 10
elevation of the valve nut. 11
i. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 12
Drawings. 13
j. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 14
k. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 15
Section 33 05 97. 16
2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 17
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 18
b. Use crushed rock or fine crushed rock for embedment. 19
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 20
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 21
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 22
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 23
f. The pipe line shall be within: 24
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings 25
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 26
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 27
h. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 28
pipe. 29
i. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 30
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 31
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 32
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 33
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 34
l. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 35
Section 33 05 97. 36
3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter (non-HDPE): 37
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 38
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 39
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 40
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 41
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 42
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 43
f. The pipe line shall be within: 44
1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings 45
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 46
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
h. For steel pipe, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to 1
compaction. 2
i. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 3
pipe. 4
j. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 5
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 6
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 7
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 8
l. Wrap trench geotextile fabric around entirety of pipe embedment. 9
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 10
Section 33 05 97. 11
4. HDPE Pipe (All Uses), Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe (All Materials), and Force 12
Mains (All Materials) by Open Cut: 13
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 14
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 15
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 16
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 17
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 18
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 19
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 20
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 21
g. The pipe line shall be within: 22
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 24-inch and smaller water 23
lines and force mains 24
2) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 25
and force mains 26
3) ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and consistent with the grade shown on the 27
Drawings for gravity sanitary sewer. 28
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 29
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 30
i. For lines 30 inches and greater in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed 31
the spring line prior to compaction. 32
j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 33
pipe. 34
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 35
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 36
l. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 37
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 38
Section 33 05 97. 39
5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 40
a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 41
material. 42
b. Use crushed rock for embedment up to the spring line. 43
c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 44
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 45
e. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 46
storm sewer pipe line. 47
f. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 1
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 2
h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with 3
the grade shown on the Drawings. 4
i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 5
1) Place embedment to ensure adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 6
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 7
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 8
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 9
6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 10
a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 11
b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 12
1) Crushed rock, or 13
2) Native backfill material compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard 14
Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698 15
c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 16
d. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 17
storm sewer pipe line. 18
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the box. 19
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 20
f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM in 21
accordance with 03 34 13. 22
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 23
h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with the 24
grade shown on the Drawings. 25
i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 26
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 27
7. Water Services (2 inches and smaller in Diameter) 28
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 29
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 30
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 31
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 1 inch below the service line. 32
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 33
f. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 1-inch minimum 34
above the service line. 35
g. Compact the initial backfill. 36
8. Sanitary Sewer Services 37
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 38
b. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 39
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 40
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 41
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 42
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding, a minimum of 2 inches below the service line. 43
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 44
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 45
g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 2 inches above the 46
service line. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
h. Compact the initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor 1
density in accordance with ASTM D698. 2
G. Trench Backfill 3
1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 4
and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 5
pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 6
a. Meeting the requirements of this Section does not relieve the responsibility to 7
damages associated with the Work. 8
2. Backfill Material 9
a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet 10
1) Backfill with: 11
a) Native backfill material, 12
b) Blended backfill material, or 13
c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 14
b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 15
a) Backfill with: 16
(1) Native backfill material, 17
(2) Blended backfill material, or 18
(3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 19
20
c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (not under pavement or future pavement) 21
1) Backfill with: 22
a) Native backfill material, or 23
b) Blended backfill material. 24
d. Backfill for water and sewer service lines: 25
1) Match backfill requirement of the main being tapped. 26
3. Required Compaction and Density 27
a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet) 28
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material or select 29
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent of Standard Proctor density in 30
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 31
percentage points of the optimum moisture. 32
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 33
b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 34
1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in 35
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 36
percentage points of optimum moisture. 37
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 38
c. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 39
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material, or select 40
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in accordance with 41
ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 percentage points of 42
optimum moisture. 43
4. Saturated Soils 44
a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 4 percentage 45
points over optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 46
b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 1
Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 2
procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 4 3
percentage points above optimum moisture content.. 4
d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 5
Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 6
1) The Contractor shall: 7
a) Immediately notify the City. 8
b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 9
City. 10
2) The City shall: 11
a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 12
location. 13
b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 14
saturated soils that may include: 15
(1) Imported backfill 16
(2) A site specific backfill design 17
5. Placement of Backfill 18
a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 19
particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 20
trench. 21
b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 22
c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches. 23
d. Compact to specified densities. 24
e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench, or previously 25
compacted backfill. 26
f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box, shoring, 27
or sloughing of the trench wall. 28
g. Install appropriate markers for water and sanitary sewer trenches in accordance 29
with Section 33 05 97. 30
6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 31
a. Demonstration will be required to be performed at the City’s discretion. 32
b. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 33
and perform Standard Proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 34
c. The results of the Standard Proctor 35
d. Test must be received prior to beginning excavation. 36
e. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project, demonstrate means 37
and methods to obtain the required densities. 38
f. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 39
1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 8 inches 40
2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 41
3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 42
4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 43
5) Compaction techniques around structure 44
g. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 45
material. 46
h. The Contractor will provide a qualified testing lab full time during backfill 47
operations to randomly test density and moisture continent. 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 1
7. Varying Ground Conditions 2
a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 3
Proctors. 4
b. Request additional Proctors when soil conditions change. 5
c. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 6
Methods demonstration. 7
H. Trench Dam 8
1. Place controlled low-strength material (CLSM) or cement stabilized sand (CSS) 9
across the full width of the trench with a minimum thickness of 2 feet at the 10
locations indicated on the plans. 11
2. Install Trench Dam to whichever option is reached first: a minimum of four feet 12
above the pipe, bottom of pavement subgrade, or bottom of topsoil. 13
3. Key Trench Dam a minimum of 12 inches into the bottom of trench. 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 17
A. Field Tests and Inspections 18
1. Proctors 19
a. Perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 20
b. Make test results available within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 21
1) City Project Manager 22
2) City Inspector 23
3) Engineer 24
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 25
d. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 26
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 27
2) If notified by the City 28
e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths: 29
1) Base Proctors on the mixture of the soils. 30
2. Density Testing of Backfill 31
a. In accordance with ASTM D6938. 32
b. Provide testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 33
c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate any 34
City performed tests. 35
d. For final backfill depths less than 15 feet and trenches of any depth not under 36
existing or future pavement: 37
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 38
are being conducted. 39
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 40
the available trench. 41
e. For final backfill depths 15 feet and greater deep and under existing or future 42
pavement: 43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 1
are being conducted. 2
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 3
the available trench. 4
3) The testing lab will remain onsite sufficient time to test 2 additional lifts. 5
f. Make the excavation available for City performed tests. 6
g. Provide results to the City’s Inspector upon completion of the testing. 7
h. Provide a formal report to the City within 48 hours including: 8
1) Location of test by station number 9
2) Time and date of test 10
3) Depth of testing 11
4) Field moisture 12
5) Dry density 13
6) Proctor identifier 14
7) Percent Standard Proctor density 15
16
3. Density of Embedment 17
a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with native backfill material, blended 18
backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material will 19
follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 20
b. Test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance with ASTM 21
D6938 or ASTM D1556. 22
B. Non-Conforming Work 23
1. Remove and replace all non-conforming work. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 31
END OF SECTION 32
33
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/17/2024 Added restrictions on benching and sloping; 3.4.A
34
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 07 1
STEEL CASING PIPE 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing, and transporting Steel 7
Casing Pipe to be installed by Open Cut or by Other than Open Cut at the locations 8
specified in the Drawings. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 16
4. Section 33 05 10 – Auger Boring. 17
5. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 18
6. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Open Cut 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Steel Casing Pipe 24
installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per linear foot for “Casing by Open Cut” installed for: 29
a) Various Sizes. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Open Cut as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Pavement Removal 34
3) Excavation 35
4) Hauling 36
5) Disposal of excess material 37
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 38
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 39
8) Clean-up 40
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
2. By Other than Open Cut 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 4
installed. 5
b. Payment 6
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8
price bid per linear foot for “Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate by Other than 9
Open Cut” installed for: 10
a) Various Sizes. 11
2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per linear foot for “Casing by Other than Open Cut” installed for: 14
a) Various Sizes. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Other than Open Cut as 17
specified by the Drawings 18
2) Launching Shaft 19
3) Receiving Shaft 20
4) Contact grouting, if required 21
5) Pavement Removal 22
6) Excavation 23
7) Hauling 24
8) Disposal of excess material 25
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 26
10) Clean-up 27
B. In-House Design Measurement and Payment [Used only when approved by the City on 28
projects where geotechnical information is not available, encountered rock shall be as 29
dictated in this Section. If not used delete this Paragraph B and all subparagraphs.] 30
1. In-House Design By Other than Open Cut (Common Excavation) 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 33
installed 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per linear foot for “In-House Design Casing by Other than Open 38
Cut (Common Excavation)” installed for: 39
a) Various Sizes 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe by Other than Open Cut for 42
City In-House Design as specified by the Drawings 43
2) Launching Shaft 44
3) Receiving Shaft 45
4) Contact grouting, if required 46
5) Pavement Removal 47
6) Excavation 48
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7) Hauling 1
8) Disposal of excess material 2
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 3
10) Clean-up 4
2. In-House Design By Other than Open Cut Additive for Rock Excavation [The 5
quantity for this bid-item should be same as for “In-House Design By Other than 6
Open Cut (No Rock Encountered)”.] 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of Steel Casing Pipe 9
installed 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per linear foot for “In-House Design by Other than Open Cut 14
Additive for Rock Excavation” performed, only if the Contractor 15
successfully demonstrates that rock was excavated in accordance with this 16
Section for: 17
a) Various Sizes 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Auger boring or hand tunneling through rock 20
2) Excavation 21
3) Hauling 22
4) Disposal of excess material 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Definitions 25
1. Common Excavation – All excavation not included as rock excavation or 26
excavation otherwise classified. Soils included in common excavation are clays, 27
silts, sands, and gravels. 28
2. Rock Excavation – Includes firm, rigid and unweathered sedimentary, igneous and 29
metamorphic rock that is naturally in-place. Boulders or detached stones with a 30
volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more are classified as rock excavation. When common 31
excavation is interlayered with the rock excavation, and the common excavation 32
makes up 25 percent or less of the volume, the entire volume is classified as rock 33
excavation. 34
B. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 37
unless a date is specifically cited. 38
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 39
a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe 40
(NPS Sizes 4 and Over). 41
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 42
a. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe and Fittings. 43
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 44
45
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Rock Excavation 1
1. If the City determines that the excavation can be defined as Rock Excavation as 2
defined above, the Contractor shall be entitled to full payment in accordance with 3
the Additive Rock Excavation bid item. Otherwise the Contractor will not be 4
entitled to additional payment beyond the Common Excavation bid item. 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Product Data 10
1. Exterior Coating 11
a. Material data 12
b. Field touch-up procedures 13
2. Interior Coating 14
a. Material data 15
b. Field touch-up procedures 16
B. Shop Drawings 17
1. Shop drawings are not required for installation of steel casing pipe by open cut. 18
2. Provide the following shop drawings for installation of steel casing pipe by other 19
than open cut: 20
a. Furnish details for Steel Casing Pipe outlining the following: 21
1) Grout/lubrication ports 22
2) Joint details 23
3) Other miscellaneous items for furnishing and fabricating pipe 24
b. Submit calculations in a neat, legible format sealed by a Professional Engineer 25
Licensed in Texas, consistent with the information provided in the geotechnical 26
report (if applicable), including: 27
1) Calculations confirming pipe jacking capacity is adequate to resist 28
anticipated jacking loads for each crossing with a minimum safety factor of 29
2 30
2) Calculations confirming pipe capacity is adequate to safely support all other 31
anticipated loads, including earth and groundwater pressures, surcharge 32
loads, and handling loads 33
3) Calculations confirming jointing method will support all loading conditions 34
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37
38
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Delivery, Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
2. Prior to delivery of the pipe, end/internal bracing shall be furnished and installed as 5
recommended by the manufacturer, for protection during shipping and storage. 6
3. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s 7
recommendations to protect coating systems. 8
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 MATERIALS 13
A. Performance / Design Criteria 14
1. Contractor is fully responsible for the design of steel casing pipe which must meet 15
or exceed the design requirements of this Section for the intended installation 16
method. 17
2. For steel casing pipe to be installed by other than open cut: 18
a. Design of the casing pipe shall account for all installation and service loads 19
including: 20
1) Jacking loads 21
2) External groundwater and earth loads 22
3) Traffic loads 23
4) Practical consideration for handling, shipping and other construction 24
operations 25
5) Any other live or dead loads reasonable anticipated. 26
b. Design shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 27
Texas. 28
c. The allowable jacking capacity shall not exceed 50 percent of the minimum 29
yield 30
31
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Steel casing pipe shall have minimum wall thickness as follows. The Drawings or 1
other design criteria listed in this Section may require a higher wall thickness, but in 2
no case should the pipe wall thickness be less than the following: 3
Casing Pipe Diameter
(inches)
Minimum Wall Thickness
All Other Locations
(inches)
32 and smaller .5 (1/2)
36 – 42 .625 (5/8)
44 – 48 .6875 (11/16)
Greater than 48 Project specific design
Greater than 20-ft deep Project specific design
4. Provide steel casing pipe with inside diameter sufficient to install the required 4
carrier pipe with casing spacers and in accordance with the minimum casing 5
diameter requirements in Section 33 05 15. 6
5. Furnish in lengths that are compatible with Contractor’s shaft sizes and allowable 7
work areas. 8
6. Random segments of pipe will only be allowed for closing segments. 9
7. When required by installation method, provide grout/lubricant ports along the pipe 10
at intervals of 10 feet or less. 11
a. Attach ports and fittings to the pipe in a manner that will not materially affect 12
the strength of the pipe nor interfere with the installation of carrier pipe. 13
b. Provide plugs for sealing the fittings which are capable of withstanding all 14
external and internal pressures and loads without leaking. 15
B. Materials 16
1. Provide new, smooth-wall, carbon steel pipe in accordance with ASTM A139, 17
Grade B. 18
2. Allowed Dimensional Tolerances: 19
a. Minimum wall thickness (at any point): Minimum 87.5 percent of the nominal 20
wall thickness. 21
b. Outside circumference: Within 1.0 percent or 3/4 inch of the nominal 22
circumference, whichever is less. 23
c. Outside diameter: Within 1/8 inch of the nominal outside diameter. 24
d. Roundness (difference between the major and minor outside diameters): 25
Maximum 0.5 percent of the specified nominal outside diameter or 1/4 inch, 26
whichever is less. 27
e. Maximum allowable straightness deviation: 1/8 inch in any 10-foot length. 28
3. Provide square ends for all steel pipe. 29
a. Ensure pipe end section variations do not exceed 1/8 inch at any point from a 30
true plane perpendicular to the axis of the pipe and passing through the center 31
of the pipe at the end. 32
b. When pipe ends require a beveled edge for welding, bevel on the outside to an 33
angle of 35 degrees with a tolerance of ± 2½ degrees and with a width of root 34
face 1/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. 35
4. Fabricate steel casing pipe with longitudinal or spiral-welded seams. 36
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Grind all girth weld seams flush. 1
C. Finishes 2
1. Clean and prepare steel casing pipe for coating and lining application in accordance 3
with the requirements of AWWA C210. 4
2. Coat and line steel casing pipe with a coal-tar epoxy in accordance with the 5
requirements of AWWA C210, meeting the following requirements: 6
a. Color: Black 7
b. Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 16 mils 8
c. Applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 9
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 10
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11
PART 3 - EXECUTION 12
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 13
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. Install steel casing pipe By Other Than Open Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 10 17
or Section 33 05 11 where specified in the Drawings. Install steel casing pipe By Open 18
Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 05 where specified in the Drawings. 19
1. Steel casing pipe connections shall be achieved by full penetration field butt 20
welding or an integral machine press-fit connection (Permalok or equal) prior to 21
installation of the pipe. 22
a. Install integral machined press-fit connections in accordance with the 23
manufacturer’s installation procedures and recommendations. 24
2. Butt welding a square end piece of steel pipe to a 35-degree beveled end of steel 25
pipe in the field is acceptable. 26
B. Install carrier pipe inside steel casing pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 27
C. Perform contact grouting of the annulus outside the casing pipe in accordance with 28
Section 33 05 10 or Section 33 05 11. 29
3.5 REPAIR 30
A. Touch-up external coating after field welds in accordance with manufacturer’s 31
recommendations. 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36
33 05 07
STEEL CASING PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 08 1
TUNNEL LINER PLATE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing, and transporting Tunnel 6
Liner Plate to be used for excavation support as installed by Hand Tunneling. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 14
4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Tunnel Liner Plate 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Tunnel Liner Plate 20
installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for “Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate by Other than 25
Open Cut” installed for: 26
a) Various Sizes. 27
2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per linear foot for “Tunnel Liner Plate by Hand Tunneling” 30
installed for: 31
a) Various Sizes. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Tunnel Liner Plate as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Launching Shaft 35
3) Receiving Shaft 36
4) Contact grouting 37
5) Pavement Removal 38
6) Excavation 39
7) Hauling 40
8) Disposal of excess material 41
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
10) Clean-up 2
1.3 REFERENCES 3
A. Reference Standards 4
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6
unless a date is specifically cited. 7
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 8
a. LRFD, Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 9
b. M190, Bituminous-Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. 10
3. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 11
a. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot- Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron 12
and Steel Products. 13
b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel 14
Hardware. 15
c. A1011, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, 16
Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with 17
Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23
A. Product Data 24
1. Tunnel liner plate fasteners 25
a. Material data 26
2. Exterior Coating 27
a. Material data 28
b. Field touch-up procedures 29
3. Annular Grout Mix 30
a. Material data 31
B. Shop Drawings 32
1. Calculations for design of the tunnel liner plate sealed by a Professional Engineer 33
Licensed in the State of Texas 34
2. Detailed plan for grouting the void space on the exterior of the tunnel liner plate 35
3. Grout coupling location and spacing 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2
A. Delivery, Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4
66 00. 5
2. Deliver, store, and handle tunnel liner plate in accordance with manufacturer’s 6
recommendations to protect coating systems. 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 MATERIALS 12
A. Manufacturers 13
1. 2-Flange Tunnel Liner Plate: 14
a. Contech Engineered Solutions, LLC. 15
B. Performance / Design Criteria 16
1. Manufacturer to design tunnel liner plate in accordance with the methods and 17
criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD, Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 18
2. Soil parameters shall be determined by the tunnel liner plate manufacturer. 19
3. Allow a maximum deflection of 3 percent. 20
4. Design for H20 loading angle of 0. 21
C. Materials 22
1. Tunnel Liner Plate 23
a. Provide new, unused, corrugated metal tunnel liner plates made from steel 24
sheets suitable for their intended purpose in accordance with ASTM A1011. 25
1) Potable and Reclaimed Water, and Sewer Force Main Carrier Pipe 26
a) Galvanized and Coated 27
(1) Plate to be galvanized with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM 28
A123 with the following exception: 29
(a) Apply zinc at a rate of 2.0 ounces per square foot on each side. 30
(2) Plate to be coated with a bituminous coating in accordance with the 31
requirements of AASHTO M190 32
(a) Uniformly coat inside and outside of liner plate to minimum 33
thickness of 0.05 inches, measured on crests of corrugations. 34
2) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe 35
a) Black Steel Plate 36
(1) Only allowed where annulus between plate and carrier pipe is grout 37
filled. Otherwise, provide galvanized steel plate as indicated above. 38
b. Provide tunnel liner plates and fasteners in accordance with AASHTO LRFD, 39
Bridge Design Manual, Section 12.13. 40
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Punch liner plates for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams. 1
Fabricate to permit complete erection from the inside of the tunnel. 2
d. Galvanize bolts and nuts in accordance with ASTM A153. 3
e. Use gasketed liner plates where groundwater is encountered. 4
f. Provide uniformly fabricated plates. 5
1) Plates intended for 1 size tunnel shall be interchangeable. 6
g. Field welding of tunnel liner plate, including grout couplings is not permitted. 7
h. Tunnel liner plate shall be 2-flanged. 8
1) 4-flanged tunnel liner plate is not permitted. 9
i. Wall Thickness: 10
1) 12-gauge minimum is applicable for: 11
a) 72-inches nominal diameter and smaller tunnel liner plate 12
b) Bury depths between 8 feet and 16 feet 13
c) Any application outside of these requirements will require a project 14
specific design for gauge thickness, but wall thickness shall be no less 15
than 12-gauge. 16
j. Provide tunnel liner plate with inside diameter sufficient to install the required 17
carrier pipe as specified in Section 33 05 15. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. Install tunnel liner plate in accordance with the requirements of Section 33 05 11. 26
B. Install carrier pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 27
C. Contact grout the annulus outside the tunnel liner plate in accordance with Section 33 28
05 11. 29
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 30
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 31
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 35
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 36
33 05 08
TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 10 1
AUGER BORING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for Auger Boring using 48-inch and smaller casing pipe 6
with lengths less than 300 feet at the locations as specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 14
4. Section 33 05 07 – Steel Casing Pipe. 15
5. Section 33 05 11 – Hand Tunneling. 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Measurement 19
a. This item is considered subsidiary to steel casing pipe construction. 20
2. Payment 21
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of “Casing By Other Than Open 23
Cut” to be complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Reference Standards 26
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 28
unless a date is specifically cited. 29
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 30
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 31
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 33
A. Preinstallation 34
1. Provide notice to the City a minimum of 3 workings days in advance of the planned 35
launch of Auger Boring operations. 36
37
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings 5
1. Submit the following: 6
a. Detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used in completing 7
each reach of boring operation. 8
b. Description of intended survey methods to ensure the tunnel is advanced and 9
within the line and grade tolerances specified in the Drawings. 10
c. Shaft layout drawings 11
1) Detailing dimensions and locations of all equipment, including overall 12
work area boundaries, crane, front-end loader, forklift, spoil stockpiles, 13
spoil hauling equipment, pumps, generator, pipe storage area, tool trailer or 14
containers, fences, and staging area 15
2) Required for all shaft locations and shall be to scale or show correct 16
dimensions. 17
3) Layout such that all equipment and operations are completely contained 18
within the allowable construction areas specified in the Drawings. 19
d. Schedule in accordance with Division 1 to include the following activities as 20
independent items: 21
1) Mobilization 22
2) Shaft excavation and support 23
3) Water control at shafts 24
4) Working slab construction 25
5) Thrust wall construction 26
6) Auger Boring 27
7) Shaft backfill 28
8) Site restoration 29
9) Cleanup 30
10) Demobilization 31
B. Daily Records 32
1. Submit samples of the boring logs or records to be used a minimum of 7 days prior 33
to beginning Auger Boring. 34
2. Submit daily records to the City’s Inspector by noon on the day following any data 35
or records taken. 36
3. Daily records shall include: 37
a. Date 38
b. Time 39
c. Name of operator 40
d. Bore drive identification 41
e. Installed casing and corresponding tunnel length 42
f. Time required to bore each ring 43
g. Time required to set subsequent ring 44
h. Spoil volumes 45
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
i. Grout volumes and pressures (if required) 1
j. Soil conditions, including occurrences of unstable soils and estimated 2
groundwater inflow rates, if any 3
k. Line and grade offsets 4
l. Any movement of the guidance system 5
m. Problems encountered during boring 6
n. Durations and reasons for delays 7
o. Manually recorded observations made: 8
1) At intervals of not less than 2 every 5 feet 9
2) As conditions change 10
3) As directed by the City 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14
A. Qualifications 15
1. Contractor 16
a. All boring work shall be performed by an experienced Subcontractor or 17
Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing auger boring 18
work and has completed at least 5 boring projects of similar diameter and 19
ground conditions. 20
1) At least 1 of the projects shall have an individual boring length equal to or 21
greater in length than the longest tunnel on this project. 22
2) Submit details of referenced projects including owner’s name and contact 23
information, project superintendent, and machine operators. 24
b. The project superintendent shall have at least 5 years of experience supervising 25
boring construction. 26
1) The Contractor may be required to submit details of any referenced project 27
including owner’s name, contact information, and project superintendent. 28
c. The site safety representative and personnel responsible for air quality 29
monitoring shall be experienced in tunnel construction and shall have current 30
certification by OSHA. 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 33
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34
66 00. 35
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 38
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 39
40
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Description 2
1. Steel Casing Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 07. 3
2. Tunnel Liner Plate is not permitted for use with Auger Boring. 4
B. Design Criteria 5
1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of 6
ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports. 7
2. Use methods and equipment to control ground movement (surface settlement and 8
heave) above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and 9
improvements. 10
a. Limit any ground movements to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent 11
utilities or surface features. 12
b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 13
c. Provide settlement monitoring to measure ground movement during Auger 14
Boring operations, as required by all applicable Federal, State, or local 15
requirements. 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Commence boring operations upon completion of the following: 23
1. Review available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities 24
in all areas where excavation is to be performed. 25
a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid 26
interference with the existing conduits and utilities in accordance with Division 27
1. 28
b. Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no additional 29
cost to the City. 30
c. Provide and follow notification requirements of permit provider (ie TxDOT, 31
Railroad) if applicable. 32
2. Complete pit excavations and support systems for each drive in accordance with the 33
requirements of the Contract Documents. 34
3.4 INSTALLATION 35
A. General 36
1. Immediately notify the City if any problems are encountered with equipment or 37
materials or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are materially and 38
significantly different than those represented within the Contract Documents. 39
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Where pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under 1
highways, streets, or other facilities, perform construction in such a manner to not 2
interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway, or other facility, and to 3
not weaken or damage any embankment or structure. 4
3. During construction operations, furnish and maintain barricades and lights to 5
safeguard traffic and pedestrians until the backfill has been completed. Once 6
complete, remove barricades and lights from the site. 7
4. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance 8
with requirements of applicable Sections and all permit conditions. 9
a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without 10
approval in writing from City. 11
5. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water, and utilities for tunneling, spoil 12
removal and disposal, grouting, and other associated work required for the methods 13
of construction. 14
6. Promptly clean up, remove, and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 15
7. Do not disturb roadways, railroads, canal channels, adjacent structures, landscaped 16
areas, or existing utilities. 17
a. Immediately repair any damage caused to original or better condition and to the 18
satisfaction of the City, at no additional cost. 19
8. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the 20
excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including 21
weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer 22
jeopardize the stability of the Work. 23
9. Notify the Texas One Call system (800-245-4545) to request marking of utilities by 24
utility owners/operators that subscribe to One Call. Individually notify all other 25
known or suspected utilities to request marking of these utilities. 26
a. Confirm all requested locates are performed prior to commencing boring 27
operations. 28
b. Visually confirm and stake necessary existing lines, cables, or other 29
underground facilities. Expose necessary crossing utilities and utilities within 30
10 feet laterally of the designed tunnel. 31
c. Control drilling and grouting practices to prevent damage to existing utilities. 32
B. Boring Methods 33
1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used for Auger Boring. 34
2. Limit boring slopes/grades to less than 8-percent where profiles are not included, or 35
otherwise approved by City. 36
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for insuring the methods used are 37
adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property, and the public. 38
4. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing a finished product as 39
required. 40
5. Blasting is not allowed. 41
C. Pits and Trenches 42
1. If the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, excavate suitable pits 43
or trenches for the purpose of conducting the jacking operations and for placing end 44
joints of the pipe. 45
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Securely sheet and brace all areas of open excavation in a manner to prevent earth 1
from caving in where end trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or 2
beyond it. 3
3. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the City. 4
4. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled in 5
accordance with Section 33 05 05 immediately after the casing and carrier pipe 6
installation has been completed. 7
D. Boring 8
1. Install steel casing pipe by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously 9
jacking pipe into place. 10
2. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and 11
workmen. 12
3. Pilot Hole 13
a. Required for Casing installed by bore for the following conditions: 14
1) Auger bore lengths exceeding 150-ft in length 15
2) Casing diameters exceeding 20-inches 16
b. Pilot bore approximate 2-inch hole the entire length of the crossing. Check for 17
line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. 18
c. Pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. 19
d. Place excavated material near the top of the working pit and dispose of as 20
required. 21
1) If sufficient room is unavailable, immediate haul-off is required. 22
e. In lieu of boring a pilot hole, auger shall be pulled, at a minimum, after every 23
40 linear feet of progress of steel casing pipe and line and grade shall be 24
evaluated. 25
1) Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be 26
acceptable, if approved by City. 27
4. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be 28
permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. 29
a. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. 30
5. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting 31
of at least 10 percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to: 32
a. Consolidate cuttings of the bit 33
b. Seal the walls of the hole 34
c. Furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the 35
pipe immediately thereafter 36
6. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified in this Section. 37
E. Contact Grouting 38
1. Contact grout any voids in excess of 2-inches caused by, or encountered during, the 39
boring or encountered outside of shafts. 40
a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive 41
settlements or damage. 42
b. Perform contact grouting procedures in accordance with Section 33 05 11. 43
F. Control of Line and Grade 44
1. Tolerance 45
46
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Pressurized Carrier pipe 1
1) Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the 2
line and grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the 3
extent of 1 inch in 10 feet. 4
a) Variation allowed must be regular and only in the direction that will not 5
detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from 6
other underground utilities or structures. 7
b. Gravity Carrier Pipe 8
1) Lateral variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the line and 9
grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the extent of 1 10
inch in 10 feet. 11
a) Variation allowed must be regular and only in the direction that will not 12
detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from 13
other underground utilities or structures. 14
2) Grades shown in Drawings must be maintained vertically with no allowable 15
variation. 16
2. Monitor line and grade continuously during boring operations. 17
a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each casing 18
joint. 19
3. If pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, 20
including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of 21
necessary easements. 22
4. See pilot bore requirements in this Section. 23
G. Obstructions 24
1. If the boring operations encounter an object or condition that impedes the forward 25
progress of the casing or adversely affects line and grade per this Section, notify the 26
City immediately. 27
2. Correct the condition and remove, clear, or otherwise make it possible for the 28
casing to advance past any objects or obstructions that impede forward progress. 29
3. Proceed with removal of the object or obstruction by methods submitted by the 30
Contractor and accepted by the City. 31
4. Compensation will be allowed by change order for removal of obstructions, as 32
defined as metallic debris, reinforced concrete, rocks, whole trees and other hard 33
objects with a maximum dimension larger than 40 percent of the outer diameter of 34
the casing pipe which: 35
a. Cannot be broken up by the cutting tools with diligent effort 36
b. Are located partially or wholly within the cross-sectional area of the bore 37
c. Contain utilities or ditch lines located longitudinally within the auger bore 38
horizon 39
5. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing, clearing or otherwise 40
making it possible for the casing to advance past objects consisting of cobbles, 41
boulders, wood, reinforced concrete, and other objects or debris with maximum 42
lateral dimensions less than 40 percent of the outer diameter of the casing. 43
6. Compensation 44
a. Payment will be negotiated with the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. 45
b. Provide the City an opportunity to view obstruction prior to removal. 46
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Any removal process that does not allow direct inspection of the nature and 1
position of the obstruction will not be considered for payment. 2
3.5 RESTORATION 3
A. After completion of the boring, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease, and other 4
materials shall be removed from the pipe, pits, and all work areas. 5
1. Cleaning shall be incidental to the construction. 6
B. Plug ends of casing with plywood and place temporary backfill if carrier pipe is 7
installed at a later date. 8
C. Backfill bore pits within 48 hours of successful installation of carrier pipe 9
D. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses. 10
1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft 11
excavation or boring. 12
2. Any property damaged or destroyed shall be restored to a condition equal to or 13
better than existing condition prior to construction. 14
3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 14 days after boring is complete, or 15
earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 16
4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction 17
operations. 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20
A. Field Tests and Inspections 21
1. Allow access to the City and furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in 22
the observations, measurements, data, and sample collection, including, but not 23
limited to the following: 24
a. The City shall have access to the boring system prior to, during, and following 25
all boring operations. 26
b. The City shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during, and 27
following all boring operations. 28
1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe 29
and verification of line and grade. 30
2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety 31
regulations. 32
c. The City shall have access to spoils removed from the boring excavation prior 33
to, during, and following all boring operations. 34
1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or 35
spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes 36
in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. 37
B. Safety 38
1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 39
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 40
Federal, State and local agencies. 41
33 05 10
AUGER BORING
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable 1
requirement. 2
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. 3
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic, and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject 4
to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 5
3. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 6
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 7
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 8
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 9
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 10
4. Perform all work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety 11
requirements of the Federal, State and local agencies. 12
5. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, 13
Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 14
a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 15
6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 16
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 17
a. Keep all equipment required for emergency response at the Site in accordance 18
with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 11 1
HAND TUNNELING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Minimum requirements for Hand Tunneling using tunnel liner plate or steel casing 6
pipe where specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 05 07 – Steel Casing Pipe. 14
4. Section 33 05 08 – Tunnel Liner Plate. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Measurement 18
a. This item is considered subsidiary to installation of Tunnel Liner Plate or Steel 19
Casing Pipe By Other than Open Cut. 20
2. Payment 21
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22
considered subsidiary the unit price bid per linear foot of installation of Tunnel 23
Liner Plate or Steel Casing Pipe By Other than Open Cut to be completed in 24
place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Definitions 27
1. Contact Grouting: Installation of grout in the annulus outside of casing pipe or 28
tunnel liner plate. 29
B. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 34
a. HB-17, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 35
3. ASTM International (ASTM) 36
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 1
Specimens. 2
b. C109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 3
Mortars 4
c. C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 5
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 6
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 7
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 8
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 9
A. Pre-installation 10
1. Provide notice to the City at least 72 hours in advance of the planned launch of 11
tunneling operations. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Shop Drawings 17
1. Submit the following: 18
a. Detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used in completing 19
each reach of tunnel. 20
b. Description of intended survey methods to ensure the tunnel is advanced and 21
within the line and grade tolerances specified in the Drawings. 22
c. Shaft layout drawings 23
1) Detailing dimensions and locations of all equipment, including overall 24
work area boundaries, crane, front-end loader, forklift, spoil stockpiles, 25
spoil hauling equipment, pumps, generator, pipe storage area, tool trailer or 26
containers, fences, and staging area 27
2) Required for all shaft locations and shall be to scale or show correct 28
dimensions. 29
3) Layout such that all equipment and operations are completely contained 30
within the allowable construction areas specified in the Drawings. 31
d. Tunneling schedule in accordance with Division 1 to include the following 32
activities as independent items: 33
1) Mobilization 34
2) Shaft excavation and support 35
3) Water control at shafts 36
4) Working slab construction 37
5) Thrust wall construction 38
6) Tunneling 39
7) Shaft backfill 40
8) Site restoration 41
9) Cleanup 42
10) Demobilization 43
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Contact Grouting: Provide the following: 1
a. Contact Grouting Work Plan and Methods including: 2
1) Grouting methods 3
2) Details of equipment 4
3) Grouting procedures and sequences including: 5
a) Injection methods 6
b) Injection pressures 7
c) Monitoring and recording equipment 8
d) Pressure gauge calibration data 9
e) Materials 10
4) Grout mix details including: 11
a) Proportions 12
b) Admixtures including: 13
(1) Manufacturer’s literature 14
(2) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout 15
mix 16
(3) Proposed grout densities 17
(4) Viscosity 18
(5) Initial set time of grout 19
(a) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches 20
from an approved testing laboratory. 21
5) Reference projects: minimum of 3 other similar projects in which the 22
proposed grout mix design was used. 23
6) Grout volumes: calculations for anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped 24
for each application and reach grouted. 25
B. Daily Records 26
1. Submit samples of the tunneling logs or records to be used a minimum of 7 days 27
prior to beginning Hand Tunneling. 28
2. Submit daily records to the City’s Inspector by noon on the day following any data 29
or records taken. 30
3. Daily records shall include: 31
a. Date 32
b. Time 33
c. Name of operator 34
d. Tunnel drive identification 35
e. Installed liner ring and corresponding tunnel length 36
f. Time required to tunnel each ring 37
g. Time required to set subsequent ring 38
h. Spoil volumes (muck carts per liner ring and estimated volume of spoil in each 39
muck cart) 40
i. Grout volumes and pressures 41
j. Soil conditions, including occurrences of unstable soils and estimated 42
groundwater inflow rates, if any 43
k. Line and grade offsets 44
l. Any movement of the guidance system 45
m. Problems encountered during tunneling 46
n. Durations and reasons for delays 47
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
o. Manually recorded observations made: 1
1) At intervals of not less than 2 every 5 feet 2
2) As conditions change 3
3) As directed by the City 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7
A. Qualifications 8
1. Failure to meet the qualification requirements is failure to fulfill the Contract and 9
the Contractor will be required to obtain a Subcontractor that meets the 10
qualification requirements. 11
2. All tunneling work shall be performed by an experienced Subcontractor or 12
Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing tunneling work and 13
has completed at least 5 projects of similar diameter in similar ground conditions. 14
3. All Work shall be performed in the presence of the City unless the City grants prior 15
written approval to perform such work in City’s absence. 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19
66 00. 20
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 21
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 24
2.2 MATERIALS 25
A. Description 26
1. Casing Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 07. 27
2. Tunnel Liner Plate in accordance with Section 33 05 08. 28
B. Design Criteria 29
1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of 30
ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports. 31
2. Tolerance 32
a. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow 33
the absolute minimum amount of void space outside the casing/liner plate. 34
b. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the 35
casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. 36
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the 1
casing/liner outer diameter (O.D.). 2
3. Use methods and equipment to control ground movement (surface settlement and 3
heave) above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and 4
improvements. 5
a. Limit any ground movements to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent 6
utilities and surface features. 7
b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 8
c. Provide settlement monitoring to measure ground movement during tunneling 9
operations, as required by a specific agency or entity. 10
C. Contact Grout: 11
1. Cement 12
a. Type II or Type V Portland cement in accordance with ASTM C150 13
2. Bentonite 14
a. Commercially processed powdered bentonite, Wyoming type, such as Imacco-15
gel, Black Hills, or equal 16
3. Fluidifier 17
a. Capable of holding the solid constituents of the grout in colloidal suspension 18
b. Compatible with the cement and water used in the grouting work 19
c. In accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 937 20
4. Other Admixtures 21
a. May be used subject to the written approval of the City to improve the 22
pumpability, control set time, and prevent segregation and bleeding. 23
5. Equipment: 24
a. Equipment for mixing and injecting grout shall be adequate to satisfactorily 25
mix and agitate the grout and force it into the grout ports, in a continuous flow 26
at the desired pressure. Provide pumps capable of continuously developing a 27
sustained pressure of 15 psi greater than existing groundwater pressures at the 28
grout port connection. 29
b. Provide two pressure gauges, one at the grout pump and one at the collar of 30
each port being grouted. Check accuracy of the gauges periodically with an 31
accurately calibrated pressure gauge. Make available a minimum of two spare 32
pressure gauges on the site at all times. 33
c. The grouting equipment shall be provided with a meter to determine the volume 34
of grout injected. The meter shall be calibrated in cubic feet to the nearest one-35
tenth of a cubic foot. 36
d. Maintain grouting equipment in satisfactory operating condition throughout the 37
course of the Work to ensure continuous and efficient performance during 38
grouting operations. 39
e. Provide suitable stop valves at the collar of each port for use in maintaining 40
pressure as required until the grout has set. 41
f. Provide grout hoses with an inside diameter not less than 1-1/2 inches and 42
capable of withstanding the maximum water and grout pressures to be used. 43
6. Grout Mixes: 44
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Develop one or more grout mixes designed to completely fill the voids outside 1
the casing, product pipe, or shafts, and to provide acceptable strength to prevent 2
settlement. 3
b. Provide grout used outside shaft excavations of sufficient strength that allows 4
for efficient excavation by the tunneling equipment. 5
c. Determine 24-hour and 28-day strength of each grout mix in accordance with 6
ASTM C39 or C109. 7
d. All grout mix proportions shall be subject to review and acceptance by the City. 8
7. Grout Composition: 9
a. Grout Materials: Portland cement, bentonite, fluidifier as necessary, and water 10
in the proportions specified herein, or as approved by the City. 11
b. Sand may be added to the grout mix in instances of very high grout takes, as 12
approved in writing by the City. 13
1) The addition of sand may require additional water or fluidifier to be added 14
to the grout mix. 15
8. Compressive Strength: 16
a. 24-hour minimum compressive: 10 psi. 17
b. 28-day minimum compressive strength: 50 psi. 18
c. The grouting contractor shall coordinate with the trenchless subcontractor to 19
ensure the maximum anticipated grout strength can be efficiently excavated by 20
the tunneling equipment without damaging the equipment or causing excessive 21
wear of cutting tools. 22
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24
PART 3 - EXECUTION 25
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27
3.3 PREPARATION 28
A. Commence tunneling upon completion of the following: 29
1. All required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the City. 30
2. Review available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities 31
in all areas where excavation is to be performed. 32
a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid 33
interference with the existing conduits and utilities. 34
1) Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no 35
additional cost to the City. 36
3. Shaft excavations and support systems for each drive completed in accordance with 37
the requirements of the Specifications. 38
4. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices in accordance with 39
OSHA requirements. 40
a. Provide a copy to the City prior to starting shaft construction or tunneling. 41
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Hold safety meetings and provide safety instruction for new employees as 1
required by OSHA. 2
5. All specified settlement monitoring points have been installed, approved, and 3
baselined in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4
B. Verification of Stability 5
1. Confirm the ground will remain stable without movement of soil or water while the 6
entry/exit location shoring is removed and while the tunnel is launched or received 7
into a shaft. 8
2. Demonstrate all soils have been stabilized at all tunnel portal locations to: 9
a. Prevent the inflow of weak, running, or flowing soils. 10
b. Prevent the inflow of loose rock. 11
c. Prevent and control groundwater inflows. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Tunnel Methods 14
1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used where auger boring or jacking methods are 15
used, or where not allowed on the Drawings or permits. 16
2. Wood box tunneling is not allowed. 17
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to: 18
a. Ensure the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, 19
property and the public 20
b. Provide a finished product as required. 21
B. General 22
1. Immediately notify the City if and when any problems are encountered with 23
equipment or materials, or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are 24
materially and significantly different than those represented within the Contract 25
Documents. 26
2. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance 27
with requirements of applicable Sections and all permit conditions. 28
a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without 29
proper approval and permits. 30
3. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water, and utilities for tunneling, spoil 31
removal and disposal, grouting, and other associated work required for the methods 32
of construction. 33
4. Promptly clean up, remove, and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 34
5. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the 35
excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including 36
weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer 37
jeopardize the stability of the Work. 38
C. Installation with Steel Casing Pipe 39
1. Jack the pipe from the low or downstream end, unless specified otherwise. 40
a. Provide heavy duty jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment. 41
1) When operating jacks, apply pressure evenly. 42
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Provide a suitable jacking head and bracing between jacks so that pressure will 1
be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. 2
c. Provide a suitable jacking frame or back stop. 3
d. Set the pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support the 4
section of the pipe and to direct it in the proper line and grade. 5
e. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade 6
of the pipe. 7
f. In general, excavate embankment material just ahead of the pipe and remove 8
material through the pipe. 9
g. Force the pipe through the embankment with jacks into the space excavated. 10
2. Provide a clearance of at least 1/3 of the circumference of the pipe for the underside 11
of the pipe. Ensure clearance is in accordance with the contour and grade of the 12
pipe. 13
3. Provide a clearance of not more than 2 inches for the upper half of the pipe. 14
a. Taper clearance to 0 at the point where the excavation conforms to the contour 15
of the pipe. 16
4. Extend the distance of the excavation beyond the end of the pipe depending on the 17
character of the material, but do not exceed 2 feet in any case. 18
a. Decrease the distance if the character of the material being excavated makes it 19
desirable to keep the advance excavation closer to the end of the pipe. 20
5. If desired, use a cutting edge of steel plate around the head end of the pipe, 21
extending a short distance beyond the end of the pipe with inside angles or lugs, to 22
keep the cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. 23
6. When jacking of pipe has begun, carry on the operation without interruption to 24
prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. 25
a. Remove and replace any pipe damaged in the jacking operations, at no cost to 26
the City. 27
b. No vertical deflection is allowed casing during installation. 28
D. Installation with Tunnel Liner Plate 29
1. Install the tunnel liner plates to the limits specified in the Drawings and in 30
AASHTO HB-17, Section II-26, Construction of Tunnels Using Steel Tunnel Liner 31
Plates. 32
a. Assemble liner plates into circumferential rings. 33
b. Liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed completely 34
from inside the tunnel. 35
2. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel to allow the 36
absolute minimum of void space outside the casing/liner plate. 37
a. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the 38
casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. 39
b. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the liner O.D. 40
3. Install liner plate as closely as possible behind the excavation. 41
a. Excavation shall at no time be more than 6 inches ahead of the required space 42
to install an individual tunnel liner plate. 43
b. Use breast plates, poling boards, or other suitable devices to maintain accurate 44
excavation with the minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. 45
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. No vertical deflection is allowed for tunnel liner plate during installation. 1
4. Control ground movement (surface settlement and heave) above the pipeline to 2
prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities, and improvements. 3
a. In no case shall ground movements cause damage to adjacent structures, 4
roadways, or utilities. 5
b. Repair any damage resulting from construction activities at no additional cost 6
to the City and without extensions of schedule for completion. 7
E. Contact Grouting 8
1. Grout any voids caused by or encountered during the tunneling or encountered 9
outside of shafts. 10
a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive 11
settlements or damage. 12
2. Install contact grout in the void space between the outside of the casing/tunnel liner 13
plate and the excavation. 14
a. For tunnel liner plate, install pressure grout mix at the end of each work day or 15
more often, as conditions warrant. 16
3. Install grout through fittings for the casing/tunnel liner plate 42-inches in diameter 17
or larger. 18
a. Grout fittings shall be fabricated into tunnel liner plate at a maximum spacing 19
of 6 feet. 20
b. Remove and plug grout fittings after pressure grouting. 21
4. Install grout from the low end for all crossings where grout fittings are not used. 22
a. Seal the low end and install grout until grout is extruded from the opposite end. 23
5. Seal pipe grout fittings with screw type plugs upon completion of grouting. 24
F. Control of Line and Grade 25
1. Confirm all established benchmarks and control points provided for the 26
Contractor’s use are accurate. 27
a. Use these benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for 28
tunneling. 29
b. Use lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe using a laser or 30
theodolite guidance system. 31
c. Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades 32
and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each 33
tunneling drive. 34
d. Provide access for the City to perform survey checks of the guidance system 35
and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis during tunneling 36
operations. 37
e. The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the 38
correction of inaccurate work, as required. 39
2. The casing/tunnel liner shall be installed in accordance with the following 40
tolerances: 41
a. Variations from design line or grade: ± 2 inches maximum 42
1) If the installation is off line or grade, make the necessary corrections and 43
return to the design alignment and grade at a rate of not more than 1 inch 44
per 25 feet. 45
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Monitor line and grade continuously during tunneling operations. 1
a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint 2
and submit records to City daily. 3
4. If pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, 4
including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of 5
necessary easements. 6
G. Obstructions 7
1. If the tunneling operations encounter an object or condition that impedes the 8
forward progress of the casing/liner plate or adversely affects line and grade per this 9
Section, notify the City immediately. 10
2. Correct the condition and remove, clear, or otherwise make it possible for the 11
casing to advance past any objects or obstructions that impede forward progress. 12
3. Proceed with removal of the object or obstruction by methods submitted by the 13
Contractor and accepted by the City. 14
4. Compensation will be allowed by change order for removal of obstructions, as 15
defined as metallic debris, reinforced concrete, rocks, whole trees and other hard 16
objects with a maximum dimension larger than 50 percent of the outer diameter of 17
the casing pipe which: 18
a. Cannot be broken up by the cutting tools with diligent effort 19
b. Are located partially or wholly within the cross-sectional area of the bore 20
c. Contain utilities or ditch lines located longitudinally within the tunnel horizon 21
5. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing, clearing or otherwise 22
making it possible for the casing to advance past objects consisting of cobbles, 23
boulders, wood, reinforced concrete, and other objects or debris with maximum 24
lateral dimensions less than 50 percent of the outer diameter of the casing or liner 25
plate. 26
6. Compensation 27
a. Payment will be negotiated with the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. 28
b. Provide the City an opportunity to view obstruction prior to removal. 29
1) Any removal process that does not allow direct inspection of the nature and 30
position of the obstruction will not be considered for payment. 31
3.5 RESTORATION 32
A. After completion of the tunneling, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease, and other 33
materials shall be removed from the tunneling pipe, shafts, and all work areas. 34
1. Cleaning shall be incidental to the construction. 35
B. Plug ends of casing with plywood and place temporary backfill if carrier pipe is 36
installed at a later date. 37
C. Backfill pits/shafts within 48 hours of successful installation of carrier pipe 38
D. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses and shall be completed as 39
soon as reasonably possible. 40
1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft 41
excavation or tunneling. 42
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Any property damaged or destroyed, shall be restored to equal to or better than the 1
condition prior to construction. 2
3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 14 days after tunneling is complete, or 3
earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 4
4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction 5
operations. 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8
9
A. Field Test and Inspections 10
1. Allow access to the City and furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in 11
the observations, measurements, and data and sample collection including, but not 12
limited to: 13
a. The City shall have access to the tunneling system prior to, during, and 14
following all tunneling operations. 15
b. The City shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during, and 16
following all tunneling operations. 17
1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe 18
and verification of line and grade. 19
2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety 20
regulations. 21
c. The City shall have access to spoils removed from the tunnel excavation prior 22
to, during, and following all tunneling operations. 23
1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or 24
spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes 25
in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. 26
B. Safety 27
1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 28
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 29
Federal, State and local agencies. 30
b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable 31
requirement. 32
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. 33
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject 34
to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 35
3. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 36
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 37
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 38
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 39
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 40
4. Perform all Work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety 41
requirements of the Federal, State, and local agencies. 42
5. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, 43
Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 44
33 05 11
HAND TUNNELING
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 1
6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 2
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 3
a. Keep on-site all equipment required for emergency response in accordance with 4
the agency having jurisdiction. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
14
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 15 1
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements for the installation of carrier pipe into steel casing pipe or tunnel liner 6
plate at locations specified in the Drawings. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 14
4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15
5. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 16
6. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17
7. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 18
8. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe. 19
9. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 20
10. Section 33 31 10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 21
11. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Installation of Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Sanitary Sewer Carrier 27
Pipe installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per linear foot for “Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe” installed for: 32
a) Various Sizes. 33
b) Various Materials. 34
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel 2
Liner Plate as specified by the Drawings 3
2) Annular grouting, if required 4
3) Casing spacers 5
4) End seals 6
5) Excavation 7
6) Hauling 8
7) Disposal of excess material 9
8) Clean-up 10
2. Installation of Force Main Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Force Main Carrier 13
Pipe installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot for “Force Main Carrier Pipe” installed for: 18
a) Various Sizes. 19
b) Various Materials. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing Force Main Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner 22
Plate as specified by the Drawings 23
2) Annular grouting, if required 24
3) Casing spacers 25
4) End seals 26
5) Excavation 27
6) Hauling 28
7) Disposal of excess material 29
8) Clean-up 30
3. Installation of Water Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface for Water Carrier Pipe 33
installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per linear foot for “Water Carrier Pipe” installed for: 38
a) Various Sizes. 39
b) Various Materials. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Water Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 42
as specified by the Drawings 43
2) Annular grouting, if required 44
3) Joint restraint 45
4) Casing spacers 46
5) End seals 47
6) Excavation 48
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
7) Hauling 1
8) Disposal of excess material 2
9) Clean-up 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
A. Abbreviations 5
1. LDCC – Low Density Cellular Concrete (Grout) 6
2. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 7
3. DIP – Ductile Iron Pipe 8
4. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 9
5. FRP – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 10
B. Definitions 11
1. Carrier Pipe – Permanent pipe for operational use that is used to convey flows. 12
2. Casing – A steel pipe or tunnel liner that supports the ground and provides a stable 13
underground excavation for installation of the carrier pipe. 14
3. Annular Grouting – Grouting of the space between the casing and carrier pipe. 15
C. Reference Standards 16
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 17
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 18
unless a date is specifically cited. 19
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 20
a. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 21
Specimens. 22
b. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 23
Mortars (Using 2-in or [50 mm] Cube Specimens). 24
c. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 25
Pipe (SDR Series). 26
3. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 27
a. 9001, Quality Management Systems - Requirements. 28
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 29
a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 30
1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 31
5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 32
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 Inches and Larger. 33
b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. 34
c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 35
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 40
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 41
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
A. Product Data 2
1. Casing Spacers 3
a. Material Data 4
2. Annular Grout Mix 5
a. Material Data 6
B. Shop Drawings 7
1. Casing Spacers 8
a. Detail drawings and manufacturer’s information for the casing spacers that will 9
be used. 10
1) Include dimensions, component materials, and documentation of 11
manufacturer’s ISO 9001:2000 certification. 12
b. Alternatives to casing spacers may be allowed by the City on a case-by-case 13
basis. 14
1) For consideration of an alternate method, submit a substitution request in 15
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 16
2. End seal or bulkhead designs and locations for casing/liners. 17
3. Annular Grouting Work Plan and Methods including: 18
a. Grouting methods 19
b. Details of equipment 20
c. Grouting procedures and sequences including: 21
1) Injection methods 22
2) Injection pressures 23
3) Monitoring and recording equipment 24
4) Pressure gauge calibration data 25
5) Materials 26
d. Grout mix details including: 27
1) Proportions 28
2) Admixtures including: 29
a) Manufacturer’s literature 30
b) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout mix 31
c) Proposed grout densities 32
d) Viscosity 33
e) Initial set time of grout 34
(1) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches from 35
a qualified testing laboratory. 36
e. Submit a minimum of 3 other similar projects where the proposed grout mix 37
design was used. 38
f. Submit anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped for each application and 39
reach grouted. 40
4. Additional requirements for installations of carrier pipe 24-inch and larger: 41
a. Submit work plan describing the carrier pipe installation equipment, materials 42
and construction methods to be employed. 43
b. For installations without holding jacks or a restrained spacer, provide buoyant 44
force calculations for the pipe during grouting, and measures which will be 45
employed to prevent pipe flotation. 46
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of 1
Texas 2
c. Description of methods and devices to prevent buckling of carrier pipe during 3
annular grouting, if required. 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7
A. Certifications 8
1. Casing spacer manufacturer shall be certified in accordance with ISO 9001:2000. 9
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12
66 00. 13
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Performance / Design Criteria 19
1. Install carrier pipe within the horizontal and vertical tolerances as indicated in Part 20
3 of this Section, incorporating all support/spacer dimensions required. 21
2. The following carrier pipe materials are permitted for installation in casing as 22
indicated: 23
Diameter
(inches) Material Section Reference
Water Line
6-12
DIP (Restrained)
PVC (C900, Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 11
33 14 14
16-30
DIP (Restrained)
AWWA C303 (Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 12
33 14 14
36 and greater
DIP (Restrained)
AWWA C303 (Restrained)
AWWA C200 (Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 12
33 14 13
33 14 14
24
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1
Diameter
(inches) Material Section Reference
Gravity
Sanitary
Sewer
8-12
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
PVC (D2241 or D3034)
PVC (C900)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 31 14
33 14 11
33 14 14
14-16
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
PVC (C900)
PVC (D3034)
33 14 10
33 14 11
33 31 14
18-24
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
FRP
PVC (C900)
PVC (D3034)
33 14 10
33 31 10
33 14 11
33 31 14
30 and greater DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy)
FRP
33 14 10
33 31 10
Sewer Force
Main All Sizes
DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy,
Restrained)
HDPE
33 14 10
33 14 14
2
3. The minimum casing pipe or liner diameter required for nominal carrier pipe 3
diameters will be as indicated below: 4
Nominal Carrier Pipe Size,
All Materials (inches)
Minimum Casing
Diameter (inches)
Minimum Liner Plate
Diameter (inches)
8 and Smaller 18 48
10 - 15 24 48
16 – 18 30 48
20 - 21 36 48
24 – 27 42 48
30 48 54
Greater than 30 Project Specific Design Project Specific Design
4. Annular Grouting 5
a. Water Line and Sewer Force Main 6
1) No annular grouting will be required. 7
b. Gravity Sanitary Sewer 8
1) Fill all voids between the carrier pipe and the casing or liner plate with low 9
density cellular concrete grout. 10
5. Grout Mixes 11
a. Low Density Cellular Concrete (Grout) 12
1) Portland cement based grout mix with the addition of a foaming agent for 13
the purpose of annular grouting. 14
2) Develop 1 or more grout mixes designed to completely fill the annular 15
space based on the following requirements: 16
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) Provide adequate retardation to completely fill the annular space in 1 1
monolithic pour. 2
b) Provide less than 1 percent shrinkage by volume. 3
c) Minimum compressive strength of 10 psi in 24 hours, 300 psi in 28 4
days 5
d) Design grout mix with the proper density and use proper methods to 6
prevent floating of the carrier pipe. 7
e) Proportion grout to flow and to completely fill all void between the 8
carrier pipe and the casing or liner plate. 9
6. End Seals 10
a. Provide end seals at each end of the casing or liner plate to contain the grout 11
backfill and/or to close the casing/liner ends to prevent the inflow of water or 12
soil. 13
1) Water Piping and Sewer Force Mains less than 24-inch diameter: 14
a) Mortared brick with non-shrink grout, 15
b) Link Seal manufactured by GPT, or 16
c) Approved equal. 17
2) Water Piping and Sewer Force Mains 24-inch diameter and greater: 18
a) Use pull-on, 1/8 inch thick synthetic rubber end seals, Model C 19
manufactured by GPT, or 20
b) Approved equal. 21
3) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Piping: 22
a) No end seals are required if the annulus is grouted. 23
7. Casing Spacers (Insulators) 24
a. Provide casing spacers to support the carrier pipe during installation and 25
grouting (where grout is used). 26
1) For AWWA C303 and C200 pipe, mortar bands may be allowed in lieu of 27
casing spacers in accordance with Section 33 14 12 and Section 33 14 13. 28
b. Provide restrained-style casing spacers to hold carrier pipe stable during 29
grouting operations and prevent floating or movement. 30
c. Provide dielectric strength sufficient to electrically isolate each component 31
from one another and from casing/liner. 32
d. Carrier pipe less than 12-inch diameter and in casing or liner less than or equal 33
to 150 linear feet: 34
1) Provide high density polyethylene spacers manufactured by Raci Spacers 35
North America, Inc. 36
2) Provide sufficient height to allow a minimum clearance of 2 inches 37
between the outside of carrier pipe bells or external restraint system and the 38
inside of the casing/liner surface. 39
e. Carrier pipe 12-inch diameter and larger, or all piping in casing/liner greater 40
than 150 linear feet: 41
1) Minimum 14 gauge 42
2) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 43
3) Coated steel for gravity sanitary sewer 44
4) Suitable for supporting weight of carrier pipe without deformation or 45
collapse during installation 46
5) Risers: 47
a) Design for proposed loading 48
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b) 10 gauge steel 1
c) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 2
d) Provide sufficient height with attached runner to allow a minimum 3
clearance of 2 inches between the outside of carrier pipe bells or 4
couplings and the inside of the casing/liner surface. 5
6) Bands: 6
a) Stainless steel for water line and sewer force main 7
b) Provide polyvinyl chloride inner liner with: 8
(1) Minimum thickness of 0.09 inches 9
(2) Durometer “A” of 85-90 hardness 10
(3) Minimum dielectric strength of 58,000 volts 11
7) Runners: 12
a) Pressure-molded glass reinforced polymer or UHMW 13
b) Minimum 2 inches in width 14
c) Minimum 11 inches in length 15
d) Attach to the band or riser with minimum 3/8 inch welded steel or 16
stainless steel studs. 17
e) Recess runner studs and nuts well below wearing surface of the runner. 18
(1) Fill recess with corrosion inhibiting filler. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 25
3.4 INSTALLATION 26
A. General 27
1. Carrier pipe installation may not begin until completion of the following tasks: 28
a. All required submittals have been provided, reviewed, and accepted. 29
b. All casing/liner joints are watertight and no water is entering casing or liner 30
from any sources. 31
c. All contact grouting is complete, if required. 32
d. Casing/liner alignment record drawings have been submitted and accepted by 33
City to document deviations due to casing/liner installation. 34
e. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices and an 35
emergency plan in accordance with applicable requirements. 36
2. Install the carrier pipe within the casing or liner between the limits and to the lines 37
and grades specified in the Drawings. Utilize methods which include due regard for 38
safety of workers, adjacent structures and improvements, utilities, and the public. 39
B. Control of Line and Grade 40
1. Install carrier pipe inside the casing or liner within the following tolerances: 41
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Horizontally +/- 2 inches from design line 1
b. Vertically +/- 1 inch from design grade 2
2. Check line and grade set up prior to beginning carrier pipe installation. 3
3. Perform survey checks of line-and-grade of carrier pipe during installation 4
operations. 5
4. Contractor is fully responsible for the accuracy of the carrier pipe installation, and 6
correction of the installation, if required. 7
a. Where the carrier pipe installation does not satisfy specified tolerances, correct 8
the installation, including if necessary, redesign of the pipe or structures at no 9
additional cost to City. 10
C. Installation of Carrier Pipe 11
1. Pipe Installation 12
a. Remove all loose soil from casing or liner. 13
b. Grind smooth all rough welds at casing joints. 14
c. Install carrier pipe so that there is no metallic contact between the carrier pipe 15
and the casing or liner. 16
d. Install carrier pipe without sliding or dragging it on the ground or in the 17
casing/liner in a manner that could damage the pipe or coatings. 18
1) If guide rails are used, place cement mortar on both sides of the rails. 19
e. Electrically isolate the carrier pipe from the casing spacers and from the 20
casing/liner. 21
f. Grade the bottom of the trench adjacent to each end of the casing/liner to 22
provide firm, uniform, and continuous support for the pipe. If the trench 23
requires backfilling to establish the final trench bottom grade, place the backfill 24
in 6-inch lifts and compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05 prior to 25
installing the carrier pipe. 26
g. After the casing/liner has been placed, pump dry and maintain a dry surface 27
until the carrier pipe and end seals are installed. 28
2. Installation of Casing Spacers 29
a. Provide casing spacers, insulators, or other approved devices to prevent 30
flotation, movement, or damage to the pipe during installation and grout 31
backfill placement. 32
b. Assemble and securely fashion casing spacers to pipeline to be installed in 33
casing or liner. 34
c. Correctly assemble, evenly tighten, and prevent damage to pipe or casing 35
spacer during tightening and pipe insertion. 36
d. Install spacers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 37
e. Coat the casing spacer runners with a non-corrosive/environmentally safe 38
lubricant to minimize friction when installing the carrier pipe. 39
3. Casing Spacer Spacing 40
a. Maximum distance between spacers is 6 feet 6 inches. 41
b. For 18 and 20-foot-long joints, install a minimum of 5 spacers for PVC and 42
HDPE pipe, and 4 spacers for all other materials. 43
1) Install 2 spacers within 1 foot on each side of bell or flange. 44
2) Space remaining 2 or 3 spacers evenly between pipe ends. 45
c. If the casing or liner is angled or bent, add 1 additional spacer and adjust 46
spacing evenly. 47
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Provide 2 end spacers at each casing/liner end, within 6 inches of end of 1
casing/liner. 2
e. Install spacers on PVC pipe at the insertion line to prevent over-insertion of the 3
spigot into the bell. 4
4. After Carrier Pipe Installation 5
a. Mortar inside and outside of the joints, as applicable. 6
b. Verify electrical discontinuity between water carrier pipe and the casing/liner. 7
1) If continuity exists, remedy the short by all means necessary, including 8
removing and reinstalling the carrier pipe, prior to installing the annular 9
grout (if applicable). 10
c. If steel pipe is used and not welded prior to installing in casing/liner, welding of 11
pipe will only be allowed after annular grouting is complete (if applicable). 12
D. Installation of End Seals (Water and Sewer Force Main) 13
1. Pipe less than 24 inches in diameter: 14
a. Install mortared brick or Link Seal 15
2. Pipe 24-inches and greater in diameter: 16
a. Ground end of casing/liner minimum 6 inches and maximum 12 inches. 17
b. Place pull-on synthetic rubber end seals on the pipe and pull over the end 18
casing/liner. Securely fasten with stainless steel bands. 19
E. Annular Grouting (For Gravity Sewer Only) 20
1. Prepare pipe as necessary to prevent the pipe from floating during grouting 21
operations as necessary. 22
2. Mixing of Grout 23
a. Mix material in equipment of sufficient size to provide the desired amount of 24
grout material for each stage in a single operation. 25
1) The equipment shall be capable of mixing the grout at the required densities 26
for the approved procedure and shall be capable of changing the densities 27
as required by field conditions. 28
3. Backfill Annular Space with Grout 29
a. Prior to filling the annular space, test the gravity sewer carrier pipe in 30
accordance with Section 33 01 31. 31
b. Verify from the manufacturer, the maximum allowable external pressure the 32
carrier pipe may experience, and do not exceed this grout injection pressure. 33
c. After the installation of the carrier pipe, fill the remaining space (all voids) with 34
LDCC grout. 35
1) All exterior surfaces of the carrier pipe wall and interior surfaces of the 36
casing/liner shall be in contact with grout. 37
2) Pump grout through a pipe or hose. 38
3) Use grout pipes, or other appropriate materials, to avoid damage to carrier 39
pipe during grouting. 40
4. Injection of LDCC Grout 41
a. Grout injection pressure shall not exceed the carrier pipe manufacturer’s 42
recommendations, or 5 psi, whichever is lower. 43
b. Provide pumping equipment of a size sufficient to inject grout at a volume, 44
velocity, and pressure compatible with the size/volume of the annular space. 45
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Once grouting operations begin, proceed with uninterrupted grouting, unless 1
grouting procedures require multiple stages. 2
d. Grout placements shall not be terminated until the estimated volume of annular 3
grout has been injected. 4
5. Block the carrier pipe during grouting to prevent flotation during grout installation. 5
6. Protect and preserve the interior surfaces of the casing from damage during 6
grouting. 7
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 8
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 9
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 10
A. Grouting Reports and Records 11
1. Required for the following scenarios: 12
a. Carrier pipe 24-inch and greater 13
b. Carrier pipe of any size longer than 150 feet 14
2. Maintain and submit daily logs of grouting operations including: 15
a. Grouting locations 16
b. Pressures 17
c. Volumes 18
d. Grout mix pumped 19
e. Time of pumping 20
f. Any problems or unusual observations 21
B. Grout Strength Tests 22
1. Perform testing for 24-hour and 28 day compressive strength for the cylinder molds 23
(ASTM C39) or grout cubes (ASTM C109) obtained during grouting operations. 24
2. Provide and test at least 1 set of 4-cylinder molds or grout cutes for each 100 cubic 25
yards of grout injected, but not less than 1 set for each grouting shift. 26
3. Test remaining samples as directed by City. 27
C. Safety 28
1. Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 29
a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 30
Federal, State and local agencies. 31
1) Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, 32
Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 33
2) In the event of a conflict, comply with the more stringent requirement. 34
2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in jacking/launching shafts and 35
receiving shafts/pits. 36
a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic, and air powered equipment is acceptable subject to 37
applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. 38
3. Methods of construction shall be such as to ensure the safety of the Work, 39
Contractor, subcontractor, other personnel on the Site, and the public. 40
4. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 41
safety requirements when personnel are underground. 42
a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 43
33 05 15
INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 1
atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 2
5. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, develop an emergency response 3
plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 4
a. Keep all equipment required for emergency response at the Site in accordance 5
with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. 6
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
SECTION 33 05 61 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Cast-in-6
Place Concrete Manholes. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 17
7. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18
8. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 19
9. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 20
10. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 21
11. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22
12. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Manhole 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Excavation 37
3) Forms 38
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 39
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
5) Concrete 1
6) Foundation 2
7) Drop pipe, if required 3
8) Vent piping, if required 4
9) Pipe stubs 5
10) Frame 6
11) Cover 7
12) Grade rings 8
13) Pipe connections 9
14) Pavement removal 10
15) Hauling 11
16) Disposal of excess material 12
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 13
18) Clean-up 14
2. Extra Depth Manhole 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 17
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 22
a) Various sizes. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 25
Drawings 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Forms 28
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 29
5) Concrete 30
6) Foundation 31
7) Drop pipe (if required) 32
8) Pipe stubs 33
9) Frame 34
10) Cover 35
11) Grade rings 36
12) Pipe connections 37
13) Pavement removal 38
14) Hauling 39
15) Disposal of excess material 40
16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41
17) Clean-up 42
3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measured per each Sewer Junction Structure installed. 45
b. Payment 46
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each “Sewer Junction Structure” installed. 3
4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing and installing junction structure as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Excavation 7
3) Forms 8
4) Reinforcing steel 9
5) Concrete 10
6) Foundation 11
7) Drop pipe, if required 12
8) Vent piping, if required 13
9) Pipe stubs 14
10) Frame 15
11) Cover 16
12) Grade rings 17
13) Pipe connections 18
14) Pavement removal 19
15) Hauling 20
16) Disposal of excess material 21
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22
18) Clean-up 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Definitions 25
1. Manhole Type 26
a. Standard Manhole 27
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 28
b. Standard Drop Manhole 29
1) Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 30
c. Extra Depth Manhole 31
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 32
B. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 37
a. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 38
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 40
1.5 SUBMITTALS 41
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 42
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 43
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Product Data 2
1. Drop connection materials 3
2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 4
3. Stubs and stub plugs 5
4. Concrete mix design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12
66 00. 13
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Materials 19
1. Class ‘S’ Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20
2. Reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 21
3. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 22
4. Pipe Connections 23
a. Utilize a rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular block out opening 24
conforming to ASTM C923. 25
5. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 26
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 27
6. Steps are not allowed. 28
B. Finishes 29
1. Interior lining in accordance with Section 33 01 40, if required. 30
2. Exterior coating not required for cast-in-place concrete manholes. 31
C. Manhole Sizing 32
1. 4-foot diameter 33
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 34
2. 5-foot diameter 35
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 1
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 2
3. 6-foot diameter 3
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION 9
A. Evaluation and Assessment 10
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 11
3.3 PREPARATION 12
A. Foundation Preparation 13
1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 14
2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 15
33 05 05. 16
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 17
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 18
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 19
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength or 7-days have elapsed. 20
3.4 INSTALLATION 21
A. Manhole 22
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 23
2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 24
a. A cold joint with PVC water stop will only be allowed when the manhole depth 25
exceeds 12-feet. 26
b. No other joints are allowed unless specified in the Drawings. 27
3. Place, finish, and cure concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 28
a. Allow concrete for manholes to cure a minimum of 3 days before backfilling 29
around structure. 30
B. Pipe connection at Manhole 31
1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 32
C. Invert 33
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 34
at pipe-manhole connections. 35
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 36
possible radius of curvature. 37
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 38
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 1
largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 2
D. Drop Manhole Connection 3
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 4
above the manhole invert. 5
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 6
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 7
E. Final Rim Elevation 8
1. Grade Rings 9
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 10
close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 11
12-inches of grade rings. 12
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 13
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 14
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 15
watertight seal. 16
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 17
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 18
2. Frame and Cover 19
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 20
with Section 33 05 81. 21
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 22
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 23
F. Internal Coating 24
1. Install manhole liner where specified in the Drawings in accordance with Section 25
33 01 40. 26
G. External Coating 27
1. No external coating is required for cast-in-place manholes. 28
H. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 29
I. Junction Structures to be installed as specified in the Drawings. 30
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Site Tests and Inspections 34
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 35
33 05 61
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 2, 2024
Effective July 2, 2024
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
7
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7/2/2024 Removed elastomeric PVC as an allowable material type in 2.2.A.4
11
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 62 1
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 6
Concrete Manholes. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 14
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 15
5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 16
6. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
8. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 19
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 20
10. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. Manhole 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Excavation 35
3) Forms 36
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 37
5) Concrete 38
6) Foundation 39
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
7) Drop pipe, if required 1
8) Vent piping, if required 2
9) Pipe stubs 3
10) Interior lining 4
11) Frame 5
12) Cover 6
13) Grade rings 7
14) Pipe connections 8
15) Pavement removal 9
16) Hauling 10
17) Disposal of excess material 11
18) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
19) Clean-up 13
2. Extra Depth Manhole 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 16
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 21
a) Various sizes. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 24
Drawings 25
2) Excavation 26
3) Forms 27
4) Reinforcing steel, if required 28
5) Concrete 29
6) Foundation 30
7) Drop pipe, if required 31
8) Pipe stubs 32
9) Interior lining 33
10) Frame 34
11) Cover 35
12) Grade rings 36
13) Pipe connections 37
14) Pavement removal 38
15) Hauling 39
16) Disposal of excess material 40
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41
18) Clean-up 42
1.3 REFERENCES 43
A. Definitions 44
1. Manhole Type 45
a. Standard Manhole 46
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 47
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Standard Drop Manhole 1
1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 2
c. Extra Depth Manhole 3
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 4
B. Reference Standards 5
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7
unless a date is specifically cited. 8
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 9
a. C443 – Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 10
Rubber Gaskets. 11
b. C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 12
Sections. 13
c. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 14
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 15
d. D1187 – Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for Use as 16
Protective Coatings for Metal. 17
e. D1227 – Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 18
Coating for Roofing. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24
A. Product Data 25
1. Precast Concrete Manhole 26
2. Drop connection materials 27
3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 28
4. Stubs and stub plugs 29
B. Shop Drawings 30
1. Pre-cast manhole drawings 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 36
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37
66 00. 38
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 MATERIALS 4
A. Materials 5
1. Precast reinforced concrete sections shall be in accordance with ASTM C478. 6
2. Precast Joints 7
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with ASTM C443. 8
b. Provide external joint wrap – Infi-Shield Gator Wrap 9
c. Minimize number of joints. 10
d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 11
1) For example, use long joints at the bottom of manhole and shorter joints 12
toward the top. 13
e. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 14
3. Lifting Devices 15
a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 16
1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 17
2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 18
installation. 19
4. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 20
5. Pipe Connections 21
a. Utilize an elastomeric PVC or rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular 22
block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 23
6. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 24
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 25
7. Steps are not allowed. 26
B. Finishes 27
1. Interior lining is required for all pre-cast concrete manholes in accordance 28
with Section 33 01 40. 29
2. Exterior Coating 30
a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 31
Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 32
C. Manhole Sizing 33
1. 4-foot diameter 34
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 35
2. 5-foot diameter 36
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 37
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 38
3. 6-foot diameter 39
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 40
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 41
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION 4
A. Evaluation and Assessment 5
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 6
3.3 PREPARATION 7
A. Foundation Preparation 8
1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 9
2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 10
33 05 05. 11
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 12
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 13
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 14
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength, or 7-days have elapsed. 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. Manhole 17
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 18
2. Precast Sections 19
a. Provide bell-and-spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 20
compound for wastewater use. 21
1) Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all precast joints. 22
b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate, and join. 23
c. Minimize number of segments. 24
d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 25
B. Invert 26
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 27
at pipe-manhole connections. 28
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 29
possible radius of curvature. 30
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 31
3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 32
largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 33
C. Drop Manhole Connection 34
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 35
above the manhole invert. 36
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 37
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 38
39
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
D. Final Rim Elevation 1
1. Grade Rings 2
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 3
close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 4
12-inches of grade rings. 5
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 6
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 7
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 8
watertight seal. 9
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 10
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 11
2. Frame and Cover 12
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 13
with Section 33 05 81. 14
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 15
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 16
E. Internal Coating 17
1. Install manhole liner for all precast concrete manholes in accordance with 18
Section 33 01 40. 19
F. External coating 20
1. Remove dirt, dust, oil, and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 21
the coating. 22
2. Install coating in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 23
G. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Site Tests and Inspections 28
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
36
33 05 62
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 76 1
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester (Fiberglass) Sanitary Sewer Manholes. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 15
6. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 16
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
8. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 18
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 19
10. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 20
11. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21
12. Section 33 31 10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 22
13. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Manhole 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Excavation 37
3) Forms 38
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
4) Concrete foundation 1
5) Drop pipe, if required 2
6) Vent piping, if required 3
7) Pipe stubs 4
8) Frame 5
9) Cover 6
10) Grade rings 7
11) Pipe connections 8
12) Pavement removal 9
13) Hauling 10
14) Disposal of excess material 11
15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
16) Clean-up 13
2. Extra Depth Manhole 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 16
to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 21
a) Various sizes. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 24
Drawings 25
2) Excavation 26
3) Forms 27
4) Concrete foundation 28
5) Drop pipe, if required 29
6) Pipe stubs 30
7) Frame 31
8) Cover 32
9) Grade rings 33
10) Pipe connections 34
11) Pavement removal 35
12) Hauling 36
13) Disposal of excess material 37
14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 38
15) Clean-up 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Definitions 41
1. Manhole Type 42
a. Standard Manhole 43
1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 44
b. Standard Drop Manhole 45
1) Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 46
c. Extra Depth Manhole 47
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 1
2
B. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5
unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 7
a. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain 8
and Sewer Pipe. 9
b. D3753, Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester 10
Manholes and Wetwells. 11
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Product Data 17
1. Fiberglass material data 18
2. Installation instructions for Fiberglass Manholes 19
3. Drop connection materials 20
4. Pipe connections at manhole walls 21
5. Materials for stubs and stub plugs, if applicable 22
6. Grade ring materials 23
7. External coating materials 24
8. Plugs for hydrostatic testing 25
B. Shop Drawings 26
1. Design and fabrication details of Fiberglass Manholes 27
C. Certifications 28
1. Manufacturer’s certification verifying fiberglass manholes meet or exceed the 29
requirements of ASTM D3753. 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 33
A. Certifications 34
1. Upon completion of fabrication provide independent certification consisting of the 35
manufacturer’s testing report including test results verifying the manhole has been 36
sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with and meets all the requirements of 37
ASTM D3753. 38
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4
66 00. 5
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
2.2 MATERIALS 10
A. Manufacturers 11
1. Manufacturer List 12
a. L.F. Manufacturing, Inc. 13
b. Containment Solutions, Inc. 14
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 15
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 16
B. Materials 17
1. Resin 18
a. Commercial grade unsaturated polyester resin or other suitable vinyl ester resin. 19
2. Reinforcing Materials 20
a. Commercial grade “E” type glass in the form of mat, continuous roving, chop 21
roving, roving fabric, or a combination of the above, with a coupling agent that 22
will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. 23
3. Interior Surfacing Material 24
a. Resin-rich layer of 0.010 to 0.020 inch thick. 25
4. Exterior Surface 26
a. Provide a UV inhibitor in the resin to a minimum of 0.125 inches. 27
1) Gel coat, paint, or other coatings are not permitted. 28
5. Fillers and Additives 29
a. Inert to the environment and manhole construction. 30
b. Thixotropic agents, catalysts, promoters, etc. may be added as required by the 31
specific manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements of this 32
Section. The resulting reinforced-plastic material be in accordance with the 33
requirements of this Section. 34
1) Sand is not permitted as a filler. 35
6. Stub Outs 36
a. Factory install and glass in pipe stubs for all connections. 37
1) Field cuts of fiberglass manhole are not permitted. 38
2) Boot type connectors are not permitted. 39
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Pipe stubs to be installed shall be in accordance with Sections 33 14 11, 33 31 1
10, or 33 31 14. 2
1) Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 3
2) Upstream stub outs shall have belled ends for pipe types conforming to 4
Sections 33 14 11 and 33 31 10. 5
3) Downstream stub out shall be plain end or spigot end pipe. 6
7. Invert and manhole bench should be factory installed. 7
a. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 8
largest pipe at manhole wall. 9
C. Performance / Design Criteria 10
1. Provide Prefabricated Fiberglass Manholes in accordance with the shape, size, 11
dimensions, and details specified in the Drawings. 12
2. Unless modified in the Drawings, use manhole sections in accordance with ASTM 13
D3753. 14
3. Provide the following markings in 1-inch minimum tall stenciled letters on the 15
inside and outside of the barrel: 16
a. Manufacturer’s name or trademark 17
b. Manufacturer’s factory location 18
c. Manufacturer’s serial number 19
d. Total height and nominal diameter 20
e. Complies with ASTM D3753 21
4. Provide wall section thickness for depth of manhole according to ASTM D3753, 22
but not less than 0.48 inches in thickness. 23
5. Provide fabricated reducer bonded at factory to form a continuous unit at top of 24
manhole barrel to accept grade rings, frame, and cover. 25
6. Provide factory installed fiberglass bottom with 3-inch minimum anti-flotation 26
flange. 27
7. Load Rating 28
a. Complete manhole shall be designed to meet the following requirements: 29
1) HS-20 load rated, allowing a minimum dynamic load rating of 16,000 30
pounds when tested in accordance with ASTM D3753. 31
a) To establish this rating, the manhole may not leak, crack, or suffer 32
other damage when load tested to 40,000 pounds and shall not deflect 33
vertically downward more than 0.25-inches at the point of load 34
application when loaded to 24,000 pounds. 35
8. Stiffness 36
a. The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe stiffness value as indicated 37
below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3753: 38
39
Height (feet) F/AY (psi)
0 to 10 1.26
10 to 20 2.01
21 to 25 3.02
26 to 30 5.24
40
D. Manhole Sizing 41
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1. 4-foot diameter 1
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 2
2. 5-foot diameter 3
a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 4
b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 5
6
3. 6-foot diameter 7
a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 8
E. Fiberglass Manhole Locations 9
1. Only permitted in non-paved areas which will not be paved in the future, unless 10
approved by City. 11
F. Drop Piping 12
1. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10, 33 14 11, or 33 31 14. 13
a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 14
G. Concrete Manhole Base 15
1. Class ‘S’ concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16
H. Reinforcing Steel 17
1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00 18
I. Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 19
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 20
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22
PART 3 - EXECUTION 23
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24
3.2 EXAMINATION 25
A. Evaluation and Assessment 26
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 27
3.3 PREPARATION 28
A. Foundation Preparation 29
1. Excavate 20-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 30
2. Replace bottom 12-inches of excavated soil with crushed rock in accordance with 31
Section 33 05 05. 32
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 33
mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 34
1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 35
cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength, or 7-days have elapsed. 36
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Replace top 8-inches of excavated soil with Class ‘A’ concrete a minimum of 12-1
inches outside proposed manhole barrel, and install in accordance with Section 03 2
30 00. 3
4. Embed No. 4 steel reinforcement hooks at 12-inch centers in concrete foundation 4
circumferentially to prevent manhole flotation. 5
5. Do not place fiberglass manhole on foundation until concrete is demonstrated to 6
have cured to 3,000 psi compressive strength, or 14-days have elapsed. 7
8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Manhole 10
1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Lower manhole barrel onto base section. 12
3. Ensure circumferential hooks are oriented to anchor flanges. 13
4. Pour additional 4-inches of Class ‘A’ concrete on hooks in accordance with the 14
Drawings and Section 03 30 00. 15
5. Backfill entire excavation to 12-inches below final grade with cement stabilized 16
sand (CSS) or controlled low strength material (CLSM) in accordance with Section 17
33 05 05 or 03 34 13. 18
a. Native backfill or select backfill will not be permitted. 19
B. Drop Manhole Connection 20
1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 21
above the manhole invert. 22
2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 23
material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13. 24
C. Final Rim Elevation 25
1. Grade Rings 26
a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is no 27
more than 6-inches. 28
b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 29
c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 30
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 31
watertight seal. 32
d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 33
accordance with Section 33 05 81. 34
2. Frame and Cover 35
a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 36
with Section 33 05 81. 37
1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 38
rings to ensure a watertight seal. 39
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 40
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 41
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 42
33 05 76
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Site Tests and Inspections 1
1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 81 1
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast iron and compression molded composite frame and cover used as access port 6
into water, sanitary sewer, and storm drain structures such as manholes or vaults. 7
2. Concrete and HDPE grade rings for adjusting frame and cover grades. 8
3. Concrete collars for manholes in unimproved areas and asphalt pavement. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18
to Grade. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Cast-Iron Frame Cover and Grade Rings 22
a. Measurement 23
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, 24
cover, and grade rings. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place and 28
no other compensation will be allowed. 29
2. Concrete Collars 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each concrete collar installed on an existing manhole. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each “Concrete Collar” installed on an existing manhole. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Concrete Collar 38
2) Excavation 39
3) Forms 40
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
4) Reinforcing Steel 1
5) Concrete 2
6) Backfill 3
7) Pavement Removal 4
8) Hauling 5
9) Disposal of excess material 6
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
11) Clean-up 8
12) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for 9
rim adjustment on existing manhole 10
1.3 REFERENCES 11
A. Reference Standards 12
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14
unless a date is specifically cited. 15
2. ASTM International (ASTM) 16
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 17
b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 18
3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 19
a. AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 20
Related Castings 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Product Data 27
1. All castings shall be cast with: 28
a. Approved foundry’s name 29
b. Part number 30
c. Country of origin 31
2. Manufacturers: 32
a. Specifications 33
b. Load tables 34
c. Dimension diagrams 35
d. Anchor details 36
e. Installation instructions 37
B. Certificates 38
1. Manufacturer shall certify castings are manufactured in accordance with applicable 39
ASTM and AASHTO designations, including but not limited to, ASTM A48, A536, 40
and AASHTO M306. 41
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 3
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
2.2 MATERIALS 8
A. Manufacturers 9
1. Water and Sanitary Sewer 10
a. Standard Cast Iron Frame and Cover 11
1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 12
2) EJ – V1480A 32” Solid Cover Sanitary Sewer Min. 200 Lbs. 13
b. Water-Tight Cast Iron Frame and Ductile Iron Cover 14
1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 15
2) EJ – V1480 CAM LOCK Cover 16
c. Composite Molded Frame and Cover 17
1) Composite Access Products – CAP ONE-30 18
2. Meter Manhole or Vault 19
a. Composite Molded Frame and Cover 20
1) Composite Access Products – CAP ONE-30 21
2) For locations where access can be restricted to authorized personnel only. 22
3. Storm Drain 23
a. Manholes and Junction Structures 24
1) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 BASS Cover 25
2) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 Ring 26
b. Inlets 27
1) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 BASS Cover 28
2) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 Ring 29
4. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 30
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 31
B. Castings – Allowed in all Areas 32
1. Cast iron castings in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 33
2. Ductile iron castings in accordance with ASTM A536, Grade 70-50-05 or better. 34
a. Ductile iron will only be allowed for water-tight manhole covers, all other 35
castings shall be cast-iron. 36
3. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading with 37
permanent deformation 38
4. Covers 39
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Size to set flush with frame with no larger than a 1/8-inch gap between frame 1
and cover 2
b. Provide 2-inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes 3
c. Provide gasket in frame and cover 4
5
C. Moldings – Allowed in Non-Traffic Areas Only 6
1. Consist of thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or combined with reinforcing 7
fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent nonmetallic reinforcing 8
structure(s) 9
2. Thermosetting resin matrix shall be polymer, vinylester or a blend of both. 10
3. Thoroughly deflash and clean all moldings at parting lines, holes, notches, and 11
exposed edges before removing from molding operation. 12
4. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle loading with 13
permanent deformation. 14
5. Frame wall thickness shall be a minimum of 0.75 inches. 15
6. Add UV stabilizers with concentrations between 0.05% and 5% prior to shaping by 16
injection molding. 17
D. Standard Dimensions 18
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water, and Storm Drain 19
a. Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all frames and cover assemblies unless 20
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 21
E. Standard Labels 22
1. Water 23
a. Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 1-inch minimum letters across the lid and 24
in accordance with the Drawings. 25
2. Sanitary Sewer 26
a. Cast lid with the words “SANITARY SEWER” in 1-inch minimum letters 27
across the lid and in accordance with the Drawings. 28
3. Storm Drain 29
a. Cast lid with the phrases “DUMP NO WASTE DRAINS TO RIVER”, 30
“STORM SEWER”, and bass picture, in accordance with the Drawings. 31
F. Hinged Covers are not permitted 32
G. Grade Rings 33
1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2 inch up to 6 inch. 34
2. New structures should be constructed such that the total height of grade rings is no 35
more than 6 inches. 36
3. Total grade ring height on existing structures as result of an adjustment shall be 37
limited to the height specified in Section 33 01 35. 38
4. Materials 39
a. Concrete in traffic loading areas 40
b. Concrete or HDPE in non-traffic areas 41
1) HDPE shall have a minimum allowable traffic loading meeting AASHTO 42
HS-25. 43
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1
H. Joint Sealant 2
1. Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable flat tape 3
form. 4
2. Provide a sealant that is not dependent on a chemical action for its adhesive 5
properties or cohesive strength. 6
3. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 7
accordance with the Drawings. 8
I. Concrete Collar 9
1. Concrete and reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10
2. Cast concrete collar in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 11
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION 14
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 INSTALLATION 18
A. Grade Rings 19
1. Place as indicated in the Drawings. 20
2. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones, or other unspecified material to obtain final 21
surface elevation of the manhole frame. 22
3. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 23
4. Seal each grade ring with sealant specified in this Section and as indicated in the 24
Drawings. 25
B. Frame and Cover 26
1. Water 27
a. For water structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the 28
Drawings. 29
2. Sanitary Sewer 30
a. For sanitary sewer structures outside the 100-yr flood plain, install standard 31
frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 32
b. For sanitary sewer structures within the 100-yr flood plain, install water-tight 33
frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 34
3. Storm Drain 35
a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance 36
with the Drawings. 37
C. Joint Sealing 38
33 05 81
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Seal frame, grade rings, and structure with specified sealant. 1
2. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 2
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 3
D. Concrete Collar 4
1. Install concrete collar in accordance with the Drawings in unimproved and asphalt 5
areas. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7/1/2024 Specified that a composite manhole lid is to be used for a metering vault or manhole
if the vault or manhole is enclosed; 2.2.A.2
19
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 97 1
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction 6
2. Surface utility markers for water and sewer mains as indicated in the Drawings 7
3. Curb Markings for water, fire or sewer service lines 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Measurement 17
a. This item is considered subsidiary to pipeline and pipeline appurtenance 18
installation. 19
2. Payment 20
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 21
subsidiary to the various pipeline and pipeline appurtenance bid items will be 22
installed. 23
3. The following items will be considered part of Utility Markers, and subsidiary to 24
the bid items indicated above: 25
a. Furnishing and installing surface markers as specified in the Drawings 26
b. Furnishing and installing tracer wire for all PVC and HDPE water lines and 27
HDPE force mains 28
c. Furnishing and installing detectable warning tape for all buried pipelines 29
d. Continuity testing of tracer wire 30
e. Replacement of non-continuous tracer wire 31
f. Mobilization 32
g. Pavement removal 33
h. Excavation 34
i. Hauling 35
j. Disposal of excess material 36
k. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37
l. Clean-up 38
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Public Works Association (APWA): 6
a. Uniform Color Code. 7
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. B170, Standard Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper – Refinery 9
Shapes. 10
b. B227, Standard Specification for Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire. 11
c. B910/B910M, Standard Specification for Annealed Copper-Clad Steel Wire. 12
d. B1010/B1010M, Standard Specification for Copper-Clad Steel Electrical 13
Conductor for Tracer Wire Applications. 14
e. D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials 15
for Wire and Cable. 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21
A. Product Data 22
1. Buried Markers 23
2. Surface Markers 24
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32
2.2 MATERIALS 33
A. Manufacturers 34
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the 1
manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. 2
B. Materials 3
1. Buried Markers 4
a. Detectable Warning Tape 5
1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 6
2) Width – 3 inch minimum 7
3) Weight – 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 8
4) Triple Layer with: 9
a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a 10
protective inert plastic jacket 11
(1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene 12
(2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and 13
solvents within soil 14
(3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 15
5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 16
6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub-off 17
7) Color and Legends 18
a) Potable water lines 19
(1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 20
(2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 21
inches) 22
b) Reclaimed water lines 23
(1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 24
(2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 25
inches) 26
c) Sewer Line 27
(1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 28
(2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 29
b. Tracer Wire and Appurtenances 30
1) Tracer Wire 31
a) Color 32
(1) Blue for domestic water (potable) lines. 33
(2) Green for sanitary sewer gravity lines and force mains. 34
(3) Purple for raw and recycled water (non-potable) lines. 35
b) Open Cut Installation 36
(1) Copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high carbon tracer wire 37
in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, B910/910M, and 38
B1010/1010M. 39
(2) Minimum 450 lb tensile break load 40
(3) Minimum 30 mils minimum high molecular-high density 41
polyethylene jacket in accordance with ASTM D1248. 42
c) Directional Bore or Carrier Pipe Installation 43
(1) Two (2) Copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high carbon 44
tracer wires in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, B910/910M, 45
and B1010/1010M. 46
(2) Minimum 1,150 lb tensile break load 47
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
(3) Minimum 45 mils high molecular-high density polyethylene jacket 1
in accordance with ASTM D1248. 2
d) Pipe Bursting Installation 3
(1) 7 x 7 stranded copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high 4
carbon tracer wire in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, 5
B910/910M, and B1010/1010M. 6
(2) Minimum 4,700 lb tensile break load 7
(3) Minimum 50 mils high molecular-high density polyethylene jacket 8
in accordance with ASTM D1248. 9
2) Connectors 10
a) Splice along continuous runs of tracer wire for repair of a wire break, 11
or replacement of a failed segment of wire with 3M Brand DBR Direct 12
Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. 13
(1) Provide secure connection for two or more wires. 14
(2) Provide moisture sealing by means of a dielectric non-hardening 15
silicone sealant. 16
(3) Splice Kit shall be intended for use in direct bury applications. 17
(4) Rated for a minimum of 50V. 18
b) Branch connections for laterals, turnouts, services, and appurtenances 19
shall utilize DryConn Direct Bury Lug Aqua, or approved equal. 20
(1) Provide secure connection one or two wires to the main tracer wire 21
without cutting the main tracer wire. 22
(2) Provide moisture sealing by means of a dielectric non-hardening 23
silicone sealant. 24
(3) Branch connector shall be intended for use in direct bury 25
applications. 26
(4) Rated for a minimum of 50V. 27
3) Grounding / Termination 28
a) Grounding shall only be applied where indicated on the Drawings 29
b) Drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20-feet 30
of 12-AWG red HDPE insulated copper-clad steel wire connected to 31
the rod and specifically manufactured for this purpose. 32
c) Dead ends and stub-outs shall be terminated with a 3M Brand DBR 33
Direct Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. 34
2. Surface Markers 35
a. Provide as follows: 36
1) 4-inch wide, 6-feet minimum length, fiberglass composite, double-sided 37
marker, or approved equal 38
2) Posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant decals as follows: 39
a) Water Lines 40
(1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 41
(2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below 42
b) Reclaimed water lines 43
(1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 44
(2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below 45
c) Sewer lines 46
(1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 47
(2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below 48
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Buried Markers 8
1. Detectable Warning Tape – For all underground water and sanitary sewer lines 9
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations below natural 10
ground surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. 11
1) Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. 12
2) Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum 13
protection and detectability. 14
2. Tracer Wire and Appurtenances 15
a. Install tracer wire such that it can be easily accessed for connection of line 16
tracing equipment, wire can be located without loss or deterioration of low 17
frequency signal, and without distortion of signal caused by more than one wire 18
being installed in close proximity to another. 19
b. Install tracer wire in the same trench or inside casing with pipe during pipe 20
installation. 21
1) Secure wire to the pipe at a maximum of 5-foot intervals and in accordance 22
with manufacturer recommendations, and the City Standard Details. 23
a) Do not place the tracer wire between service saddles and the main. 24
2) Securely bond all wire joints with an approved watertight connector to 25
provide electrical continuity. 26
3) Install wire at all tracer wire access points in accordance with City Standard 27
Details, providing no less than 24-inches of coiled wire. 28
c. Provide continuous tracer wire without splices from each tracer wire access 29
point, except where approved by City for spliced-in repair or replacement 30
connections. 31
d. Install tracer wire as a continuous single wire. No looping or coiling of wire is 32
permitted. 33
e. Protect wire insulation from damage during installation of embedment and 34
backfill. 35
f. Replace all wire that has broken, cut, or damaged insulation 36
g. Treat all connections between existing metallic pipe and plastic pipe as a 37
mainline dead-end, and ground using an approved waterproof connection to a 38
grounding anode, buried at the same depth as the tracer wire. 39
h. Connect new tracer wire to an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, 40
using approved splice connectors. 41
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
i. At all main end caps, extend a minimum of 6 feet of tracer wire beyond the end 1
of the pipe, coil, and secured to the pipe for future connections. Splice the end 2
of the tracer wire to a grounding rod in accordance with manufacturer’s 3
recommendations and City Standard Details and bury grounding rod at the 4
same elevation as the main. 5
j. Place tracer wire access valve boxes spaced in accordance with City Standard 6
Details. 7
k. Maximum spacing between tracer wire access points shall be 500 feet. If meter 8
or hydrant spacing is greater than 500 feet then utilize Copperhead Mamba 9
Round Locate post marker or approved equivalent. 10
B. Surface Markers 11
1. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 12
2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including decaled 13
portion). 14
3. Place surface markers near fixed objects, if possible 15
4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: 16
a. Unimproved areas only 17
b. Buried Features 18
1) Place directly above a buried feature. 19
c. Above-Ground Features 20
1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature. 21
d. Water lines 12-inches and larger: 22
1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: 23
a) Highway crossings 24
b) Railroad crossings 25
2) Utility crossings such as: 26
a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines 27
b) Fiber optic lines 28
c) Underground electric transmission lines 29
d) Or other locations specified in the Drawings or directed by the City 30
e. For sanitary sewer lines: 31
1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an 32
above-ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 33
f. Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 34
g. As specified in Drawings. 35
C. Curb Markers 36
1. Curb Markers shall be lettered etchings in the existing or new concrete curb 37
2. Place Curb Markers at the following locations: 38
a. An etched “W” painted blue wherever a water service line crosses the curb 39
b. An etched “S” painted green wherever a sanitary sewer service line crosses the 40
curb 41
c. An etched “F” painted blue wherever a fire line crosses the curb 42
33 05 97
UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised June 17, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3
A. Testing 4
1. After all trench backfill is completed and prior to final surface repair, perform 5
continuity and trace tests on all tracer wire in the presence of the City. 6
2. If the tracer wire is found to be non-continuous after testing, repair or replace the 7
failed segment of wire. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/17/24 Added requirements for curb markings of water, fire and sewer service line
crossings; 1.1.A
6/17/24 Modified grounding and termination requirements for tracer wire; 2.2.B.1.b.3)
6/17/24 Added maximum spacing requirement for tracer wire access points; 3.4.A.2.k
18
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 05 98 1
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of existing underground utilities 6
at proposed connection points or that may conflict with proposed facilities, by use 7
of: 8
a. Exploratory Excavation 9
b. Vacuum Excavation 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Location of Existing Utilities 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Location of Existing 25
Utilities” at proposed connection points and all proposed crossings. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Coordination with utility owners 28
2) Grade survey 29
3) Pavement removal 30
4) Excavation 31
5) Vacuum excavation 32
6) Utility location 33
7) Hauling 34
8) Disposal of excess material 35
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 36
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37
11) Clean-up 38
12) Surface restoration 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
41
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
A. Definitions 1
1. Exploratory Excavation: Commonly referred to as “potholing”, a method used to 2
locate existing 10” and smaller underground utilities through the use of standard 3
excavation equipment. 4
2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utilities of all 5
sizes, but which must be used for utilities 12 inches and larger, through the use of 6
geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum excavation. 7
B. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 12
a. ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and 13
Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15
A. Coordination 16
1. Stake areas for location at least 1 week prior to commencement of location. 17
2. Coordinate location of all utilities within vicinity of excavation prior to 18
commencing location. 19
3. Coordinate with City at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for location of 20
utilities. 21
B. Sequencing 22
1. Location of utilities shall be performed prior to construction of the entire Work. 23
C. Scheduling 24
1. For critical utility locations, City may choose to be present during excavation. 25
2. Alter schedule for location of existing utilities to accommodate City personnel. 26
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 29
A. Report of Utility Location 30
1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 31
2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed 32
a. Top of utility 33
b. Spring line of utility 34
c. Existing ground 35
3. Material type, diameter, and description of the condition of existing utility 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION 10
A. Verification of Conditions 11
1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with Division 1 and the Drawings. 12
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. Exploratory Excavation 15
1. Do not perform Exploratory Excavation on 12 inch and larger utilities. 16
2. Verify location of all existing 10 inch and smaller utilities which cross or connect 17
to proposed facilities for construction. 18
a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 19
necessary to locate utility. 20
b. Expose to utility spring line. 21
c. Excavate and backfill trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with 22
Section 33 05 05. 23
B. Vacuum Excavation 24
1. Verify location of all existing 12 inch and larger utilities which cross or connect to 25
proposed facilities for construction. 26
a. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities using 27
geophysical prospecting equipment. 28
b. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 29
necessary to locate utility. 30
c. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and 31
procedures described in ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38. 32
C. Submit a report of the findings upon completion of location of existing utilities. 33
D. Notify City for appropriate design modifications if location of utility is in conflict with 34
the proposed facilities indicated in the Drawings. 35
33 05 98
LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 1
F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 2
1. Obtain a safe driving surface, if applicable 3
2. Ensure the safety of the general public 4
3. The satisfaction of the City 5
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 14 11 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
Section Includes: 5
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch for potable water 6
and reuse applications 7
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 6-inch through 24-inch for pressure rated 8
gravity sanitary sewer applications. 9
Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 15
Mains 16
4. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17
5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 18
6. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains 19
7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 20
8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators 21
9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
Measurement and Payment 24
1. PVC Water Pipe 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 27
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per linear foot for “PVC Water Pipe” installed for: 32
a) Various sizes. 33
b) Various types of backfill. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with Section 37
33 14 10 38
3) Pavement removal 39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
4) Excavation 1
5) Hauling 2
6) Disposal of excess material 3
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 4
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 5
9) Trench Dams 6
10) Thrust restraint 7
11) Gaskets 8
12) Clean-up 9
13) Cleaning 10
14) Disinfection 11
15) Testing 12
2. PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 15
line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 16
b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 17
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid 18
per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe” installed for: 19
1) Various sizes. 20
2) Various types of backfill. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 23
2) Furnishing and installing couplings 24
3) Utility Markers/Locators 25
4) Pavement removal 26
5) Excavation 27
6) Hauling 28
7) Disposal of excess material 29
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 30
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 31
10) Trench Dams 32
11) Gaskets 33
12) Clean-up 34
13) Cleaning 35
14) Testing 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
Abbreviations and Acronyms 38
1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 39
Reference Standards 40
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42
unless a date is specifically cited. 43
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 44
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 45
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) 1
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 2
b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using 3
Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 5
a. M23, PVC Pipe – Design and Installation. 6
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 7
(AWWA/ANSI): 8
a. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 9
b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and 10
Fittings for Water. 11
c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 12
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 13
6. NSF International (NSF): 14
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 15
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 16
7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 17
a. 1285, Standard for Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented 18
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24
Product Data 25
1. For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution or wastewater gravity 26
mains, including: 27
a. PVC Pressure Pipe 28
b. Manufacturer 29
c. Dimension Ratio 30
d. Joint Types 31
2. Restraint 32
a. Retainer glands 33
b. Thrust harnesses 34
c. Any other means of restraint 35
3. Gaskets 36
4. Couplings for gravity sewer applications only 37
Certificates 38
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this 39
Section, all inspections have been made, and all tests have been performed in 40
accordance with AWWA C900. 41
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3
Qualifications 4
1. Manufacturers 5
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 6
otherwise approved by the City. 7
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 8
manufacturer upon City approval. 9
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 10
manufacturer. 11
c. Furnish all pipe in accordance with AWWA C900. 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14
1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 15
by the City. 16
Storage and Handling Requirements 17
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18
66 00. 19
2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 20
a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 21
is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 22
air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 23
accumulation. 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 MATERIALS 29
Manufacturers 30
1. Manufacturer List (Potable Water Pipe) 31
a. Diamond Plastics 32
b. JM Eagle 33
c. Northern Pipe Products 34
d. Westlake Pipe & Fittings 35
e. Certa-Lok by CertainTeed 36
f. Vinyltech 37
2. Manufacturer List (Gravity Sewer Pipe) 38
a. Diamond Plastics 39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b. JM Eagle 1
c. Westlake Pipe and Fittings 2
d. Vinyltech 3
3. Manufacturer List (Couplings) 4
a. Multifittings Sewer Brute repair coupling 5
b. HARCO C900 repair coupling 6
c. Smith-Blair 226 or 228 repair clamp 7
4. Substitution requests for manufacturers not indicated above shall be processed in 8
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 9
Pipe 10
1. Manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900. 11
2. Pipe for potable water shall be in accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 12
3. Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories, in accordance with UL 13
1285. 14
4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces 15
necessary to comply with the Drawings. 16
5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a 17
cell classification of 12454. 18
6. Pipe shall be colored blue for potable water applications. Pipe shall be colored 19
green for sanitary sewer applications. Pipe shall be colored purple for reuse water 20
applications. 21
7. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 22
8. The following minimum Dimension Ratio’s apply: 23
24
Application Diameter
(inch)
Min Pressure Class
(psi)
Potable Water 4 through 12 DR 14
Pressure Rated
Gravity Sewer Main
6 through 24 DR 25
9. Pipe Markings 25
a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings 26
shall be as follows and shall be applied at intervals of not more than 5 feet: 27
1) Manufacturer’s name or trademark and production run record or lot code 28
2) Nominal pipe size in inches and outer diameter base 29
3) Dimension Ratio 30
4) Pressure class 31
5) Hydrostatic integrity test pressure on all standard length hydrostatic-tested 32
pipe 33
6) AWWA C900 34
7) Mark of certifying agency for pipe intended for potable-water service or if 35
not intended for potable water “NOT FOR POTABLE USE” 36
8) For deflectable joints, the maximum allowable axial joint deflection in 37
degrees 38
Pressure and Deflection Design 39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Base pipe design on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the 1
Drawings. Pipe shall be designed in accordance with the methods indicated in 2
AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: 3
a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 4
b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 5
c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum or as indicated in Drawings 6
d. Maximum E’ = 1,000 max 7
e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 8
f. Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi 9
g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum 10
h. Test Pressure = 11
1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of 12
the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 13
2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at 14
the lowest elevation of the test section. 15
i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent 16
j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 17
k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 18
recommendations. 19
2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 20
a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 21
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 22
b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 23
3. Provisions for Thrust 24
a. Mechanically restrain all bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings with retainer glands 25
in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 26
b. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 27
each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will 28
be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the 29
following shall apply: 30
1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 31
2) Design pressure shall be greater than both the pressure class of the pipe and 32
the internal pressure (Pi). 33
3) Restrain joints with the following: 34
a) External mechanical joint restraint system in accordance with Section 35
33 14 10; or 36
b) Certa-Lok by CertainTeed restrained joint system. 37
c. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to 38
resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 39
1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 40
prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 41
2) Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil 42
conditions 43
3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to 44
its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. 45
a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 46
4. Joints 47
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, and push-on type in accordance with 1
ASTM D3139. 2
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints, gaskets 3
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 4
c. Lubricant must be non-toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. 5
5. Couplings 6
a. Approved couplings are only allowed for gravity sewer applications. Potable 7
water couplings are addressed under Section 33 14 10. 8
6. Detectable Markers 9
a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
General 18
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 19
AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23, and the pipe manufacturer’s 20
recommendations. 21
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades indicated in the Drawings. 22
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 23
4. At the close of each operating day: 24
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 25
the laying operation. 26
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 27
5. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 28
6. Installation of PVC pipe within casing is only permitted with restrained joints. 29
Pipe Handling 30
1. Haul and distribute pipe at the project site. 31
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 32
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 33
lowering into the trench. 34
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 35
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 36
Pipe Jointing 37
1. Mechanical Joints 38
a. Install mechanical joints in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 39
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
2. Push-on Joints 1
a. Install push-on joints as defined in AWWA C900. 2
b. Wipe gasket seat inside the bell clean of all extraneous matter. 3
c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position specified by the manufacturer. 4
d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 5
gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 6
e. Assemble the pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed 7
bell end to the reference mark on the spigot. 8
f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform 9
to AWWA C605. 10
g. For gravity sewer applications only, an approved manufacturer’s coupling shall 11
be utilized to join two plain-end pipes per the guidelines provided by the 12
coupling manufacturer. 13
3. Joint Deflection 14
a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 15
and grades shown in the Drawings. 16
b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 17
recommendation. 18
Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 19
1. See Section 33 05 97. 20
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 21
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23
Potable Water Mains 24
1. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 25
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 26
Gravity Sewer Mains 27
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 28
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 29
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 30
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING 34
Potable Water Mains 35
1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 36
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 37
Section 33 01 10. 38
Gravity Sewer Mains 39
1. Cleaning of Sewer Mains 40
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 41
33 14 11
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 1 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 14 13 1
BURIED STEEL PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Buried Steel Pipe 36-inches and larger for potable water applications in 6
conformance with AWWA C200. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 14
4. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 15
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 16
6. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 17
7. Section 33 14 05 – Nuts, Bolts, and Gaskets. 18
8. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Buried Steel Pipe 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 24
the fitting or appurtenance of Buried Steel Pipe installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per linear foot for “AWWA C200 Steel Pipe” installed for: 29
a) Various sizes. 30
b) Various types of backfill. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing Buried Steel Pipe as specified by the Drawings 33
2) Mobilization 34
3) Coating 35
4) Lining 36
5) Utility Markers/Locators 37
6) Pavement removal 38
7) Excavation 39
8) Hauling 40
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 2 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
9) Disposal of excess material 1
10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 2
11) Clay Dams 3
12) Joint restraint 4
13) Buried Steel Pipe Fittings 5
14) Bolts and nuts 6
15) Welding 7
16) Gaskets, if allowed 8
17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 9
18) Clean-up 10
19) Cleaning 11
20) Disinfection 12
21) Testing 13
22) Test Bulkheads 14
2. Buried Steel Pipe Fittings 15
a. Measurement 16
1) This item is considered subsidiary to Buried Steel Pipe installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of Buried Steel Pipe 20
installed. 21
1.3 REFERENCES 22
A. Abbreviations 23
1. DFT – Dry Film Thickness 24
2. Mil – Thousandth of an Inch 25
3. PDV – Pressure-diameter value 26
B. Reference Standards 27
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 28
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 29
unless a date is specifically cited. 30
2. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AASHTO). 31
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 32
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250). 33
b. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC). 34
4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 35
a. C33, Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates. 36
b. C144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 37
c. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 38
d. C216, Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made 39
from Clay or Shale). 40
e. D16, Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and 41
Applications. 42
f. DD522, Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic 43
Coatings. 44
g. D2240, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 3 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
h. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable 1
Adhesion Testers. 2
i. E165, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry. 3
5. American Welding Society (AWS): 4
a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive 5
Examination. 6
b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. 7
c. D1.1, Structure Welding Code - Steel. 8
6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 9
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 Inches and Larger. 10
b. C205, Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 Ins 11
and Larger Shop-Applied. 12
c. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 13
d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 14
e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 15
f. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel 16
Water Pipelines. 17
g. C216, Heat Shrinkable Cross-Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of 18
Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. 19
h. C222, Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe 20
and Fittings. 21
i. M11, Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 22
7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 23
(AWWA/ANSI). 24
8. International Organization for Standardization (ISO). 25
9. NACE International (NACE): 26
a. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 27
Conductive Substrates. 28
10. NSF International (NSF): 29
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 30
b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 31
11. Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (SPFA). 32
12. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)/National Association of Corrosion 33
Engineers (NACE): 34
a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 35
b. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. 36
c. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 37
d. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. 38
e. SP 10/NACE No. 2, Near-White Blast Cleaning. 39
f. SP 0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 40
Conductive Substrates. 41
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42
1.5 SUBMITTALS 43
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 44
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to fabrication and delivery. 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 4 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Qualifications 2
1. Submit manufacturer and welder qualifications in accordance with Article 1.9. 3
B. Product Data 4
1. Exterior Coating 5
a. Material data 6
b. Application recommendations 7
c. Field touch-up procedures 8
2. Heat Shrink Sleeves, if applicable 9
a. Material data 10
b. Installation recommendations 11
3. Joint Wrappers, if applicable 12
a. Material data 13
b. Installation recommendations 14
4. Mixes 15
a. Mortar for interior joints and patches 16
b. Bonding agents for patches 17
5. Gaskets 18
C. Shop Drawings 19
1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 20
Texas, including: 21
a. Internal pressure 22
1) Working Pressure 23
2) Test Pressure 24
3) Surge pressure 25
b. External pressure 26
1) Deflection 27
2) Buckling 28
3) Extreme loading conditions 29
c. Special physical loading such as supports or joint design 30
d. Thermal expansion and/or contraction 31
2. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings, valves, and deflections, including the 32
restraint length, sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 33
3. Fabrication and lay drawings showing a schematic location with profile and a 34
tabulated layout schedule that is sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in 35
Texas, including: 36
a. Pipe class 37
b. Joint types 38
c. Fittings 39
d. Outlets 40
e. Thrust Restraint 41
f. Stationing (in accordance with the Drawings) 42
g. Transitions 43
h. Joint deflection 44
i. Interior lining 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 5 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
j. Outlet locations for welding, ventilation, and access 1
k. Welding requirements and provisions for thermal stress control 2
4. Pipe within Casing 3
a. Provide drawings detailing how pipe is restrained to prevent floating within 4
casing. 5
5. Shop and field welding data: 6
a. Provide a weld map indicating the location, type, size, and extent of proposed 7
welds in accordance with AWS A2.4. 8
1) Submit welding terms in accordance with AWS A3.0. 9
2) Indicated by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints, and 10
preparation of base metal. 11
3) Distinguish between shop and field welds. 12
D. Certificates and Test Reports 13
1. Prior to shipment of the pipe, the pipe manufacturer shall submit the following: 14
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the pipe to be furnished 15
complies with AWWA C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C210, AWWA C222, 16
and this Section. 17
b. Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests shall be provided to the City. 18
c. Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of 19
steel. 20
d. A Certified Test Report from the polyurethane coating manufacturer indicating 21
that the coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's requirements 22
and in accordance with this Section. 23
e. Certified test reports for welder certification for factory and field welds in 24
accordance with AWWA C200, Section 4.11. 25
f. Certified test reports for cement mortar tests. 26
g. Certified test reports for steel cylinder tests. 27
E. Daily Records 28
1. Submit daily welding records in accordance with Article 3.7 – Field Quality 29
Control. 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 31
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 32
1. All test reports generated during testing. 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 35
A. Qualifications 36
1. Manufacturer Requirements: 37
a. Certified under S.P.F.A. or I.S.O. quality certification program for steel pipe 38
and accessory manufacturing. 39
b. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 40
c. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 41
under the control of the manufacturer. 42
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 6 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. The pipe manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years successful experience 1
manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated and be able to 2
demonstrate an experience record that is satisfactory to the City. 3
1) Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, and coating) shall be 4
performed at 1 location, unless otherwise approved by the City. 5
e. Manufacture pipe and fittings in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA 6
C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C208, AWWA C210, and AWWA C222. 7
2. Welders 8
a. Use only competent, skilled, and qualified workmen. 9
b. Welder Qualifications Records (WQR) in accordance with AWWA C206, 10
ASME BPVC Section IX, or AWS D1.1 as required for both factory and field 11
welders. 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Packing 14
1. Prepare pipe for shipment to: 15
a. Afford maximum protection from normal hazard of transportation. 16
b. Allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition. 17
2. Do not deliver pipe damaged in shipment to the project site unless such damaged 18
pipe is properly repaired. 19
3. After the completed pipe and fittings have been removed from the final cure at the 20
manufacturing plant: 21
a. Protect pipe lining from drying by means of plastic end covers banded to the 22
pipe ends. 23
b. Maintain covers over the pipe ends at all times until ready to be installed. 24
c. Maintain moisture inside the pipe by periodic addition of water as necessary. 25
4. Carefully support pipes during shipment and storage. 26
a. Separate pipe, fittings, and specials so they do not bear against each other and 27
securely fasten the whole load to prevent movement in transit. 28
b. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie-down straps approximately over stulling (in 29
accordance with AWWA M11). 30
c. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means to 31
protect the pipe from damage. 32
d. Internally support and brace pipe, fittings, and specials in accordance with 33
AWWA M11. 34
1) Do not remove stulls until backfill operations are complete (excluding final 35
clean up), unless it can be demonstrated to the City’s satisfaction that 36
removal of stulls will not adversely affect pipe installation. 37
B. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 38
1. Inspection of pipe’s interior coating for excessive cracking by both the City and the 39
Contractor to occur once the 1st shipment of pipe is delivered to the Site. 40
a. If excessive cracking is found, modify shipping procedures to reduce or 41
eliminate cracking. 42
2. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's 43
recommendations to protect coating systems. 44
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 7 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1
66 00. 2
4. Haul pipe directly from the plant to the Site and string along pipeline alignment to 3
minimize rehandling of the pipe. Pipe damaged as a result of handling shall be 4
removed from the Site and replaced at no additional cost to the City. 5
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
2.2 MATERIALS 10
A. Manufacturers 11
1. Allowed Manufacturers: 12
a. Thompson Pipe Group 13
b. Northwest Pipe 14
c. American Spiralweld 15
2. Submit Substitution requests for manufacturers not indicated above in accordance 16
with Section 01 25 00. 17
B. Materials 18
1. General 19
a. Manufacture pipe and fittings in accordance with AWWA C200, AWWA 20
C205, AWWA C208, AWWA C210, and AWWA C222. 21
b. All pipe lining material in contact with potable water shall be in accordance 22
with NSF 61 and 372. 23
2. Steel Requirements: 24
a. In accordance with the requirements of AWWA C200 25
b. Continuous casting 26
c. Homogeneous 27
d. Suitable for field welding 28
e. Fully killed 29
f. Fine austenitic grain size 30
g. Minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi 31
3. Fittings 32
a. Fabricate all fittings from hydrostatically tested pipe. 33
b. Design fittings and specials in accordance with AWWA C208 and AWWA 34
M11, except for the following: 35
1) Utilize crotch plates for outlet reinforcement for all PDVs greater than 36
6,000 unless indicated otherwise in the Drawings. 37
2) Where indicated on the Drawings, utilize collars or wrapper in lieu of 38
crotch plates to allow for working space and supports. 39
c. All bend fittings shall be long radius (minimum 2.5 times the pipe inner 40
diameter) to permit easy passage of pipeline pigs. 41
4. Exterior Polyurethane Coating 42
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 8 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. Pipe: 1
1) Polyurethane Coating shall be factory applied and meet the requirements of 2
AWWA C222. Use a Coating Standard ASTM D16, Type V system which 3
is a 100-percent solids, 2-component polyurethane (or 2-package 4
polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane) coating. 5
a) Components shall have balanced viscosities in their liquid state and 6
shall not require agitation during use. 7
b) Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent ± 3 percent 8
c) Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 150 degrees F 9
d) Minimum Adhesion: 1500 psi, when applied to steel pipe which has 10
been blasted to comply with SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 2 11
(1) Cure Time: For handling in 2-3 minutes at 120 degrees F and full 12
cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F 13
e) Maximum Specific Gravities 14
(1) Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20 15
(2) Polyol resin, 1.15 16
f) Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch-pounds using 1-inch diameter 17
steel ball 18
g) Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi 19
h) Hardness: Minimum Durometer hardness of 65 on the Shore D scale in 20
accordance with ASTM D2240 21
i) Flexibility Resistance 22
(1) ASTM D522 using 1-inch mandrel 23
(2) Allow coating to cure for 7 days. 24
(3) Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature 25
extremes specified above. 26
j) Dry Film Thickness: 35 mils 27
k) Coating shall be a self-priming, plural component, 100 percent solids, 28
non-extended polyurethane, suitable for burial or immersion and shall 29
be: 30
(1) Durashield 110, Durashield 210, or Durashield 310 as 31
manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., 32
(2) Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings, or 33
(3) City approved equal. 34
2) The coating manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience in 35
the production of this type coating. 36
b. Specials, Fittings, Repair, and Connections 37
1) Provide shop-applied and field-applied coating as follows: 38
a) Durashield 210, Durashield 310, or Durashield 310 JARS as 39
manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., or 40
b) Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings. 41
c) Mix and apply polyurethane coatings in accordance with the coating 42
manufacturer's recommendations. 43
5. Special Coatings in Tunnels and Casings 44
a. Pipe to be placed in tunnel or casing shall have a full, continuous mortar 45
coating over the polyurethane coating. 46
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 9 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Mortar coating shall have at least 2 raised mortar rings, each approximately 2 1
feet long and sufficiently higher than the outside diameter of the pipe bell, 2
including heat shrink sleeve, and to allow for band mortar ring loss as pipe is 3
pushed into casing. 4
6. Cement Mortar Linings 5
a. Shop apply cement mortar linings. 6
b. Shop-apply cement mortar linings in accordance with the requirements of 7
AWWA C205 with the following modifications: 8
1) Sand shall be silica sand in accordance with ASTM C33. 9
2) Curing of the linings shall be in accordance with the requirements of 10
AWWA C205. 11
7. Gaskets 12
a. Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 13
b. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 14
8. Bolts and Nuts 15
a. Flanged Ends 16
1) Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 17
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 18
9. Isolation Flanges 19
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 20
10. Flange Coatings 21
a. Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 22
11. Threaded Outlets and Taps 23
a. Provide CC Threads and furnish and install brass bushings for the outlet size 24
indicated. 25
12. Weld Lead Outlets 26
a. Additional outlet configurations are required to be approved by the City prior to 27
fabrication. 28
b. Outlets shall be flanged, not threaded. 29
c. Spacing of outlets shall be no closer than 500 feet. 30
d. Weld a plate onto the outlet for closure and encase in cement mortar. 31
e. Record northing, easting, and top of flange elevation on job set of Record 32
Drawings in accordance with Section 01 78 39. 33
13. Mixes 34
a. Mortar for Joints 35
1) 1 part Portland Cement to 2 parts sand. 36
2) Cement – ASTM C150, Type I or II. 37
3) Sand 38
a) Sharp silica base 39
b) ASTM C144 40
4) Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that 41
the mortar is very stiff, but workable. 42
5) Water for cement mortar shall be from a potable water source. 43
b. Mortar for Patching 44
1) Same as for interior joints 45
c. Bonding Agent 46
1) Cement Mortar Lining 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 10 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) In accordance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 if cement lining is in contact 1
with potable water. 2
2) Cement Mortar Lining Patching 3
a) Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B 4
b) Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, or 5
c) Approved equal. 6
14. Heat Shrink Sleeves for Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe 7
a. Primer 8
1) Provide as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 9
b. Filler Mastic 10
1) Provide mastic filler as recommended by the heat shrink sleeve 11
manufacturer. 12
2) Size and type shall be as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer for type 13
of pipe and joint. 14
c. Joint Coating 15
1) Cross-linked polyolefin wrap or sleeve with a mastic sealant, 85 mils total 16
thickness, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, sleeve material 17
recovery as recommended by the manufacturer. 18
a) High recovery sleeves shall be provided for bell and spigot and 19
coupling style joints with a minimum of 50 percent recovery. 20
b) Sleeve length shall provide a minimum of 3 inches overlap onto intact 21
pipe coating on each side of the joint. 22
c) Width to take into consideration shrinkage of the sleeve due to 23
installation and joint profile 24
d. Heat shrink sleeves in accordance with AWWA C216, as manufactured by: 25
1) Canusa, 26
2) Raychem, or 27
3) Approved equal. 28
e. Provide heat shrink sleeve suitable to interior joint welding without damage to 29
heat shrink sleeve. 30
C. Performance / Design Criteria 31
1. Pipe Design 32
a. Design, manufacture, and test steel pipe in accordance with AWWA C200, 33
AWWA M11, and the special requirements of this Section. 34
b. Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown below. 35
c. For the purposes of pipe design, working pressure plus transient pressure shall 36
be as indicated below. 37
d. Fittings, specials, and connections shall be designed for the same pressures as 38
the adjacent pipe. 39
e. Base pipe design on trench conditions and the design pressure in accordance 40
with AWWA M11 using the following parameters: 41
1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 42
2) Live Load 43
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 44
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 45
3) Trench Depth = As indicated on the Drawings 46
4) Deflection Lag Factor (Dl) = 1.0 47
5) Coefficient (K) = 0.10 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 11 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Maximum Calculated Deflection (Dx): 1
a) Dx = 3 percent (for polyurethane coated and cement mortar lined pipe) 2
b) Dx = 2 percent (for cement mortar coated and lined pipe) 3
7) Soil Reaction Modulus (E'): < (less than or equal) to 1,000 psi 4
8) Working Pressure = 200 psi 5
a) Test Pressure 6
(1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (250 7
psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation 8
along the test section. 9
(2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (300 psi 10
minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 11
9) Surge Allowance = 100 psi, minimum 12
a) Where Total Pressure (including surge) = 200 psi + 100 psi = 300 psi 13
f. Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified 14
maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to 15
furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. 16
1) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner 17
where this method is required. 18
g. Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 19
1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 20
conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 21
depth. 22
2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 23
h. Field fabrication or cutting is not allowed, unless otherwise approved by the 24
City. 25
i. Design pipe for full vacuum conditions without buckling or damage to lining, 26
coating, or pipe joints. 27
2. Provisions for Thrust 28
a. Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. Resist thrust at bends, tees, or 29
other fittings by welding joints. 30
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 31
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 32
2) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 33
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 34
needs as specified herein. 35
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 36
Drawings. 37
b. Provide joint restraint for sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, 38
plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design pressure of the 39
pipe. 40
c. The length of pipe designed with restrained joints to resist thrust shall be the 41
complete responsibility of the pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA 42
M11 and the following: 43
1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 44
prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions: 45
a) Soil Density 46
(1) Unsaturated soil conditions = 110 pounds per cubic foot (maximum 47
value to be used) 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 12 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
(2) Locations with groundwater = buoyant weight for the backfill 1
below the water table 2
2) Coefficient of friction = 0.25 (maximum value to be used for polyurethane 3
coated steel pipe) 4
3) Use the minimum soil cover indicated in the Drawings over the entire 5
restrained area. 6
4) Design pressure shall be 300 psi (working pressure + surge allowance). 7
3. Inside Diameter 8
a. The inside diameter, including the cement mortar lining, shall be a minimum of 9
the nominal diameter of the pipe specified unless otherwise indicated on the 10
Drawings. 11
12
4. Wall Thickness 13
a. The minimum pipe wall steel thickness shall be as designed, but not less than 14
0.1875 inches or pipe D/230, whichever is greater for pipe and fittings, with no 15
minus tolerance, where D is the nominal inside pipe diameter. 16
b. Where indicated on the Drawings, pipe and fittings shall have thicker steel pipe 17
wall. 18
c. The minimum steel wall thickness shall also be such that the fiber stress shall 19
not exceed: 20
1) 50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel for working pressure, 21
or 18,000 psi (whichever is less), and 22
2) 75 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at the maximum 23
pressure (including transient pressure), or 27,000 psi (whichever is less), 24
nor the following, at the specified working pressure: 25
Pipe Type
Maximum Stress at
Working Pressure
Polyurethane Coated Steel 23,000 psi
Mortar Coated Steel
(for Casing Only) 18,000 psi
26
d. Pipe which is placed in casing or tunnel shall have a minimum pipe wall steel 27
thickness of 0.25 inches or pipe D/144, whichever is greater, where D is the 28
nominal pipe diameter. 29
e. Pipe and fittings that are above grade or exposed (not in a trench, casing, or 30
tunnel) shall have a minimum pipe wall steel thickness of 0.375 inches or pipe 31
D/144, whichever is greater. 32
f. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be designed such that the maximum stresses in 33
the pipe due to thrust loading will not exceed 18,000 psi. 34
5. Seams 35
a. Except for mill-type pipe, the piping shall be made from steel plates rolled into 36
cylinders or sections thereof with the longitudinal and girth seams butt welded 37
or shall be spirally formed and butt welded. 38
1) There shall be not more than 2 longitudinal seams. 39
2) Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall not be spaced closer than 6 feet 40
except in specials and fittings. 41
6. Joint Length 42
a. Maximum joint length shall not exceed 50 feet. 43
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 13 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Maximum joint length of steel pipe installed in casing shall meet the project 1
requirements. 2
c. Manufactured random segments of pipe will not be permitted for straight runs 3
of pipe. 4
1) Closing piece segments, however, shall be acceptable. 5
7. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connections, and Flange Gaskets 6
a. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 7
8. Pipe Ends 8
a. Allowable pipe ends include: 9
1) Lap welded slip joints 10
2) Butt strap joint 11
3) Flanged joint 12
4) Flexible coupled joint 13
5) Roll groove gasket joint 14
b. Weld or harness pipe ends where indicated and as necessary to resist thrust 15
forces. 16
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 17
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 18
c. Rubber Gasket Joint (O-ring or Carnegie Joints) 19
1) Allowed for pipe sizes 54-inch diameter and smaller. 20
2) In accordance with AWWA C200. 21
3) Joint Configuration: 22
a) Bell 23
(1) Flared bell end formed and sized by forcing the pipe or a plug die 24
or by expanding on segmental dies. 25
b) Spigot 26
(1) Rolled spigot or carnegie-shaped steel joint ring in accordance with 27
AWWA C200 and as shown as Item F or H in Figure 8-1 of the 28
AWWA M11. 29
4) Check the welded area of bell and spigot pipe ends after forming by the dye 30
penetrant or magnetic particle method. 31
5) The difference in diameter between the interior diameter (I.D.) of the bell 32
and the outer diameter (O.D.) of the spigot shoulder at point of full 33
engagement with an allowable deflection shall be no more than 0.04 inches 34
as measured on the circumference with a diameter tape. 35
6) The gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately fill the area of the 36
groove and shall conform to AWWA C200. 37
7) The joint shall be suitable for the specified test and/or surge pressure and 38
deflection. 39
8) Joints shall be of clearances such that water tightness shall be provided 40
under all operating and test conditions with a pipe diameter deflection 41
based upon the supplied pipe coating. 42
9) Joints shall be electrically continuous. 43
d. Lap Welded Slip Joint 44
1) Provided in all locations for pipe where joints are welded for thrust 45
restraint. 46
2) Inside/Outside Weld Requirements: 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 14 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) Weld from the inside or outside for pipe diameters 42-inches and 1
larger. 2
b) Weld from the outside for 36-inch pipe diameters. 3
3) Ends of pipe, fittings, and specials for field welded joints shall be prepared 4
with 1 end expanded in order to receive a plain end making a bell and plain 5
end type of joint. 6
a) Clearance between the surfaces of lap joints shall not exceed 1/8 inch at 7
any point around the periphery. 8
4) In addition to the provisions for a minimum lap of 1-1/2 inches as specified 9
in AWWA C200, the depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a 10
minimum distance of 1 inch between the weld and the nearest tangent of 11
the bell radius when welds are to be located on the inside of the pipe. 12
5) Precisely paint a circumferential 3/4-inch insertion band on pipe spigots. 13
a) Leading edge of band to indicate minimum insertion. 14
b) Trailing edge of band indicating maximum insertion. 15
c) Pulled joints to occur within the band around the entire circumference. 16
e. Flanges 17
1) Provide flanged joints at connections to valves and where indicated on the 18
Drawings. 19
2) Ends to be fitted with slip-on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral 20
welds ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. 21
3) Provide pipe flanges and welding of flanges to steel pipe in accordance 22
with AWWA C207 and AWWA C206. 23
4) Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent 24
pipe class. 25
5) Match flanges, including bolt pattern, to the fittings or appurtenances which 26
are to be attached. 27
6) Provide Class E flanges in accordance with AWWA C207 and drilled in 28
accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 125. 29
7) When Isolation Flanges are required by the Drawings, accommodate the 30
require spacing for drillings for mylar sleeves in accordance with Section 31
33 01 12. 32
f. Flexible Couplings 33
1) Provide flexible couplings where specified on the Drawings. 34
2) Ends to be joined by flexible couplings shall be: 35
a) Plain end type, prepared in accordance with AWWA C200. 36
b) Grind welds flush to permit slipping of the coupling in at least 1 37
direction to clear the pipe joint. 38
c) Harness bolts and lugs in accordance with AWWA M11. 39
g. Butt Strap Closure Joints 40
1) Install where necessary to make closure to pipe previously installed. 41
2) Provide in accordance with AWWA C206 and applicable provisions of this 42
Section. 43
9. Polyurethane Coating 44
a. Applicator Qualifications 45
1) Equipment shall be certified by the coating manufacturer to meet the 46
requirements for: 47
a) Material mixing 48
b) Temperature control 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 15 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c) Application rate 1
d) Ratio control for multi-part coatings 2
2) Equipment not meeting the written requirements of the coating 3
manufacturer shall be rejected for coating application until repairs or 4
replacement of the equipment is made to the satisfaction of the City. 5
3) Personnel responsible for the application of the coating system shall: 6
a) Provide certification of attendance at the coating manufacturer’s 7
training class within the last 3 years. 8
b) Be present during all coating application work and be responsible for 9
controlling all aspects of the coating application. 10
b. Surface Preparation 11
1) Remove visible oil, grease, dirt, and contamination in accordance with 12
SSPC SP 1. 13
2) Remove surface imperfections such as metal slivers, burrs, weld splatter, 14
gouges, or delamination in the metal by filing or grinding prior to abrasive 15
surface preparation. 16
3) In cold weather or when moisture collects on the pipe and the temperature 17
of the pipe is less than 45 degrees F, preheat pipe to a temperature between 18
45 and 90 degrees F but no lower than 5 degrees F above dew point. 19
4) Clean pipe by abrasive blasting with a mixture of steel grit and shot to 20
produce the surface preparation cleanliness as required by coating 21
manufacturer and in accordance with this Section. 22
a) Recycled abrasive shall be cleaned of debris and spent abrasive in an 23
air wash separator. 24
5) Blast media mixture and gradation shall be adequate to achieve a sharp 25
angular surface profile as required by coating manufacturer and to the 26
minimum depth specified. 27
6) Protect prepared pipe from humidity, moisture, and rain. 28
7) Keep pipe clean, dry, and free of flash rust. 29
a) Remove all flash rust, imperfections, or contamination on cleaned pipe 30
surface by re-blasting prior to primer application. 31
8) Complete priming and coating of pipe in a continuous operation the same 32
day as surface preparation. 33
9) Abrasive blast exterior surfaces to a near-white blast cleaning with a 34
minimum 3.0 mil angular profile in bare steel in accordance with SSPC SP 35
10/NACE No. 2. 36
c. Equipment 37
1) 2-component, heated airless spray unit in accordance with coating 38
manufacturer’s recommendation 39
d. Temperature 40
1) Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature. 41
2) Surface temperature not less than 60 degrees F during application. 42
e. Humidity 43
1) Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of this 44
Section if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. 45
f. Resin 46
1) Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. 47
2) Store resins at a temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer. 48
g. Application 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 16 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Applicator shall be certified by the coating manufacturer and conform to 1
coating manufacturer's recommendations. 2
a) Thinning is not permitted. 3
2) Apply directly to pipe to achieve a total dry film thickness (DFT) in 4
accordance with Article 2.2.B.2. 5
3) Multiple-pass, 1 coat application process is permitted provided maximum 6
allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. 7
4) Provide cutbacks in accordance with coating manufacturer’s 8
recommendations as appropriate for the type of joint and heat shrink sleeve 9
to be used. 10
h. Recoating 11
1) Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by 12
coating manufacturer. 13
2) When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush-blast, or 14
thoroughly sand the surface. 15
3) Blow-off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 16
17
i. Curing 18
1) Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure, per 19
manufacturer's recommendations. 20
D. Utility Markers/Locators 21
1. Provide utility markers and locators in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 22
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 24
A. Marking for Identification 25
1. For each joint of pipe and each fitting, plainly mark on 1 end: 26
a. Class for which it is designated 27
b. Date of manufacturer 28
c. Identification number 29
d. Top centerlines on all specials 30
B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 31
1. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with AWWA C200. 32
2. Hydrostatically test each joint of pipe prior to application of lining or coating. 33
a. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75 34
percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. 35
b. Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test 36
pressure. 37
c. Test pressure shall be held for sufficient time to observe the weld seams. 38
d. Maintain a recording pressure gauge, reference number of pipe tested, etc. 39
1) The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. 40
C. Test fittings by: 41
1. Hydrostatic test 42
2. Magnetic particle test 43
3. Ultrasonic 44
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 17 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Radiography 1
5. Dye penetrant test 2
D. Factory Testing 3
1. Cement Mortar Lining 4
a. Test shop-applied cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C205. 5
2. Polyurethane Coating 6
a. Test in accordance with AWWA C222. 7
b. Thickness: Test thickness of coating in accordance with SSPC PA 2. 8
1) Test coating system applied to the pipe for holidays in accordance with the 9
procedures outlined in NACE SP0188 using a high voltage spark tester 10
(operating at 100 volts per mil), for the dry film thickness (DFT) as 11
indicated in this Section. 12
c. Adhesion Testing 13
1) Polyurethane coatings or linings shall have an adhesion to steel of 1,500 14
pounds per square inch, minimum. 15
2) Test polyurethane coating adhesion to steel substrates using pneumatic pull 16
off equipment, such as HATE Model 108 or Delfesko Positest, in 17
accordance with ASTM D4541 and AWWA C222, except as modified in 18
this Section. 19
3) Adhesion testing records shall include: 20
a) Pipe identification 21
b) Surface tested (interior or exterior) 22
c) Surface temperature 23
d) Coating thickness 24
e) Tensile force applied 25
f) Mode of failure 26
g) Percentage of substrate failure relative of dolly surface 27
4) Glue dollies for adhesion testing to the coating surface and allowed to cure 28
for a minimum of 12 hours. 29
a) Score polyurethane coatings around the dolly prior to conducting the 30
adhesion test. 31
5) Failure shall be by adhesive and cohesive failure only. 32
a) Adhesive failure is defined as separation of the coating from the steel 33
substrate. 34
b) Cohesive failure is defined as failure within the coating, resulting in 35
coating remaining both on the steel substrate and dolly. 36
6) Retest partial adhesion and glue failure if the substrate failure is less than 37
50 percent relative of the dolly surface area and the applied tension was less 38
than the specified adhesion. 39
7) Glue failures in excess of the minimum required tensile adhesion are 40
accepted as meeting the specified adhesion requirements. 41
8) Conduct, accept, and reject adhesion tests on polyurethane pipe coating and 42
lining independently (where applicable). 43
9) Frequency of adhesion testing in accordance with AWWA C222. 44
10) Randomly select repair patches on the polyurethane coating for adhesion 45
testing in a manner as described herein and at the discretion of the coating 46
inspector conducting the adhesion tests. 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 18 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a) Adhesion of repairs shall be as specified by the coating manufacturer 1
for the type of repair. 2
E. City Testing and Inspection 3
1. The City reserves the option to have an independent testing laboratory inspect pipe 4
and fittings at the pipe manufacturer's plant, at the City's expense. 5
a. The City and their testing laboratory shall have free access to the 6
manufacturer's plant. 7
b. The pipe manufacturer shall provide the City a proposed fabrication schedule at 8
least 2 weeks prior to start of fabrication. The City will then advise the 9
manufacturer whether the tests will be required to be performed by an 10
independent testing laboratory. 11
c. In the event the City elects to retain an independent testing laboratory to make 12
material tests and weld tests, it is the intent that the tests be limited to 1 spot 13
testing of each category unless the tests fail to meet the standard. 14
1) In the event of failed tests, the City reserves the right to have the laboratory 15
make additional tests and observations. 16
2. The inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that 17
production of pipe shall be completed over a normal period of time and without 18
"slow- downs" or other abnormal delays. 19
a. In the event that an abnormal production time is required and the City is 20
required to pay excessive costs for inspection, the Contractor is required to 21
reimburse the City for such costs over and above those which would have been 22
incurred under a normal schedule of production as determined by the City. 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. General 29
1. Install steel pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA 30
M11, the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations, this Section, and as required for 31
the proper functioning of the completed pipe line. 32
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 33
3. Excavate, embed, and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 34
4. At the close of each operating day: 35
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 36
after the laying operation. 37
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 38
5. Install in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 39
6. Inspect and test each joint for holidays immediately prior to pipe being lowered into 40
the ditch. 41
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 19 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
a. All damaged areas and holidays are to be repaired before the pipe is lowered 1
into the trench. 2
7. Place and consolidate embedment and backfill prior to removing pipe stulls (where 3
stulls are required per AWWA M11). 4
8. Maximum allowable pipe deflection is limited to: 5
a. 2 percent for mortar coated and lined steel pipe. 6
b. 3 percent for polyurethane coated and mortar lined steel pipe. 7
9. Bond all pipe joints, excluding welded joints and insulated joints, in accordance 8
with Section 33 01 12. 9
B. Pipe Handling 10
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 11
2. Handle pipe with care to avoid damage. 12
a. Pipe shall be handled at all times with sufficient non-abrasive slings, belts, or 13
other equipment designed to prevent damage to the coating or lining. 14
b. The spacing of pipe supports required to handle the pipe shall be adequate to 15
prevent cracking or damage to the lining or coating. 16
c. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 17
lowering into the trench. 18
d. The equipment shall be kept in such repair that its continued use is not injurious 19
to the coating. 20
e. Do not lay pipe in wet conditions. 21
C. Line Up at Bends 22
1. Line up pipe for joining to prevent damage to pipe joints. 23
a. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot ends of each joint of pipe of foreign 24
matter, rust, and scale before placing spigot into bell. 25
2. Where abrupt changes in grade and direction occur, employ special shop fabricated 26
fittings for the purpose. 27
a. Field cutting the ends of the steel pipe to accomplish angular changes in grade 28
or direction of the line shall not be permitted. 29
D. Pipe Jointing 30
1. Rubber Gasket Joints 31
a. Join rubber gasket joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s 32
recommendations. 33
b. Clean bell and spigot of foreign material. 34
c. Lubricate gaskets and bell, and relieve gasket tension around the perimeter of 35
the pipe. 36
d. Engage spigot as far as possible in bell, allowing for a minimum gap of 0.5 inch 37
for inside joint grouting after any joint deflection. 38
e. Joint deflection or pull shall not exceed 80 percent of the manufacturer’s 39
recommendation. 40
f. Check gasket with feeler gauge all around the pipe. 41
g. In areas of petroleum hydrocarbon soil contamination, install hydrocarbon 42
resistant gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 43
2. Welded Joints 44
a. Weld joints in accordance with AWWA C206. 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 20 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation for welders and for City's 1
representative to observe welds. 2
2) Welds shall be full circle fillet welds, unless otherwise specified. 3
3) Welding shall be completed after application of field applied joint coating. 4
b. Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the 5
responsibility of the Contractor. 6
c. After the pipe has been joined and properly aligned and prior to the start of the 7
welding procedure: 8
1) The spigot and bell shall be made essentially concentric by shimming or 9
tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around the periphery of the joint. 10
2) In no case shall the clearance tolerance be permitted to accumulate. 11
d. Before welding: 12
1) Thoroughly clean pipe ends. 13
2) Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric arc process. 14
3) Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. 15
4) Cover polyurethane coating as necessary to protect from weld splatter. 16
e. Furnish labor, equipment, tools, and supplies including shielded type welding 17
rod. 18
1) Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. 19
2) If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or carton. 20
f. Hand Welding 21
1) The metal shall be deposited in successive layers. 22
2) Not more than 1/8 inch of metal shall be deposited in each pass. 23
3) Each pass except the final, whether in butt or fillet welds, shall be 24
thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to remove 25
dirt, slag, or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. 26
4) Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the 27
welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the center of 28
the weld. 29
5) Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 30
g. Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, 31
undercutting, and/or any other defects. 32
h. If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split, or damaged to the extent that 33
satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the line. 34
i. Furnish each welder employed with a steel stencil for marking the welds to 35
easily identify work of individual welders. 36
1) Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil 37
assigned to him. 38
a) In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided and 39
not duplicated if another welder is employed. 40
j. Welders 41
1) Field welding shall be performed by one of the following firms: 42
a) Thompson Pipe Group, Nels Thomsen, (972) 262-3600 43
b) Fuller’s Service Company, Barry Fuller, (817) 477-3841 44
c) Scott’s Welding, Scott Fowler, (972) 978-7865 45
d) Fletcher’s Welding, Darrell Fletcher 46
e) Eddie’s Welding Service, Eddie Pierce, (817) 909-6089 47
f) National Welding Corporation, Nash Williams, (801) 255-5959 48
g) The Rangeline Group, (800) 346-5971 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 21 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
2) After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to in 1
Article 1.9, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. 2
a) Inspection to be performed by a Certified Welding Inspector retained 3
by the City. 4
3) Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue. 5
3. Exterior Joint Protection 6
a. Heat Shrink Sleeves 7
1) General 8
a) Field coat buried pipe joints after pipe assembly in accordance with 9
AWWA C216, using Heat Shrink Sleeves. 10
b) Width of heat shrink sleeve shall be sufficient to overlap the 11
polyurethane coating by a minimum of 3 inches. 12
c) Overlapping of 2 or more heat shrink sleeves to achieve the necessary 13
width will not be permitted. 14
2) Installation 15
a) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust, 16
and other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 17
SSPC SP 2 or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by 18
solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC 19
SP 1. 20
(1) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 21
onto the existing coating. 22
b) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 23
coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, 24
where reasonable and practical. 25
c) Complete joint bonding of non-welded pipe joints before application of 26
joint coating. 27
d) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around 28
the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 29
e) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 30
(1) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 31
(2) Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a 32
temperature between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as 33
recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 34
f) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust, and flash rusting prior to 35
sleeve application. 36
g) Preheat pipe uniformly to between 140 degrees F and 160 degrees F or 37
as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 38
(1) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, 39
infrared thermometer, or color changing crayons. 40
(2) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with 41
tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 42
h) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps 43
with mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s 44
recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. 45
i) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 46
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the 47
preheat temperature specified. 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 22 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
j) Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and 1
center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch overlay 2
onto the existing pipe coating. 3
k) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or 4
wrap around heaters. 5
(1) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 6
(2) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 7
(3) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 8
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 9
(4) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with 10
appropriate temperature gauges. 11
(5) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 12
l) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 13
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the 14
full circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or 15
excessive burns on the sleeves. 16
(1) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed 17
and the joint recoated as directed by the City. 18
(2) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 19
m) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling, or backfilling. In 20
hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 21
(1) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the 22
sleeve manufacturer. 23
4. Interior Joint Grouting 24
a. Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, clean out dirt or trash which 25
has collected in the joint and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by 26
spraying or brushing with a wet brush. 27
b. Fill the inside of the joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. 28
c. Where the mortar joint opening is 1 inch or wider, such as where trimmed 29
spigots are required, apply a bonding agent to mortar and steel surface prior to 30
placing joint mortar. 31
d. Ram or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to ensure 32
that no voids remain. 33
e. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the 34
interior surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. 35
5. Protective Welded Joints Coating System – Weld After Backfill 36
a. General 37
1) Apply protective coating at the pipe joints as follows: 38
a) Apply a 3-layer joint coating system consisting of a factory applied 39
polyurethane coating with a DFT in accordance with this Section. 40
b) A field applied 60-mil by 6 inch wide strip of CANUSA HCO Wrapid 41
Tape heat resistant tape at the location of the welding 42
c) A field applied 110-mil (full recovered thickness) by 18 inch wide 43
CANUSA AquaWrap high shrink heat shrinkable joint sleeve 44
d) After the heat shrinkable joint sleeve is installed, backfill the trench and 45
weld the joint. 46
2) The Contractor is responsible for his operations so they do not damage the 47
factory applied coating system. 48
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 23 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) When applying the 3-layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, 1
the Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint 2
coating system to the City’s satisfaction. 3
4) The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 4
selected at random by the City to visually inspect and test the joint after 5
welding. Any damage must be repaired. 6
a) If the Contractor’s welding procedure damages the 3-layer joint coating 7
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the City, will be required to 8
modify his welding procedure. 9
b. Joint Coating (3 Layer) 10
1) Apply 3-Layer Joint Coating System before welding the joint 11
2) Pipe Manufacturing and Heat Tape 12
a) Polyurethane coating shall be applied over entire length of pipe with 13
thickness in accordance with Article this Section. 14
b) The Contractor shall field apply 60-mil thick by 6 inch wide strip of 15
CANUSA HCO Wrapid Tape heat resistant tape to the exterior bell end 16
of the pipe, centered on the location of the welding, over factory 17
applied polyurethane coating. 18
3) Surface Preparation and Installation for Heat Shrinkable Joint Sleeve 19
a) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust, 20
and other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 21
SSPC SP 2 or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by 22
solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC 23
SP 1. 24
(1) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 25
onto the existing coating. 26
b) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 27
coating in accordance with this Section or increase the length of the 28
joint coating, where reasonable and practical. 29
c) Complete joint bonding of pipe joints before application of joint 30
coating. 31
(1) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices 32
around the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 33
d) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 34
(1) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 35
(2) Store off ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature 36
between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as recommended by the 37
sleeve manufacturer. 38
e) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust, and flash rusting prior to 39
sleeve application. 40
f) Preheat pipe uniformly to between 140 degrees F and 160 degrees F or 41
as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 42
(1) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, 43
infrared thermometer or color changing crayons. 44
(2) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with 45
tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 46
g) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps 47
with mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s 48
recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. 49
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 24 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
h) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 1
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the 2
preheat temperature specified. 3
(1) Apply sleeve in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and 4
center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch 5
overlay onto the existing pipe coating. 6
i) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or 7
wrap around heaters. 8
(1) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 9
(2) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 10
(3) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 11
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 12
(4) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 13
(5) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with 14
appropriate temperature gauges. 15
j) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 16
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the 17
full circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or 18
excessive burns on the sleeves. 19
(1) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed 20
and the joint recoated as directed by the City. 21
(2) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 22
k) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling, or backfilling. 23
(1) In hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 24
(2) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the 25
sleeve manufacturer. 26
l) Perform holiday testing using a high voltage holiday tester (operating at 27
100 volts per mil) at each joint after field application of heat shrinkable 28
joint sleeve in accordance with NACE SP0188. 29
(1) If any holidays or cuts are detected, the sleeve shall be repaired 30
using the heat shrink sleeve manufacturer’s recommendation. 31
(2) The damaged area shall be covered with a minimum of 50-mm 32
overlap around the damaged area. 33
E. Protection of Buried Metal 34
1. Coat buried ferrous metal such as bolts and flanges, which cannot be protected with 35
factory or field-applied polyurethane coatings or heat shrink sleeves, with 36
petrolatum tape in accordance with Section 33 14 05 and encase in Controlled Low 37
Strength Material in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 38
3.5 REPAIR 39
A. Repair and Field Touchup of Polyurethane Coating 40
1. For repair and field touch-up of polyurethane coating, apply: 41
a. Lifelast Durashield 210, 310, or 310 JARS, or 42
b. Protec II as manufactured by Futura Coatings. 43
c. Coating manufacturer’s recommendation. 44
2. Holidays 45
a. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other debris. 46
b. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 25 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
c. Apply a coat of repair material described above with the same thickness as the 1
factory applied polyurethane in accordance with this Section. 2
d. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing or rolling in 3
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4
e. Retest for Holiday. 5
3. Field Cuts or Large Damage 6
a. If in the opinion of the City the polyurethane coating is excessively damaged, 7
the pipe segment will be rejected until the coating system is removed and 8
replaced so that the system is in a like-new condition. 9
b. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of 10
polyurethane coating. 11
c. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, and other debris. 12
d. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 13
e. Feather edges and include overlap of 2 inches of roughened polyurethane in 14
area to be patched. 15
f. Apply a coat of repair material described above with the same thickness as the 16
factory applied polyurethane as indicated in this Section, in accordance with 17
manufacturer's recommendations. 18
g. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. 19
h. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. 20
i. Cover at least 1 inch of roughed area surrounding damage or adjacent to field 21
cut. 22
j. Test repairs for holidays. 23
B. Patch of Cement Mortar Lining 24
1. Repair cracks larger than 1/16 inch. 25
2. Pipes with dis-bonded linings will be rejected. 26
3. Excessive patching of lining shall not be permitted. 27
4. Repair in accordance with AWWA C205 and as follows: 28
a. Apply bonding agent to patch area. 29
b. Patching of lining shall be allowed where area to be repaired does not exceed 30
100 square inches and has no dimension greater than 12 inches. 31
c. In general, there shall be not more than 1 patch in the lining of any joint of 32
pipe. 33
5. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make the patch with the mortar indicated. 34
6. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured, 35
unless approved by the City. 36
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 38
A. Daily Records 39
1. Submit daily welding reports for field welding showing welder and joint welded 40
monthly. Include the following at a minimum: 41
a. Welder’s name 42
b. Joint welded 43
1) Joint identification number assigned to match lay drawings 44
2) Pipe Station 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 26 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
3) Observations made 1
B. Field Tests and Inspections 2
1. Quality Control of Field Applied Polyurethane Coating 3
a. Surface Preparation 4
1) Visually inspect surface preparation to ensure cleanliness and dryness 5
requirements have been met. 6
2) Use Testex tape on at least 1 joint per day to ensure that adequate profile is 7
being achieved. 8
b. Visual 9
1) Visually inspect cured coating to ensure that the coating is completely 10
cured with no blisters, cracks, pinholes, missed areas, excessive roughness, 11
"sticky", or "gooey" areas. 12
2) Check to ensure that the coating completely covers the steel and existing 13
coating. 14
c. Thickness 15
1) Use a magnetic dry film thickness (DFT) gauge on cured coating to ensure 16
adequate thickness has been achieved according to SSPC PA 2. 17
a) If the thickness of the coating is below the minimum specified millage 18
anywhere along the length of the pipe, adjustments must be made to the 19
spray system to correct the problem. 20
2) At a minimum, the thickness shall be measured for every 50 square feet of 21
sprayed area. 22
d. Adhesion 23
1) Perform the following procedure on a minimum of 1 joint per day: 24
a) Select area to test that has cured for at least 1 hour for fast setting 25
coatings. 26
b) Test and repair in accordance with AWWA C222 Dolly Pull-off Test. 27
e. Holiday Testing 28
1) Perform in accordance with NACE SP0188. 29
2) Holiday test using a high voltage holiday tester at each joint no sooner than 30
1 hour after field application of polyurethane coating. 31
f. Inspection at Welding Joints 32
1) When applying the 3-layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, 33
the Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint 34
coating system to the City's satisfaction. 35
2) The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 36
selected at random by the City or City to visually inspect and test the joint 37
after welding. 38
3) Any damage must be repaired. 39
4) If the Contractor's welding procedure damages the 3-layer joint coating 40
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the City, will be required to 41
modify his welding procedure. 42
2. Weld Testing 43
a. Dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165 or magnetic particle test in 44
accordance with AWWA C206 and set forth in AWS D.1.1. shall be performed 45
by the Contractor under the supervision and inspection of the City’s 46
Representative or an independent testing laboratory on all full welded joints. 47
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 27 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1) Welds that are defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed 1
necessary by the City, at the Contractor's expense. 2
2) If the Contractor disagrees with the City's interpretation of welding tests, 3
test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The Contractor 4
shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the results of 5
physical testing. 6
3) The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the City before 7
proceeding. 8
b. City may reject any areas not meeting the deflection requirements of this 9
Specification. 10
3. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 11
a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 12
C. Manufacturer’s Technician for Pipe Installation 13
1. Pipe Manufacturer’s Representative 14
a. If required by the City or requested by the Contractor during construction, the 15
pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory trained, qualified, job 16
experienced technician to advise and instruct as necessary in pipe laying and 17
pipe jointing. 18
1) The technician shall assist and advise the Contractor in his pipe laying 19
operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint 20
assembly and joint inspection procedures. 21
2) The technician is not required to be on-site full time. 22
3) The technician shall be regularly on-site during the first 2 weeks of pipe 23
laying and thereafter as requested by the City or Contractor. 24
2. Polyurethane Coating Manufacturer’s Representative 25
a. The pipe manufacturer shall provide services of polyurethane coating 26
manufacturer's representative and a representative from the heat shrink joint 27
manufacturer for a period of not less than 3 days at beginning of actual pipe 28
laying operations to advise Contractor and City regarding installation, including 29
but not limited to: 30
1) Handling and storage 31
2) Cleaning and inspecting 32
3) Coating repairs 33
4) Field applied coating 34
5) Heat shrink installation procedures 35
6) General construction methods and how they may affect pipe coating 36
b. Representative shall be required to return if, in the opinion of the City, the 37
polyurethane coating or the Contractor's construction methods do not comply 38
with Contract Specifications. 39
1) Cost for the manufacturer’s representatives to return to the site shall be at 40
no additional cost to the City. 41
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 42
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 43
3.10 CLEANING 44
A. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 45
33 14 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE
Page 28 of 28
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 1
Section 33 01 10. 2
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
END OF SECTION 7
8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
9
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 31 10 1
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 18-inch and larger for gravity sanitary sewer 6
applications. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 14
4. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 15
5. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 16
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
7. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 18
8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 19
9. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 25
the manhole or appurtenance. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per linear foot for “Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes. 31
b) Various types of backfill. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Fiberglass Sewer Pipe as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Utility Markers/Locators 36
3) Pavement Removal 37
4) Excavation 38
5) Hauling 39
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
6) Disposal of excess material 1
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 2
8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 3
9) Trench Dams 4
10) Fittings 5
11) Gaskets 6
12) Clean-up 7
13) Cleaning 8
14) Testing 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. FRP – Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 12
B. Reference Standards 13
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 14
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 15
unless a date is specifically cited. 16
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 17
a. D3236, Standard Test Method for Apparent Viscosity of Hot Melt Adhesives 18
and Coating Materials. 19
b. D3262, Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced 20
Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer Pipe. 21
c. D3681, Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass" (Glass-22
Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition. 23
d. D3839, Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass-24
Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe and Fittings. 25
e. D4161, Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced 26
Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 27
f. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic 28
Pipe. 29
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 30
a. M45, Fiberglass Pipe Design. 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36
A. Product Data 37
1. Manufacturer 38
2. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, and date manufactured.) 39
3. Nominal Diameter 40
4. Beam load 41
5. Laying lengths 42
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
6. ASTM designation 1
B. Shop Drawings 2
1. For Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 24-inch diameter and larger: 3
a. Pipe details 4
b. Joint details 5
c. Miscellaneous items to be furnished and fabricated for the pipe 6
d. Dimensions 7
e. Tolerances 8
f. Wall thickness 9
g. Properties and strengths 10
h. Pipe calculations 11
1) Calculations confirming the pipe will handle anticipated loading signed and 12
sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in Texas. 13
C. Certificates 14
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe has been tested and is in 15
accordance with this Section and ASTM D3262. 16
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19
A. Qualifications 20
1. Manufacturers 21
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project. 22
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 23
manufacturer. 24
c. All pipe furnished shall be in accordance with this Section and ASTM D3262. 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26
A. Delivery 27
1. Provide adequate strutting during transport to prevent damage to the pipe, fittings, 28
and appurtenances. 29
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 31
guidelines. 32
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with 33
Section 01 66 00. 34
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
5
2.2 MATERIALS 6
A. Manufacturers 7
1. Manufacturer List 8
a. HOBAS Pipe 9
b. Flowtite 10
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 11
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 12
B. Performance / Design Criteria 13
1. Pipe 14
a. Fiberglass pipe shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with 15
ASTM D3262 and AWWA M45. 16
b. Design pipe for service loads that include: 17
1) External groundwater and earth loads 18
2) Jacking/pushing loads 19
a) The allowable jacking/pushing capacity shall not exceed 40 percent of 20
the ultimate compressive strength or the maximum allowable 21
compressive strength recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is 22
less. 23
3) Traffic loads 24
4) Practical considerations for handling, shipping, and other construction 25
operations 26
c. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions in accordance with AWWA 27
M45 using the following parameters: 28
1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 29
2) Live Load: 30
a) Cooper E-80 for railroad crossings 31
b) AASHTO HS-20 for all other installations 32
3) Trench Depth = As indicated on the Drawings 33
4) Deflection Lag Factor (Dl) = 1.0 34
5) Bedding Coefficient (Kx) = 0.10 35
6) Maximum Calculated Deflection: 36
a) Delta x = 3 Percent 37
7) Soil Reaction Modulus (E'): less than or equal to 1,000 psi 38
d. Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified 39
maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to 40
furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. 41
1) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner 42
where this method is required. 43
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
e. Designed under the supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State 1
of Texas, who shall seal and sign the design. 2
f. Standard lay length of 20 feet, except for special fittings or closure pieces 3
necessary to comply with the Drawings. 4
g. Drawings or deflection design may require a higher pipe stiffness, but in no 5
case should the pipe stiffness be less than 46 psi. 6
h. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 7
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 8
i. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 9
10
2. Dimensional Tolerances 11
a. Inside diameter 12
1) Maximum 1/8 inch variance from the nominal inside diameter allowed. 13
b. Roundness 14
1) Difference between major and minor outside diameters not to exceed 0.1 15
percent of the nominal outside or ¼ inch, whichever is less. 16
c. Wall thickness 17
1) Provide minimum single point thickness no less than 98 percent of stated 18
design thickness. 19
d. End Squareness 20
1) Provide pipe ends square to pipe axis with maximum tolerance of 1/8 inch. 21
e. Fittings 22
1) Provide tolerance of angle of elbow and angle between main and leg of wye 23
or tee to ±2 degrees. 24
2) Provide tolerance of laying length of fitting to ±2 inches. 25
C. Materials 26
1. Resin Systems 27
a. Only use polyester resin system with proven history of performance in this 28
particular application. 29
2. Glass Reinforcements 30
a. Use reinforcing glass fibers of highest quality commercial grade E-glass 31
filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnated resins to 32
manufacture components. 33
3. Fillers 34
a. Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 35
b. Use 98 percent silica with maximum moisture content of 0.2 percent. 36
4. Resin Additives 37
a. Not to detrimentally affect the performance of the product. 38
5. Internal liner resin 39
a. Suitable for service as sewer pipe. 40
b. Highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid produced by biological activity 41
from hydrogen sulfide gases. 42
c. In accordance with ASTM D3681. 43
6. Gaskets 44
a. Supply from approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F477 45
and suitable for service intended. 46
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
b. Affix to pipe by means of suitable adhesive or install in a manner to prevent 1
from rolling out of pre-cut groove in pipe or sleeve coupling. 2
c. Provide the following gaskets in potentially contaminated areas. 3
1) Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) – Viton 4
2) Other contaminants – Manufacturer recommendation 5
7. Couplings 6
a. Field connect pipe with fiberglass sleeve couplings manufactured by the pipe 7
manufacturer that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as sole means to maintain 8
joint water tightness. 9
b. For connection to non-FRP gravity sewer pipe, utilize Straub Flex Coupling or 10
Smith-Blair Repair Clamp 228. 11
12
8. Joints 13
a. In accordance with ASTM D4161 14
9. Pipe markings in accordance with ASTM D3236. Minimum pipe markings shall 15
be as follows: 16
a. Manufacturer 17
b. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, date manufactured, shift, 18
and sequence) 19
c. Nominal diameter 20
d. Beam load 21
e. Laying length 22
f. ASTM designation 23
10. Connections 24
11. Use only manufactured fittings in accordance with Section 33 31 16 25
12. Detectable Metallic Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 26
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32
3.4 INSTALLATION 33
A. General 34
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 35
AWWA M45, ASTM D3839, and with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 36
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 37
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 38
4. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 39
5. Installation of carrier pipe within casing in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 40
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
B. Pipe Handling 1
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2
2. Handle pipe with care to avoid damage. 3
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 4
lowering into the trench. 5
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 6
surface of the pipe for handling pipe. 7
3. At the close of each operating day: 8
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 9
after the laying operation. 10
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 11
12
C. Pipe Jointing 13
a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 14
b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 15
end to the reference mark. 16
c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 17
the trench opening. 18
d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to 19
facilitate a seal. 20
D. Connection Installation in accordance with Section 33 31 16. 21
E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 22
3.5 REPAIR 23
A. Repair in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 27
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 28
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 29
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 30
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING 34
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 35
1. Cleaning of sewer mains 36
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 37
33 31 10
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised December 27, 2022
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 31 14 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 6-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 6
services. 7
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 8-inch through 24-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 8
main applications. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 16
4. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 17
5. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 18
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 19
7. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 20
8. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 26
the manhole, or appurtenance. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe” installed for: 31
a) Various sizes. 32
b) Various backfills. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe with joints as specified 35
by the Drawings 36
2) Furnishing and installing couplings 37
3) Utility Markers/Locators 38
4) Pavement removal 39
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
5) Excavation 1
6) Hauling 2
7) Disposal of excess material 3
8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 4
9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 5
10) Trench Dams 6
11) Gaskets 7
12) Clean-up 8
13) Cleaning 9
14) Testing 10
1.3 REFERENCES 11
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 12
1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 13
B. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 18
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 19
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 20
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 21
b. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 22
Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 23
c. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24
Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 25
d. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes 26
Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 27
e. F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter 28
Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 29
4. Texas Administration Code: 30
a. Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), Design Criteria for Sewerage System. 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36
A. Product Data 37
1. Product data sheet 38
2. Manufacturer 39
3. Nominal pipe diameter 40
4. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 41
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
5. Cell classification 1
6. Laying lengths 2
B. Certificates 3
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Gravity and Pressure Rated Gravity Sewer 4
Pipe has been air and deflection tested and is in accordance with this Section and 5
ASTM D3034, ASTM F679. 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9
A. Qualifications 10
1. Manufacturers 11
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, 12
unless otherwise approved by the City. 13
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 14
manufacturer upon City approval. 15
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 16
manufacturer. 17
c. Furnish Gravity Sewer Pipe in accordance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 18
15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 27-inch). 19
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 20
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 21
1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 22
by the City. 23
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 24
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 25
guidelines. 26
2. Protect pipe from UV exposure. 27
a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 28
is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 29
air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 30
accumulation. 31
3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 32
66 00. 33
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Manufacturers 6
1. Manufacturer List (Pipe) 7
a. 4-inch through 15-inch (ASTM D3034) 8
1) Diamond Plastics 9
2) JM Eagle/Ring-Tite 10
3) Northern Pipe Products 11
4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 12
5) Vinyltech 13
b. 18-inch through 24-inch (ASTM F679) 14
1) Diamond Plastics 15
2) JM Eagle 16
3) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 17
2. Manufacturer List (Couplings) 18
a. 4-inch through 12-inch 19
1) GPK 20
2) HARCO 21
3) Multi Fittings 22
4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 23
5) Indiana Seal Shearguard™ Coupling Kit 24
b. 15-inch through 24-inch 25
1) GPK 26
2) HARCO 27
3) Multi Fittings 28
4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 29
5) Smith-Blair 228 30
6) Straub Flex Coupling 31
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 32
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33
34
B. Performance / Design Criteria 35
1. Pipe 36
a. Designed in accordance with 30 TAC §217. 37
b. Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch gravity 38
pipe, ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 24-inch gravity pipe. 39
c. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriters 40
Laboratories, Inc. 41
d. Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or 42
closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 43
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
e. PVC in accordance with ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454 or 1
12364. 2
f. The following Standard Dimension Ratio’s apply: 3
4
Application Diameter
(inch)
Min Performance
Designation
Sewer Service 4 through 6 SDR 26/PS115
Gravity Sewer Main 8 through 24 SDR 26/PS115
5
g. Deflection Design 6
1) Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness, and load on the pipe. 7
2) Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the 8
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the 9
following parameters: 10
a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 11
b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 12
c) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 13
d) Maximum (E’) = 1,000 max 14
e) Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 15
f) Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 16
g) Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings 17
h) Marston’s load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per 18
Drawings 19
i) PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi 20
j) Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per 21
pipe type and size 22
(1) Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches 23
k) Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent 24
25
h. Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds 26
per cubic foot) with at least 1½ pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not 27
subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. 28
Flotation will occur if: 29
30
Fb > Wp + Wf + Wd 31
32
Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot 33
Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot 34
Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot 35
Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot 36
37
Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe 38
manufacturer and site-specific soil conditions. 39
i. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 40
j. If vertical alignment changes due to an existing utility or other conflict, verify 41
whether change in required pipe design stiffness is required. 42
k. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 43
2. Pipe markings 44
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
a. In accordance with ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 1
b. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 2
1) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 3
2) Nominal pipe size 4
3) PVC cell classification 5
4) ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation or pipe stiffness 6
5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 7
3. Color 8
a. Pipe shall be green in color. 9
1) Any discoloration in the pipe shall be sufficient cause for rejection. 10
b. Fittings shall be green or white in color. 11
4. Joints 12
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push-on type in accordance with 13
ASTM D3212. 14
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints; gaskets 15
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 16
5. Couplings 17
a. Only couplings with a rigid housing shall be allowed. Flexible pipe couplings 18
are not allowed to join pipe. 19
6. Connections 20
a. Only use manufactured fittings. 21
b. In accordance with Section 33 31 16 22
7. Detectable Metallic Tape 23
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 97 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 26
A. Test pipe in accordance with ASTM D2412 assuming minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi 27
at 5 percent deflection. 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32
3.4 INSTALLATION 33
A. General 34
1. Install pipe, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, Section 33 35
05 05, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 36
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 37
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 38
4. Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 39
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
B. Pipe Handling 1
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 3
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 4
lowering into the trench. 5
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 6
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 7
3. At the close of each operating day: 8
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 9
the laying operation. 10
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 11
C. Pipe Joint Installation 12
a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 13
b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 14
end to the reference mark. 15
c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 16
the trench opening. 17
d. When making plain end to plain end connections install the approved 18
manufactured coupling in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines . 19
D. Connection Installation 20
1. In accordance with Section 33 31 16. 21
E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 22
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 97. 23
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 28
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 29
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 30
2. Sewer Pipe Testing 31
a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 32
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34
3.10 CLEANING 35
A. Gravity Sewer Mains 36
1. Cleaning of sewer mains 37
a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 38
33 31 14
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised July 1, 2024
Effective July 1, 2024
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4
END OF SECTION 5
6
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
7/1/2024 Changed allowable SDR to be only SDR-26; 2.2.B.1.f
7
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
SECTION 33 32 11 1
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Bypass pumping of the existing sewer system for 15-inch and larger sewer mains, 6
unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will 19
be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Bypass Pumping”. 20
3. The price bid shall include: 21
a. Mobilization 22
b. Development of bypass plans 23
c. Transportation and storage 24
d. Setup 25
e. Confined space entry 26
f. Plugging 27
g. Pumping 28
h. Clean up 29
i. Manhole restoration 30
j. Surface restoration 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Occupational Safety and Health Organization (OSHA). 37
38
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Coordination 2
1. Schedule meeting with City to review sewer shutdown prior to replacing or 3
rehabilitating any facilities. 4
2. City reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions or other 5
unexpected emergency within the sewer system. 6
3. Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with City prior to 7
beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with City staff 8
present to affirm the operation is satisfactory to the City. 9
4. After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities, coordinate the reestablishment of 10
sewer flow with City. 11
5. Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using 12
one of the following methods: 13
a. Personnel on site, or 14
b. Portable SCADA equipment. 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19
A. For 15-inch and larger sewer mains, submit a detailed plan and description outlining all 20
provisions and precautions taken with regard to the handling of sewer flows. 21
1. Submit the plan to the City for approval a minimum of 14 days prior to 22
commencing work. Include the following details: 23
a. Schedule for installation and maintenance of the bypass pumping system 24
b. Staging areas for pumps 25
c. Pump sizes, capacity, number of each size, and power requirements 26
d. Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity 27
e. Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves 28
f. Sewer plugging methods 29
g. Size, length, material, joint type, and method for installation of suction and 30
discharge piping 31
h. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required 32
i. Standby power generator size and location 33
j. Suction and discharge piping plan 34
k. Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump 35
failure or sewer spill 36
l. Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts 37
by name and phone numbers (office, mobile) 38
m. A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation 39
has unexpected delays or problems 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 EQUIPMENT 7
A. Pumping 8
1. Provide equipment that will convey the following: 9
a. City-provided flow data. 10
1) Full flow capacity of the sewer main, if data is not available 11
a) Calculate using Manning’s equation assuming the following: 12
(1) Roughness coefficient, n = 0.013 13
2. Provide fully automatic self-priming pumps. 14
a. Foot-valves or vacuum pumps are not permitted for priming the system. 15
3. Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for 16
the cyclical nature of sewer flow. 17
4. Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup 18
pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. 19
5. If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements, provide the necessary 20
fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. 21
6. Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the more stringent of the 22
requirements below: 23
a. City noise ordinance 24
b. No more the 65dB when measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 25
1) The noise level will be the average of sound level meter readings taken 26
consecutively at any given time from 4 or more diametrically opposite 27
positions measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 28
c. May be subject to special noise mitigation as required by the City. 29
B. Piping 30
1. Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage. 31
C. Plugs or Stop Logs 32
1. Plugs 33
a. Select a plug made for the size and potential pressure head that will be 34
experienced. 35
b. Provide an additional anchor, support, or bracing to secure plug when back 36
pressure is present. 37
c. Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation 38
pressure. 39
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
d. Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the 1
inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. 2
e. Never over inflate the plug beyond pressure rating. 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION 9
A. Locate the bypass pipelines in the area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities. 10
Obtain approval from the City for use of locations. 11
B. Make preparations to comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence 12
of sewer gases, oxygen-deficient atmospheres, and confined spaces. 13
C. Do not begin bypass preparation and operation until City approval of the submittals 14
requested in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals 17
provided in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 18
B. Sewer flow stoppage 19
1. Plugging 20
a. Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when 21
necessary. 22
b. Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of the plug. 23
c. Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. 24
d. Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusions that may 25
damage the plug. 26
e. Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressures. 27
f. Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. 28
C. Sewer flow control and monitoring 29
1. Take precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding or damage 30
to public or private property. 31
a. The Contractor is responsible for any damage resulting from bypass pumping 32
operations. 33
2. Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or 34
blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to 35
surcharge conditions. 36
3. Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole, appropriate vehicle, or 37
container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open 38
channel or earthen holding facility. 39
33 32 11
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB 8833
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Baker Offsite Sewer
Revised October 22, 2020
Effective July 1, 2024
4. Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the 1
piping. 2
a. Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both 3
the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. 4
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7
A. Field Tests and Inspections 8
1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment 9
before actual operation begins. Have City on Site during tests. 10
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 14
A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary, remove in such a way that permits 15
the sewer flow to slowly return to normal – preventing surge, surcharging, and major 16
downstream disturbance. 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
23
24